County of San Diego Makes No Representation As to the Accuracy Or for the Completeness of the Plan Holders List

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR DEHESA ROAD AND SYCUAN ROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS ORACLE PROJECT NO. 1018908

BID OPENING DATE: October 22, 2015

BID NO. 7079

SPECIAL NOTICES Disabled Veterans Business Enterprise (DVBE): Attention is directed to pages 1-7 through 1-9 of the contract documents concerning DVBE participation. These pages contain specific requirements for meeting an established participation requirement or a Good Faith Effort (GFE). GFE submittals must include required individual solicitations of DVBE firms and appropriate supporting documentation.

Addenda and Interpretations: The Owner will not be responsible for any oral interpretation of the meaning of the plans, specifications, or other pre-bid documents. Every request for such interpretation shall be in writing and forwarded via email to [email protected] and to be given consideration must be received at least ten (10) days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. Any and all such interpretations and any supplemental instructions will be in the form of written addenda to the specifications which, if issued, will be posted on the County BuyNet website at https://buynet.sdcounty.ca.gov. It is the responsibility of all prospective bidders to check the County BuyNet website for any updates to contract documents. All addenda so issued shall become part of the Contract Documents.

Plan Holders List: All interested parties who would like to be placed on the plan holders list, please submit your information (company name, contact person, general or sub, address, phone and fax) in its entirety to the points of contact above on or before the due date for all RFIs. Plan holders lists will be posted on BuyNet labeled “plan holders list” as a courtesy and is not a requirement of this solicitation. The County of San Diego makes no representation as to the accuracy or for the completeness of the plan holders list.

COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS 5500 OVERLAND AVENUE, SUITE 320 SAN DIEGO, CA 92123 COUNTY

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR DEHESA ROAD AND SYCUAN ROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS ORACLE PROJECT NO. 1018908

Any questions relative to this project, prior to execution of the Contract, should be directed to

KYMESHIA MORRIS, Procurement Contracting Officer Email: Kvmeshia. [email protected]. gov

SUBMITTED BY: BRAD NGUYEN, Civil Engineer

RECOMMENDED BY r- I zt Mtc ONG, Mana Department of Pu ic

RECOMMENDED BY:

SIROUS DEYLAMIAN, LUEG Program Manager ^ Date Department of Public Works

APPROV BY

TER ENCE L. RAY De irector Department of Public Works

7t14 START/COUNTY

TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR DEHESA ROAD AND SYCUAN ROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS ORACLE PROJECT NO. 1018908

PART I. BIDDING INFORMATION ...... 1-1

Notice to Contractors Inviting Bids ...... 1-2 Information for Bidders ...... 1-3 General Information Regarding Compliance with Disabled Veterans Business Enterprise (DVBE) Program ...... 1-6

PART II. DOCUMENTS TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER ...... 2-1

Proposal to the Board ...... 2-2 Bid Schedule ...... 2-3 Bid Comparison and Award ...... 2-4 Prohibited Contracts ...... 2-5 Drug and Alcohol Policy ...... 2-5 Debarment and Suspension ...... 2-5 Noncollusion Affidavit ...... 2-6 Representations and Certifications ...... 2-6a Designation of Subcontractors ...... 2-7 Signature Page ...... 2-8 Bidder's Bond ...... 2-9 Bidder DVBE Information (not required if County Estimate does not exceed $500,000) .. 2-10

PART IIA. DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO BE EXECUTED AND SUBMITTED BY ALL BIDDERS WHO FAIL TO MEET DVBE PARTICIPATION FOR PUBLIC WORK PROJECTS ESTIMATED (BY THE COUNTY) TO BE BETWEEN $500,000 AND $1 MILLION. (SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY E-MAIL TO THE PROCUREMENT CONTRACTING OFFICER LISTED AS CONTACT FOR THIS RFB WITHIN TWO (2) BUSINESS DAYS OF THE BID OPENING.) ...... 2-11 Documentation of Good Faith Effort – Cover Sheet ...... 2-12 Documentation of Good Faith Effort ...... 2-13

PART III. DOCUMENTS TO BE EXECUTED BY THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER ...... 3-1

Contract ...... 3-2 Corporate Certificate ...... 3-5 Partnership Certificate ...... 3-6 Contractor's Certificate Regarding Worker's Compensation ...... 3-7 Performance Bond ...... 3-8 Payment Bond ...... 3-9 Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting Guaranty ...... 3-10 Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting Guaranty Bond ...... 3-11

7/14 i START/COUNTY

TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)

PART IV. SPECIAL PROVISIONS - SPECIAL CONDITIONS ...... 4-1

1. Specifications and Plans ...... 4-2 2. Beginning of Work, Time of Completion and Liquidated Damages ...... 4-2 3. Project Document Identification and Mailing Information ...... 4-2 4. Guarantee ...... 4-3 5. Indemnification and Insurance ...... 4-3 6. Permits and Licenses ...... 4-3 7. Existing Utilities and Non-Highway Facilities ...... 4-3 8. Subcontracting ...... 4-4 9. Claims ...... 4-5 10. Furnishing Materials ...... 4-6 11. Stockpiling and Equipment Storage ...... 4-7 12. Public Safety ...... 4-7 13. Temporary Crash Cushion Module ...... 4-8 14. Progress Schedule ...... 4-10 15. Survey Staking ...... 4-10 16. Trench Plating ...... 4-11 17. Tests of Materials ...... 4-13 18. Federal and State Environmental Compliance ...... 4-13 19. Order of Work ...... 4-13 20. Dust Control ...... 4-14 21. Maintaining Traffic ...... 4-14 22. Sound Control Requirements ...... 4-17 23. Archaeological Site or Setting ...... 4-18 24. Highway Construction Equipment ...... 4-18 25. Payments ...... 4-18 26. Disposal of Materials ...... 4-19 27. (Blank) ...... 4-19 28. Trade Names and Alternatives ...... 4-19 29. Subsurface Investigation ...... 4-19 30. Cross Sections ...... 4-19 31. (Blank) ...... 4-19 32. (Blank) ...... 4-19 33. (Blank) ...... 4-19 34. (Blank) ...... 4-19 35. Public Disclosure of Gifts and Campaign Contributions ...... 4-20 36. Prequalified and Tested Signing and Delineation Materials ...... 4-21 37. Relations with California Regional Water Quality Control Board ...... 4-28 38. (Blank) ...... 4-30 39. State Prevailing Wages ...... 4-30

7/14 ii START/COUNTY

TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)

PART V. SPECIAL PROVISIONS - TECHNICAL PROVISIONS ...... 5-1

Table of Contents ...... 5-2

PART VI. SPECIAL PROVISIONS – AMENDMENTS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS ... 6-1

PART VII. SPECIAL PROVISIONS - MODIFICATIONS TO SECTIONS 1 THROUGH 9 AND SECTION 12 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND TO AMENDMENTS TO SECTIONS 1 THROUGH 9 AND SECTION 12 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS...... 7-1

PART VIII. STANDARD DRAWINGS, STANDARD PLANS AND PROJECT PLANS ...... 8-1

7/14 iii START/COUNTY

PART I

BIDDING INFORMATION

7/14 1-1 PART 1/COUNTY

NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS INVITING BIDS

The County of San Diego, Owner, invites sealed bids for:

DEHESA ROAD AND SYCUAN ROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS ORACLE PROJECT NO. 1018908

Submit to the County of San Diego, Department of Purchasing and Contracting, Front Desk (where it will be time stamped to indicate time of receipt), 5560 Overland Avenue, Suite 270, San Diego, CA 92123 in a sealed envelope or package clearly marked on the exterior with “RFB 7079” and the name and address of the offeror prior to 2:00 PM, Local Time on October 22, 2015. Parking is limited, so be sure to deliver your bids early.

Late submission cannot be considered unless there was mishandling on the part of the County of San Diego purchasing staff. Submittals must be received at the Purchasing and Contracting front counter by the identified date and time. If utilizing a courier service or USPS, be advised that all courier service deliveries, including USPS, might be delivered to the County’s central mail room, which may result in late submission and rejection of your bid.

The Contractor shall possess, at the time of submitting the bid, a California contractor's license, Classification A, General Engineering Contractor, or Classification C-10, Electrical Contractor.

In accordance with Board of Supervisors Policy "B-39a", a Disabled Veterans Business Enterprise (DVBE) participation of three percent (3%) is required for a public work project that is estimated (by the County) to exceed $1 million. A good faith effort cannot be accepted in lieu of meeting the 3% requirement. Should the lowest prime contractor not meet the 3% requirement, the next lowest responsible and responsive bidder that complies with the DVBE requirement will be awarded the contract.

For a public work project that is estimated (by the County) to be between $500,000 and $1 million, all bidders are required to make a good faith effort to meet-or-exceed a 3% DVBE subcontractor participation. The Good Faith Effort shall be documented demonstrating all participation was obtained prior to bid submittal.

For a public work project estimated (by the County) to be less than $500,000, DVBE participation is encouraged, but not required. DVBE participation may be documented on page 2-10, but is not required at this estimate level.

The County’s estimate for this public work project is from $ 325,000.00 to $ 336,000.00.

Engineer's Estimate of the work is as follows:

Item No. Quantity Description 1 Lump Sum Prepare and Implement Water Pollution Control Program 2 Lump Sum Construction Site Management 3 5,000 DLR BMP Maintenance Cost Sharing 4 540 LF Temporary Fiber Roll 5 180 EA Temporary Gravel Bag 6 Lump Sum Temporary Concrete Washout (Portable) 7 130 LF Temporary Silt Fence 8 50 LF Temporary Inlet Filter Roll 9 1 EA Temporary Stabilized Construction Entrance 10 155 SY Erosion Control (Type D)

7/14 1-2 PART 1/COUNTY Engineer's Estimate (Continued):

Item No. Quantity Description 11 1 EA Move In/Move Out (Erosion Control) 12 1 EA Project Identification Sign 13 Lump Sum Clearing and Grubbing 14 Lump Sum Remove Street Lights (2) 15 40 CY Roadway Excavation 16 22 CY Aggregate Base, Class 2 17 35 LF Place Asphalt Concrete Dike, Type A 18 47 SY Plane Asphalt Concrete Pavement 19 11 TON Asphalt Concrete, Type B 20 4 CY Minor Concrete (Curb Ramp) 21 6 CY Disintegrated Granite (Walkway) 22 100 LF Reconstruct Wood Fence 23 Lump Sum Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting System 24 338 SF Thermoplastic Pavement Marking 25 25 LF Paint Traffic Stripe (2-Coat) 26 395 SF Paint Pavement Marking (2-Coat) 27 24 EA Pavement Marker (Retroreflective) 28 311 SF Remove Painted Traffic Striping and Pavement Marking 29 11,185 DLR Field Orders 30 Lump Sum Traffic Control 31 7 TON Slurry Seal 32 76 LF Minor Concrete (Curb & Gutter) 33 5 LF Minor Concrete (Curb)

Work to be Done consists in general of construction of a traffic signal. The project will also include, but not limited to water pollution control program, temporary BMPs, project identification sign, clearing and grubbing, pavement structural section replacement, slurry seal, curb ramps, disintegrated granite walkway, fence relocation, striping, pavement markers and traffic control.

The project is located in the vicinity of Dehesa, in the County of San Diego, State of California.

Contract Documents, including Plans, Specifications, and Proposal Forms are available to be downloaded, free of charge, from the Department of Purchasing and Contracting BuyNet website at:

https://buynet.sdcounty.ca.gov.

Full-size plans for this project are not available for purchase.

Work schedules, if applicable for this project, are included in Part VIII of these Contract Documents.

Soils reports are not available for this project.

Cross sections are not available for this project.

Firms Associated with Project: The County of San Diego engaged the following Architect- Engineering firm with its subcontractors, or other firms to provide the Plans, Specifications, and Engineers Estimate (PS&E) and other related supporting technical documents or services for this construction procurement.

7/14 1-2a PART 1/COUNTY • Name of Consultant Firm: Rick Engineering Company Type of Work Performed: Civil Engineering/Traffic Signal Design Address: 5620 Friars Road, San Diego, CA 92110 Phone No: (619) 291-0707 Contact Person: Michael S. While/Mark Medina Jugar

The firms listed above have been associated with this project and are provided for informational purposes only. This list is not intended to be relied on for purposes of compliance with any conflict of interest rules or applicable laws or regulations affecting this project. The Contractor is solely responsible for due diligence in identifying and avoiding all potential conflicts of interest related to contracting for, and construction of, this project.

The Standard Specifications for this project are the Standard Specifications of the State of California, Department of Transportation, dated May 2006, the Amendments to said Standard Specifications contained in Part VI of these Contract Documents and the modifications to said Standard Specifications and said Amendments contained in Part VII of these Contract Documents.

The State Department of Transportation publication "Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates" in effect the date the work is accomplished, is incorporated by reference into these Contract Documents.

Disabled Veterans Business Enterprise (DVBE) Participation: The Owner, as a matter of policy, encourages the participation of disabled veteran owned businesses. County of San Diego, Board of Supervisor DVBE policy is found at:

http://www.sdcounty.ca.gov/cob/docs/policy/B-39a.pdf

General information concerning the State of California DVBE program may be found at:

http://www.dgs.ca.gov/pd/Programs/OSDS.aspx

County DVBE policy requirements shall prevail over the State of California DVBE program requirements.

Bid Security in the form of cash, or a certified or cashier's check, or a Bidder's Bond for at least ten percent of the bid amount executed by a corporation duly authorized to issue bonds in the State of California shall accompany the bid.

Performance and Payment Bonds: The successful bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond for one hundred percent, and a Payment Bond for one hundred percent of the Contract amount.

State Prevailing Wage Rates: This project is a "public work" in accordance with Labor Code § 1720, et seq. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that all workers employed in the execution of the contract are paid the correct prevailing wage rate of wages.

The Owner has obtained from the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations said Director's General Prevailing Wage Determinations for the locality in which the work is to be performed. Said determinations are on file and available for review at the Department of Purchasing and Contracting, 5560 Overland Avenue, Suite 270, San Diego, California 92123-1204 and are available from the Department of Industrial Relations at:

http://www.dir.ca.gov/DLSR/PWD

Not less than these rates shall be paid to all workers employed on the project.

7/14 1-2b PART 1/COUNTY SB 854 Notice: County public works projects are subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) in accordance with Labor Code Section 1771.4(a)(1). As part of this program, Contractors and Subcontractors on Public Works Projects are required to be registered with DIR in accordance with Labor Code Section 1725.5. Unregistered contractors are not qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, listed as a Subcontractor, or engage in the performance of any Public Works Contract, all as more particularly described in Labor Code Section 1771.1(a). The prime Contractor shall be required to post the job site with all notices required by regulations per Labor Code Section 1771.4(a)(2), whether or not the County also posts.

Labor Code Compliance: Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Labor Code requiring the payment of prevailing wages on public works, commencing with Section 1720. In accordance with Labor Code, Section 1775, the Contractor shall forfeit an amount, as determined by the Labor Commissioner, for each worker paid less than the applicable prevailing wage rate for the work or craft in which that worker is employed for any work done under Contract by Contractor or by any Subcontractor. Contractor agrees to pay the difference between the prevailing wage rate and amount paid to each worker in accordance with Labor Code, Section 1775 (a)(2)(E).

Pursuant to Labor Code, Section 1770, the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations has ascertained the general prevailing rate of per diem wages and a general prevailing rate for legal holiday and overtime work for each craft required for execution of the Contract.

In accordance with Labor Code, Section 1773.2, copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages are on file and can be viewed during normal business hours at the County Department of Purchasing and Contracting, located at 5560 Overland Avenue, Suite 270, San Diego, CA 92123-1294. Contractor shall post a copy of the applicable prevailing wage rates at the job site.

Wage rates set forth are the minimum that may be paid by the Contractor. Nothing herein shall be construed as preventing the Contractor from paying more than the minimum rates set. No extra compensation whatsoever will be allowed by the County due to the inability of the Contractor to hire labor at minimum rates, nor for necessity for payment by the Contractor of subsistence, travel time, overtime, or other added compensations, all of which possibilities are elements to be considered and ascertained to the Contractor’s own satisfaction in preparing its Proposal.

If it becomes necessary to employ crafts other than those listed in the General Prevailing Wage Rate, the Contractor shall obtain a wage rate determination. The rates thus determined shall be applicable as minimum from the time of initial employment. Contractor shall be responsible for paying the applicable rate.

The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall keep and make available accurate payroll record in accordance with Labor Code, Section 1771.4(a)(3) and Section 1776. The record shall contain the names, addresses, social security numbers, work classifications, straight time and overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual per diem wages paid to each journeyman, apprentice, worker, or other employee employed by the Contractor and/or Subcontractor in connection with the Work. Payroll records shall be certified and shall be on forms provided by the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement, or shall contain the same information as those forms. A copy of all payrolls shall be submitted weekly to the Engineer in accordance with Section 7-1.01A(3) “Payroll Records” of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor’s and Subcontractor's certified payroll records shall be available for inspection at the principal office of the Contractor, or at the job site should the principal office be located outside of San Diego County.

7/14 1-2c PART 1/COUNTY Apprentices: The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall comply with the requirements of Labor Code, Section 1777.5, and any related regulations regarding the employment of registered apprentices. Properly registered apprentices shall be employed in the execution of the Work at the ratios required, but in no case shall the ratio be less than one hour of apprentice work for every five hours of journeyman work. Every apprentice shall be paid the standard wage paid to apprentices under the regulations of the craft or trade at which the apprentice is employed, and shall be employed only at the work of the craft or trade to which the apprentice is registered. The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance to Labor Code, Section 1777.5 for all apprenticeable occupations. More information available at:

http://www.dir.ca.gov/DAS/DASApprenticesOnPublicWorksSummaryOfRequirements.htm

Contractors Licensing Laws: Attention is directed to the Contractors License Law, Section 7000 and following of the Business and Professions Code concerning the licensing of contractors. Any bidder or contractor not properly licensed may be subject to the penalties provided and will not be considered for award of this Contract. Contractors are required by law to be licensed and are regulated by the Contractors State License Board. Any questions concerning a contractor may be referred to the Registrar, Contractors State License Board, 9821 Business Park Drive, Sacramento, CA, 95827. Contractors are required to be properly licensed in California on the date bids are submitted (Bus. & Prof. Code, § 7028.15), unless federal funds are involved. If federal funds are involved, the bidder shall be properly licensed in California at the time the contract is awarded (Pub. Contract Code, § 20103.5). In this case, failure of the bidder to obtain proper and adequate licensing for an award of this Contract shall constitute a failure to execute the Contract and shall result in the forfeiture of the security of the bidder.

Bid Submittal Envelope - Each Bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope bearing on the outside the name of the bidder, bidder's address, the name of the project for which the bid is submitted, and the appropriate State Contractor's License designation held by the bidder. If forwarded by mail, the sealed envelope containing the bid must be enclosed in another envelope addressed to:

County of San Diego, Department of Purchasing and Contracting RFB 7079 – Dehesa Road and Sycuan Road Traffic Signal Improvements 5560 Overland Avenue, Suite 270 San Diego, CA 92123-1294

It is the responsibility of the bidder to ensure the bid is submitted in proper time.

The Board reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informality or irregularity in the bids or bidding.

Withdrawal of bids shall not be permitted for a period of seventy-five (75) days after the date set for the opening thereof.

Monies withheld by the Owner to ensure performance under the Contract may be released in accordance with Public Contract Code Section 22300 and these Contract Documents.

Electrician Certification and Labor Compliance: It is the sole responsibility of the contractor, if applicable, to ensure compliance with CA Labor Code 108-108.5 regarding electrician certification requirements. All General Electricians and Fire/Life Safety Technicians in the employ of C-10 contractors must be certified in order to perform electrical work in CA. Information on the electrician certification program may be obtained at the Division of Apprenticeship Standards (DAS) at:

http://www.dir.ca.gov/DAS/ElectricalTrade.htm

7/14 1-2d PART 1/COUNTY Preliminary Notices and Stop Notices: Preliminary (Public Work) Notices and Stop Notices shall be filed, if applicable, in accordance with California Civil Code Sections 3098, 3111, 3158, 3181, 3183, 3184, 3241 and 3252. For the Department of Public Works construction contracts notices shall be delivered to:

County of San Diego Operations Center Department of Public Works Construction Engineering, MS 0384 5500 Overland Avenue, Suite 310 San Diego, CA 92123

Air Pollution Compliance: The Contractor shall be in compliance with all federal, state, and local laws and regulations applicable to the Contractor.

7/14 1-2e PART 1/COUNTY

INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS

The bidder's attention is directed to Section 2, "Proposal Requirements and Conditions,” of the Standard Specifications and the modifications to said Section 2 contained in Part VII of these Contract Documents.

The prospective bidder shall prepare the Proposal and Bond as provided therein, and failure to do so may be cause for rejection.

PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL FORMS

Preparation: The Owner invites proposals, on the forms posted on the Department of Purchasing and Contracting's BuyNet website under "Documents to be Executed by Bidder,” to be submitted on or before the time and place set for the opening of bids in the published "Notice to Contractors Inviting Bids.” Proposals not presented on forms so furnished will be disregarded. All downloaded and printed forms must be consistent and conform to the P&C official posted documents.

These Contract Documents on the Department of Purchasing and Contracting BuyNet website contain the Proposal forms (Part II), together with the Notice to Contractors, Contract and Special Provisions. Part II of these Contract Documents shall be returned in a sealed envelope bearing on the outside the name of the bidder, bidder’s address, the name of the project for which the bid is submitted, and the appropriate State Contractor’s License designation held by the bidder.

The Proposal must be executed in accordance with the instructions contained on the forms provided. If the bidder is an individual or a partner, the signature on the Proposal and the Bidder's Bond must be the same as the name of the bidder shown on other parts of these forms, (showing the name as "J. E. Doe" and the signature as "John E. Doe" may be considered as an irregularity).

Modifications on the Submitted Proposal: Modifications, changes or additions to the Proposal may be considered an irregularity. Erasures or corrections in preparing the bids must be initialed by the person(s) signing the Proposal. Alternate proposals will not be considered unless called for.

Competency of Bidders: No award will be made to a Contractor who, in accordance with Chapter 9, Division 3, Business and Professions Code, is not properly licensed to do the described work.

Prospective bidders may be required to file with the Owner answers to questions contained in a questionnaire and a financial statement including a complete statement of their financial ability and experience in performing previous public works of a similar nature.

7/14 1-3 PART 1/COUNTY DOCUMENTS SUPPLEMENTING THE PROPOSAL

Bid Security: Each bid shall be accompanied by cash, a certified or cashier's check, or a bidder's bond executed by a corporation duly authorized to issue bonds in the State of California. Cash, check or bond shall be in the amount of not less than ten (10) percent of the maximum amount of the bid. Check or bond shall be made payable to the order of the Owner designated in the Notice to Contractors Inviting Bids. Said cash, check or bond shall be given as a guarantee that the bidder will, within the period specified after being requested to do so by the Owner, enter into a contract and provide the required bonds if awarded the work; if the bidder to whom the work has been awarded and to whom the request has been made refuses or fails to enter into said contract and provide the required bonds within the specified time, the cash or check shall be forfeited to the Owner or the principal and surety on the bond shall be liable to the Owner for the principal amount thereof in accordance with its terms. If the lowest responsible bid is not accepted by the Owner within the period specified following the date set for the opening of bids, or for such further period of time as may be agreed upon in writing between the Owner and the bidder concerned, or if the bidder to whom the contract is awarded executes and delivers to the Owner the required Contract Documents, the amount of the cash or certified or cashier's check will be returned to the bidder. Attention is directed to the requirement noted on the contract bonds that the Attorney-in-Fact shall attach a certified copy of the Power of Attorney.

Designation of Subcontractor: The Business Name and Address, the Portion of Work, and License Number that will be done by each subcontractor are required at the time of bid submittal. An inadvertent error in listing the California contractor license number must be corrected by the prime contractor within 24 hours after bid opening by email to the Procurement Contracting Officer listed as contact for this RFB, provided the corrected contractor’s license number corresponds to the submitted name and location for that subcontractor, or else the bid may be determined non- responsive. The remainder of the information shall be submitted by all bidders within two business days of bid opening by e-mail to said Procurement Contracting Officer. If no subcontractors are to be designated, enter the word “NONE.”

The attention of the bidder is directed to Section 8-1.01, "Subcontracting,” of the Standard Specifications which requires the Contractor to perform with its own forces contracting work amounting to at least fifty percent (50%) of the total contract price, unless said percentage is changed in the Special Provisions of these Contract Documents.

AMENDMENTS AND INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT UNIT

Addenda and Interpretations: The Owner will not be responsible for any oral interpretation of the meaning of the plans, specifications, or other pre-bid documents. Every request for such interpretation shall be in writing forwarded via email to [email protected], and must be received at least ten (10) days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. Any and all such interpretations and any supplemental instructions will be in the form of written addenda to the specifications which, if issued, will be posted on the County BuyNet website at https://buynet.sdcounty.ca.gov. It is the responsibility of all prospective bidders to check the County BuyNet website for any updates to contract documents. All addenda so issued shall become part of the Contract Documents.

Interpretation of Estimated Quantities: An estimate of quantities of work to be done and materials to be furnished under these specifications is given in the Proposal, Special Provisions, or shown on the construction plans. It is given only as a basis for comparison of proposals and the award of the contract. The Owner does not expressly or by implication guarantee that the actual quantities involved will correspond exactly therewith. Payment to the Contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of work performed or materials furnished in accordance with the plans and specifications.

7/14 1-4 PART 1/COUNTY Rejection of Proposals: The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals and the right to waive technicalities if such waiver is in its best interest and conforms to local laws and ordinances pertaining to the letting of construction contracts. Bids in which the prices are obviously unbalanced may be rejected.

AWARD AND EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT

The bidder's attention is directed to Section 3, "Award and Execution of Contract,” of the Standard Specifications, the modifications to said Section 3 contained in Part VII of these Contract Documents and to Part III of these Contract Documents which contains all the documents the successful bidder shall execute.

Notice of Intent: For purposes of clarification regarding Board of Supervisors Policy A-97, “Protest Procedures for Award of Contracts” the posting of the bid abstract is equivalent to the posting of the Notice of Intent (NOI).

Award of the Contract: The proposals will be compared on the basis of the total of all contract bid items, including those bid items listed in alternate bid schedules and additive bid items, if any, in combinations as stipulated in the Proposal which may be selected by the Owner.

Cancellation of Award: The Owner reserves the right to cancel the award without liability to the bidder, except return of proposal guaranty, at any time before a Contract has been fully executed by all parties and is approved by the Owner.

PROTEST PROCEDURES

Protest of contract award must be made in writing and shall be filed with the Contracting Officer identified in the Contract Document. Protests must be filed within five (5) business days after a Notice of Intent to award the contract has been posted in a public place in the County’s Contracting Office or County Internet website. Protests must conform to the requirements of Board of Supervisors Policy “A-97 Protest Procedures for Award of Contracts”. The policy is available for review at:

http://www.sdcounty.ca.gov/cob/docs/policy/A-97.pdf

For purposes of clarification regarding Board of Supervisors Policy “A-97, Protest Procedures for Award of Contracts” the posting of the bid abstract on BuyNet (https://buynet.sdcounty.ca.gov) is equivalent to the posting of the Notice of Intent (NOI) to award.

7/14 1-5 PART 1/COUNTY TAX INFORMATION

In compliance with California Revenue and Taxation code section 18662, if you are a non resident of California (out-of-state invoices) who receives California source income, the County will pay California Use Tax directly to the State of California per permit no. SR FH 25-632384. Fifteen (15) business days prior to the first payment, new suppliers or suppliers with expired forms or forms with incorrect information, must submit new forms to the County (forms are available from the Franchise Tax Board website listed below).

Under certain circumstances you may be eligible for reduced or waived nonresident withholding. If you have already received a waiver or a reduced withholding response from the State of California and the response is still valid, submit the response to the County in lieu of the forms. Failure to submit the required forms will result in withholding of payments. Refer to the Franchise Tax Board websites (listed below) for tax forms and information on nonresident withholding, including waivers or reductions. The County will not give you any tax advice. It is recommended you speak with your tax adviser and/or the State of California for guidance.

Franchise Tax Board Websites: http://www.ftb.ca.gov http://www.ftb.ca.gov/individuals/Withholding_Definitions.shtml http://www.ftb.ca.gov/individuals/wsc/Processing_Changes_for_2010.shtml http://www.ftb.ca.gov/individuals/wsc/forms_and_publications.shtml http://www.ftb.ca.gov/individuals/wsc/decision_chart.shtml

Submit forms to the Auditor & Controller via fax at (858) 694-2060 or mail originals to: County of San Diego, 5530 Overland Avenue, Suite 410, San Diego, CA 92123. The P.O. Number or Contract Number (if available) and “California Revenue and Taxation Code Section 18662” must appear on fax cover sheet and/or the outside of the mailing envelope.

7/14 1-6 PART 1/COUNTY GENERAL INFORMATION REGARDING COMPLIANCE WITH DISABLED VETERANS BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (DVBE) PROGRAM

1. Disabled Veterans Business Enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation. DVBE firms bidding as prime contractors will automatically meet the stated Disabled Veterans Business Enterprise (DVBE) participation.

2. Certified DVBE Information is available at the California State Department of General Services (DGS), Procurement Division (PD), Office of Small Business and DVBE Services (OSDS) website:

Information can be viewed or downloaded from:

http://www.dgs.ca.gov/pd/Programs/OSDS.aspx

COUNTY DISABLED VETERANS BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM

1. Board of Supervisors Policy B-39a

Board of Supervisors Policy B-39a states that Disabled Veterans Business Enterprises (DVBEs) will be afforded maximum opportunity to compete for all County contracts; provides for the establishment of DVBE participation goals; and requires that potential contractors demonstrate a "good faith effort" if the goals are not achieved on a particular contract.

The policy can be downloaded at:

http://www.sdcounty.ca.gov/cob/docs/policy/B-39a.pdf.

2. Objectives

The following DVBE participation is imposed to recognize the service of disabled veterans to our country.

3. DVBE Participation for the Project

DVBE participation of three percent (3%) of Bid amount is required for a public work project estimated (by the County) to exceed $1 million. A good faith effort cannot be accepted in lieu of meeting the 3% requirement. A bidder who fails to meet this requirement shall be declared non-responsive and the next lowest responsible and responsive bidder that complies with this requirement will be awarded the contract.

For a public work project that is estimated (by the County) to be between $500,000 and $1 million, the prime contractor shall make a good faith effort to meet-or-exceed 3% DVBE subcontractor participation requirement. The Good Faith Effort shall be documented in accordance with this bid document or the bidder may be deemed non-responsive.

4. DVBE Subcontractor Documentation

The bidder shall designate all licensed subcontractors in accordance with the instructions on the form titled DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS contained in Part II of these

7/14 1-7 PART 1/COUNTY/DVBE Contract Documents. Designation of Subcontractors is due at the time of bid. In addition, the bidder shall include information regarding DVBE prime contractors, subcontractors, and vendors (material suppliers and service providers) on the BIDDER DVBE INFORMATION form (page 2-10), which is due within 2 business days of the Bid opening. "Good Faith Effort Documentation" shall be submitted in accordance with Item 7 below.

5. Credit Toward Participation for DVBE Prime Contractors, Subcontractors and Vendors

A DVBE prime contractor automatically meets a DVBE participation for a project.

If the Prime is not a DVBE, compliance with 3% DVBE participation shall be calculated by taking the aggregate value of all DVBE subcontracts to be used on the project as a percentage of the total value of each such County contract. Participation amounts to a DVBE must be for a commercially useful function, as that term is defined in California Military and Veterans Code § 999(b)(5)(B). In addition, for a DVBE to perform a commercially useful function, the amount the firm is to be paid under the contract shall be commensurate with the bid amount for the work it is actually performing and the DVBE credit claimed for its performance of the work.

6. Good Faith Effort Defined

a. A bidder who fails to meet the stated DVBE participation requirement for this project shall have made a good faith effort to meet it prior to the time bids are submitted.

b. In evaluating the good faith effort of a bidder, the Owner shall consider the following criteria:

1) The bidder solicited certified DVBEs to perform work or provide supplies or services for the project. Good faith effort shall include direct solicitation of individual certified DVBEs. Record of firms solicited shall be included in the Documentation of Good Faith Effort submittal.

Solicitations conducted must be documented in the Documentation of Good Faith Effort. DVBE firms solicited must be licensed for appropriate work on this project, and must be physically located within the County of San Diego, or have indicated they would consider work in San Diego Service Region 11.

Good Faith Efforts not adequately documented shall be considered non- responsive.

2) Where DVBE bids were rejected, the bidder provided the reasons for the rejections. If no bids received from DVBEs, the bidder shall so indicate in the Documentation of Good Faith Effort submittal.

3) Contact with local DVBE organizations to identify DVBE firms is encouraged but is not a requirement for the Documentation of Good Faith Effort submitted to the Owner.

4) Due to relatively short project solicitation periods, the Owner does not require advertising in trade and focus publications as a condition of satisfying the good faith effort for the DVBE participation. Advertising alone without direct solicitation of DVBE firms as required in paragraph 1) above does not satisfy the Good Faith Effort.

7/14 1-8 PART 1/COUNTY/DVBE

7. Good Faith Effort Documentation

For public work projects estimated (by the County) to be between $500,000 and $1 million where DVBE requirement has not been established, all bidders, are required to submit the Documentation of Good Faith Effort (pages 2-12 through 2-14; and supporting documentation) in addition to the BIDDER DVBE INFORMATION for (page 2-10), within 2 business days of the bid opening.

When the stated DVBE participation is met, only the BIDDER DVBE INFORMATION form (page 2-10), contained in these Contract Documents, is required within two business days of the bid opening.

Bidders are cautioned that even if their BIDDER DVBE INFORMATION form (page 2-10) indicates the stated DVBE participation is met, all bidders should still consider submitting Documentation of Good Faith Effort. Submittal of satisfactory Documentation of Good Faith Effort will protect eligibility for award for those public work projects estimated (by the County) between $500,000 and $1 million in the event the County, in its review, finds that the stated DVBE participation has not been met.

The DVBE Good Faith Effort must be submitted on the DOCUMENTATION OF GOOD FAITH EFFORT forms (pages 2-12 through 2-14) contained in these Contract Documents, or on equivalent formats acceptable to the County, and shall include sufficient supporting documentation to validate the solicitations conducted.

8. Protest Procedure for DVBE

A bidder who does not attain the stated project DVBE participation or has not made a "good faith effort" in accordance with these bid document instructions may be declared non-responsive. A bidder so declared may file a protest in writing with the Director, Department of Purchasing and Contracting within five (5) business days of the notification of the declaration, in accordance with Board of Supervisor Policy A-97 “Protest Procedures for Award of Contract” located at:

http://www.sdcounty.ca.gov/cob/docs/policy/A-97.pdf

9. DVBE Certification

Eligible contractors, subcontractors and vendors wishing to participate as DVBEs on this project must be certified by the California State Department of General Services (DGS), Procurement Division (PD), Office of Small Business and DVBE Services (OSDS), and have a current certification on the date bids are opened.

Information regarding certification and certified DVBEs can be obtained by visiting the Department of General Services site at:

http://www.dgs.ca.gov/pd/Programs/OSDS.aspx

10. DVBE Reporting

Contractors, regardless of DVBE participation, shall report DVBE utilization in “Final Report – Utilization of Disabled Veterans Business Enterprises (DVBE)” contained in Part VIII of these Contract Documents.

7/14 1-9 PART 1/COUNTY/DVBE

PART II

DOCUMENTS TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER

7/14 2-1 PART 2/COUNTY STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO PROPOSAL TO THE BOARD FOR DEHESA ROAD AND SYCUAN ROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS ORACLE PROJECT NO. 1018908

RFB NO. 7079

Name of Bidder ______

Business Address ______

Place of Residence ______

LOCATION

The work to be performed under this Contract is located in the vicinity of Dehesa, in the County of San Diego, State of California.

Said work is to be performed in accordance with the Contract and the Special Provisions annexed hereto and including Addenda Nos.______, and ___, and also in accordance with the Standard Specifications of the State of California, Department of Transportation, dated May 2006, the Amendments to said Standard Specifications contained in Part VI of these Contract Documents and the modifications to said Standard Specifications and said Amendments contained in Part VII of these Contract Documents.

The work to be done is shown on plans entitled:

PLANS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF: SYCUAN ROAD AND DEHESA ROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS IN THE VICINITY OF DEHESA

Approved: September 21, 2015.

7/14 2-2 PART 2/COUNTY By signing this proposal on the signature portion hereof, the undersigned, as bidder, under penalty of perjury deposes and says: that the only persons or parties interested in this Proposal as Principals are those named herein; that the bidder has not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with said proposal; that the undersigned has carefully examined the location of the proposed work, the annexed proposed form of Contract, and the Plans, Special Provisions and Specifications therein referred to; and the undersigned proposes, and agrees if this Proposal is accepted, that the undersigned will furnish the required Bonds and Contract with the Owner, in the form and copy of the Contract annexed hereto, to provide all necessary machinery, tools, apparatus and other means of construction, and to do all the work and furnish all the materials specified in the Contract, in the manner and time therein set forth, and that the undersigned will take in full payment therefor the following unit and lump sum prices, to wit:

The County may deem non-responsive any bids that contain any mathematical errors.

BID SCHEDULE (SharpeSoft #1018908) ESTIMATED UNIT OF UNIT PRICE TOTAL ITEM DESCRIPTION QUANTITY MEASURE (IN FIGURES) (IN FIGURES) NO. 1 Prepare and Implement Water LS LS LS Pollution Control Program 2 Construction Site Management LS LS LS

3 BMP Maintenance Cost Sharing 5,000 DLR 1.00 5,000.00

4 Temporary Fiber Roll 540 LF

5 Temporary Gravel Bag 180 EA

6 Temporary Concrete Washout LS LS LS (Portable) 7 Temporary Silt Fence 130 LF

8 Temporary Inlet Filter Roll 50 LF

9 Temporary Stabilized 1 EA Construction Entrance 10 Erosion Control (Type D) 155 SY

11 Move In/Move Out (Erosion 1 EA Control) 12 Project Identification Sign 1 EA

13 Clearing and Grubbing LS LS LS

14 Remove Street Lights (2) LS LS LS

15 Roadway Excavation 40 CY

Name of Bidder______

7/14 2-3 PART 2/COUNTY BID SCHEDULE (Continued)

(SharpeSoft #1018908) ITEM ESTIMATED UNIT OF UNIT PRICE TOTAL NO. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY MEASURE (IN FIGURES) (IN FIGURES) 16 Aggregate Base, Class 2 22 CY

17 Place Asphalt Concrete Dike, 35 LF Type A 18 Plane Asphalt Concrete 47 SY Pavement 19 Asphalt Concrete, Type B 11 TON

20 Minor Concrete (Curb Ramp) 4 CY

21 Disintegrated Granite 6 CY (Walkway) 22 Reconstruct Wood Fence 100 LF

23 Traffic Signal and Safety LS LS LS Lighting System 24 Thermoplastic Pavement Marking 338 SF

25 Paint Traffic Stripe (2-Coat) 25 LF

26 Paint Pavement Marking (2- 395 SF Coat) 27 Pavement Marker 24 EA (Retroreflective) 28 Remove Painted Traffic 311 SF Striping and Pavement Marking 29 Field Orders 11,185 DLR 1.00 11,185.00

30 Traffic Control LS LS LS

31 Slurry Seal 7 TON

32 Minor Concrete (Curb & Gutter) 76 LF

33 Minor Concrete (Curb) 5 LF

TOTAL BID

Name of Bidder______

7/14 2-3a PART 2/COUNTY BID COMPARISON AND AWARD

If this Proposal shall be accepted and the undersigned shall fail to contract as aforesaid and to give in sums as stated in the Notice to Contractors Inviting Bids, both a faithful Performance Bond, and a Payment Bond as required by Chapter 5 (commencing at Section 3225) and Chapter 7 (commencing at Section 3247), Title 15, Part 4, Division 3, of the California Civil Code, with surety satisfactory to the Owner within the time specified in Section 3-1.03 of the Standard Specifications after the undersigned has received notice of the award of the Contract from the Owner and that the Contract is ready for signature, the Owner may, at its option, determine that the bidder has abandoned the Contract, and thereupon this Proposal and the acceptance thereof shall be null and void, and the forfeiture of the security accompanying this Proposal shall operate and the same shall be the property of the Owner.

Bids are required for the entire work. The amount of the bid for comparison purposes will be the Total Bid.

The bidder shall set forth for each item of work, in clearly legible figures, a unit price and a total for the item in the respective spaces provided for this purpose. In the case of unit basis items, the amount set forth under the "Total" column shall be the extension of the unit price bid on the basis of the estimated quantity for the item.

The quantities listed in the Proposal are approximate only. Payment for work done will be made at the contract unit prices bid as applied to the quantities actually constructed or installed.

Award of the Contract, if awarded, will be to the lowest responsible bidder, for the Total Bid, subject to the Owner's right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informality or irregularity in the bids or bidding. Bids in which the prices are obviously unbalanced may be rejected. The County may deem non-responsive any bids that contain any mathematical errors.

Award of the Contract, if awarded, will be made within seventy-five (75) calendar days from the date specified for the opening of bids.

7/14 2-4 PART 2/COUNTY PROHIBITED CONTRACTS

Section 67 of the San Diego County Administrative Code provides that the County shall not contract with, and shall reject any bid or proposal submitted by, the person or entities specified below, unless the Board of Supervisors finds that special circumstances exist which justify the approval of such contract:

(a) Persons employed by the County or of public agencies for which the Board of Supervisors is the governing body; (b) Profit-making firms or businesses in which employees described in subsection (a) serve as officers, principals, partners, or major shareholders; (c) Persons who, within the immediately preceding twelve (12) months came within the provisions of subsection (a) and who (1) were employed in positions of substantial responsibility in the area of service to be performed by the contract, or (2) participated in any way in developing the contract or its service specifications; and (d) Profit-making firms or businesses in which the former employees described in subsection (c) serve as officers, principals, partners, or major shareholders.

With the affixing of a signature to your response to this solicitation, officer certifies that the above provisions of the Code have been complied with, and that any exception will cause any ensuing contract to be invalid. DRUG AND ALCOHOL POLICY

It is the policy of the Board of Supervisors that in order to attain or maintain a contract with the County, each contractor shall agree that while any contractor or the contractor’s employees are performing services for the County, or using County equipment, that the contractor or the contractor’s employees:

1. Shall not in any way be impaired because of being under the influence of alcohol or a drug. 2. Shall not possess, consume, or be under the influence of alcohol and/or an illegal drug. 3. Shall not sell, offer, or provide alcohol or a drug to another person.

DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION

Contractor certifies that it, its principals, its employees and its subcontractors:

1. Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, and declared ineligible or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any State or Federal Department or agency. 2. Have not within a 3-year period preceding this Contract been convicted of, or had a civil judgment rendered against them for, the commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (federal, State. or local) transaction; violation of Federal or State anti-trust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property. 3. Are not presently indicted or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a government entity (federal, State, or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in the paragraph above; and 4. Have not within a 3-year period preceding this Contract had one or more public transactions (federal, State, or local) terminated for cause or default.

7/14 2-5 PART 2/COUNTY NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID (Title 23 United States Code Section 112 and Public Contract Code Section 7106)

State of California ) ) ss ) County of San Diego )

In accordance with Title 23 United States Code Section 112 and Public Contract Code 7106, (Name) , being first duly sworn, deposes and says that he or she is (Title) of (Company) the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid.

I hereby certify, under penalty of perjury, that the foregoing statement is true and correct.

SIGNATURE OF BIDDER______

DATE ______

3/13 2-6 PART 2/COUNTY County of San Diego Department of Purchasing and Contracting REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS

The following representations and certifications are to be completed, signed and returned with the offer.

1. BUSINESS TYPE 4.3 Are presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly For-profit Non-profit Government charged by a government entity (Federal, State, or local) with Attach proof of status for Non-profit. the commission of any of the offenses enumerated in

paragraph 4.2 of this certification; and 2. INTERLOCKING DIRECTORATE In accordance with Board of Supervisors Policy A-79, if Offeror is 4.4 Have within a three (3) year period preceding this agreement a non-profit as indicated in paragraph 1 above, Offeror is required had one or more public transactions (Federal, State or local) terminated for cause or default. to identify any related for-profit subcontractors in which an interlocking directorate, management or ownership relationship 4.5 Are presently the target or subject of any investigation, exists. By submission of this offer, Offeror certifies it will not enter accusation or charges by any Federal, State or local law into a subcontract relationship with a related for-profit entity if enforcement, licensing or certification body and if they are, the Offeror is a non-profit entity. If Offeror is a non-profit and will be appropriate information is disclosed and included in the offer.

subcontracting with a related for-profit entity, Offeror must list the 4.6 Offeror will report in writing to the County Department of entity(ies) on an attached separate sheet listing them all and the Purchasing and Contracting within five business days of contract must be approved by the Board of Supervisors knowing or have any reason to know any change in status as 3. BUSINESS REPRESENTATION certified in the preceding paragraphs 4.1 through 4.5, and that Offeror represents as a part of this offer that the ownership, occur prior to award (in the case of bids) and contract execution (in the case of negotiated procurements). operation, and control of the business are:

3.1. Are you a small business with: 4.7 Offeror and its proposed subcontractors, agents and 100 or fewer employees and average annual gross consultants have not previously contracted with the County to receipts of $14 million or less or; a manufacturer with 100 perform work on or related to this project (e.g. preparing or fewer employees? Yes No components of the statement of work or plans and specifications for this project). If Offeror or any of its 3.2. Are you a local business with a physical address within subcontractors, agents or consultants, have previously the County of San Diego? Yes No contracted with the County to perform work on this project, 3.3. Are you certified by the State of California as a: Offeror shall identify those previous agreement(s) and submit Disabled Veteran Business Enterprise (DVBE) that list along with the proposal. Certification #: 5. CERTIFICATE OF CURRENT COST OR PRICING Small Business Enterprise (SBE) This is to certify that, to the best of the Offeror’s knowledge and Certification #: belief cost and/or pricing data submitted with this offer, or See the State of California, Department of General specifically identified by reference if actual submission of the data Services website for details on “Certified Small Business” is impracticable, is/are accurate, complete, and current as of the and “Certified DVBE” requirements. date signed below. http://www.dgs.ca.gov/pd/Programs/OSDS.aspx. 6. CERTIFICATE OF INDEPENDENT PRICING 3.4. Estimated percentage of work in this offer to be performed or fulfilled locally (within the geographic By submission of this offer, each Offeror certifies, and in the case boundaries of the County of San Diego): % of a joint offer, each party thereto certifies as to its own organization, that in relation to this procurement:

4. CERTIFICATE REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION AND 6.1. The prices in this offer have been arrived at independently, RELATED MATTERS without consultation, communication, or agreement, for the Offeror hereby certifies to the best of its knowledge that neither it purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to nor any of its officers: such prices with other Offeror; with any competitor; or with any County employee(s) or consultant(s) involved in this or related 4.1. Are presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, procurements; and declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any Federal department or agency; and 6.2. Unless otherwise required by law, the prices which have been quoted in this offer have not been knowingly disclosed by the 4.2. Have within a three (3) year period preceding this agreement Offeror and will not knowingly be disclosed by the Offeror prior been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against to opening, in the case of a bid, or prior to award, in the case them for commission of fraud or criminal offense in of a proposal, directly or indirectly to any other Offeror or to connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing any competitor; and a public (Federal, State, or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State 6.3. No attempt has been made or will be made by the Offeror to antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, induce any other person or firm to submit or not to submit an offer for the purpose of restricting competition. forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property; and The Offeror understands that prior to receiving a contract award 7. from the County, the Offeror must submit a completed IRS W-9 form to provide a Federal Tax ID number, or if not available, to provide a Social Security Number (SSN).

CERTIFICATION

The information furnished in Paragraphs 1 through 7 is certified to be factual and correct as of the date submitted and this certification is made under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California.

Name: Signature:

Title: Date:

Company/Organization:

SUBMIT THIS FORM AS DIRECTED IN THE REQUEST FOR SOLICITATION DOCUMENTS OR WITH THE OFFER

Revised 07-09-14

2-6a PART2/COUNTY DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS

Set forth below is the full name and the location of the place of business of each Subcontractor whom the Bidder proposes to subcontract portions of the work in excess of one-half of one percent of the total bid, or, in the case of construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent of the total bid or $10,000, whichever is greater, and the portion of the work which will be done by each Subcontractor for each subcontract.

The Bidder's attention is directed to the provision titled "Subcontracting" of the Special Provisions contained in these Contract Documents.

NOTE: The Bidder understands that if the Bidder fails to specify a Subcontractor for any portion of the work to be performed under the contract in excess of one-half of one percent of the bid, or, in the case of construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent of the bid or $10,000, whichever is greater, the Bidder shall be deemed to have agreed to perform such portion, and that the Bidder shall not be permitted to sublet or subcontract that portion of the work except in cases of public emergency or necessity, and then only after a finding, reduced to writing as a public record of the Awarding Authority, setting forth the facts constituting the emergency or necessity in accordance with the provision of the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act (Section 4100 et seq. of the California Public Contract Code).

Unless changed in the Special Provisions, at least 50 percent of the original contract price shall be performed by the Contractor's own organization.

The “Business Name and Address”, the “Portion of Work to be Contracted” and the “License No.” that will be done by each subcontractor are required at the time of bid submittal. An inadvertent error in listing the California contractor license number must be corrected by the prime contractor within 24 hours after bid opening by email to the Procurement Contracting Officer listed as contact for this RFB, provided the corrected contractor’s license number corresponds to the submitted name and location for that subcontractor, or else the bid may be determined non- responsive. The remainder of the information shall be submitted by all bidders within two business days of bid opening by e-mail to said Procurement Contracting Officer.

If no Subcontractors are to be employed on the project, enter the word "NONE.”

7/14 2-7 PART 2/COUNTY DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS

PORTION OF WORK TO BE BUSINESS NAME CSLB PERCENTAGE DIR SUBCONTRACTED AND ADDRESS LICENSE NO. OF REGISTRATION [Street, City, State, Zip] TOTAL NO. CONTRACT BID SCHED DESCRIPTION & OF WORK ITEM NO. (Indicate if work includes only a portion of the bid item)

TOTAL % SUBCONTRACTED ______

Photocopy this form for additional subcontractors.

Name of Bidder______

1/15 2-7a PART 2/COUNTY DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS INFORMATION

PRIME CONTRACTOR INFORMATION BUSINESS NAME (PRIME) DIR REGISTRATION NO. EMAIL ADDRESS (Point of Contact for this Project)

CLASSIFICATIONS TO BE USED FOR THIS PROJECT: ASBESTOS BOILERMAKER BRICKLAYERS CARPENTERS DRYWALL CARPET/LINOLEUM CEMENT MASONS FINISHER DRYWALL/LATHERS ELECTRICIANS ELEVATOR MECHANIC GLAZIERS IRON WORKERS LABORERS MILLWRIGHTS OPERATING ENG PAINTERS PILE DRIVERS PIPE TRADES PLASTERS ROOFERS SHEET METAL SOUND/COMM SURVEYORS TEAMSTER

TILE WORKERS SUBCONTRACTOR INFORMATION

BUSINESS NAME (SUB) DIR REGISTRATION NO. EMAIL ADDRESS (Point of Contact for this Project)

TILE WORKERS SUBCONTRACTOR INFORMATION

BUSINESS NAME (SUB) DIR REGISTRATION NO. EMAIL ADDRESS (Point of Contact for this Project)

Photocopy this form for additional subcontractors.

Name of Bidder______

1/15 2-7b PART 2/COUNTY

FOR: _DEHESA ROAD AND SYCUAN ROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS; ORACLE PROJECT NO. 1018908 ____

Accompanying this proposal is ______in amount equal to at least ten percent of total of the bid. (NOTICE: Insert the words "cash ($______)," "cashier's check," "certified check," or "bidder's bond," as the case may be.)

The names of all persons interested in the foregoing proposal as principals are as follows:

IMPORTANT NOTICE If bidder or other interested person is a corporation, state legal name of corporation, also names of the president, secretary, treasurer and manager thereof; if a copartnership, state true name of firm, also names of all individual copartners composing firm; if bidder or other interested person is an individual, state first and last names in full.

Licensed in accordance with an act providing for the registration of Contractors,

License No. Classification (s) Exp. Date ______

Warning - If an addendum or addenda have been issued by the Department and not noted in the Proposal to the Board on page 2-2 as being received by the bidder, this Proposal may be rejected.

By my signature on this proposal I certify, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California, that the foregoing questionnaire and statements of Public Contract Code Sections 10162, 10232 and 10285.1 are true and correct and that the bidder has complied with the requirements of Section 8103 of the Fair Employment and Housing Commission Regulations (Chapter 5, Title 2 of the California Administrative Code). By my signature on this proposal I further certify, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California and the United States of America, that the Noncollusion Affidavit required by Title 23 United States Code, Section 112 and Public Contract Code Section 7106; and the Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations, Part 29 Debarment and Suspension Certification are true and correct.

I hereby certify, under penalty of perjury, that the foregoing proposal to the Board is true and correct.

( (______( Legal Name of Bidder SIGN ( ( HERE ( by (SEAL) ( Signature ( ( (______Title

NOTE: If bidder is a corporation, the legal name of the corporation shall be set forth above together with the signature of the officer or officers authorized to sign contracts on behalf of the corporation; if bidder is a copartnership, the true name of the firm shall be set forth above together with the signature of the partner or partners authorized to sign contracts in behalf of the copartnership; and if bidder is an individual, his signature shall be placed above. If signature is by an agent, other than an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership, a Power of Attorney must be submitted with the bid; otherwise, the bid may be disregarded as irregular and unauthorized.

Business address ______

Telephone (______)______Fax (______)______

E-Mail address ______

Dated , 20 , at , California. 7/14 2-8 SIGNATURE PAGE/COUNTY

BOND NO.______BIDDER'S BOND

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

That we ...... …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...... as Principal, and ...... as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the County of San Diego, a political subdivision of the State of California, hereinafter called the County, in the penal sum of TEN PERCENT (10%) OF THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF THE BID of the Principal above named, submitted by said Principal to the County for the work described below, for the payment of which sum in lawful money of the United States, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

In no case shall the liability of the Surety hereunder exceed the sum of ......

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH,

That whereas the Principal has submitted the above-mentioned bid to the County of San Diego for certain construction specifically described as follows, for which bids are to be opened on ______for DATE

DEHESA ROAD AND SYCUAN ROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVMENTS; ORACLE PROJECT NO. 1018908

NOW THEREFORE, if the aforesaid principal shall not withdraw said bid within the period specified therein after the opening of the same, or, if no period be specified, within sixty (60) days after said opening, and shall within the period specified therefor, or, if no period be specified, within ten (10) days after the prescribed forms are presented to him for signature, enter into a written contract with the County, in the prescribed form, in accordance with the bid as accepted, and file the two bonds with the County, one to guarantee faithful performance and the other to guarantee payment for labor and materials, as required by law, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and virtue.

In the event suit is brought upon this bond by the County and judgement is recovered, the Surety shall pay all costs incurred by the Owner in such suit, including a reasonable attorney's fee to be fixed by the court.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, We have hereunto set our hands and seals on this ...... day of ....………...... A.D. 20......

………………………………………………………………………(SEAL).………………...... (SEAL) ………………………………………………………………………(SEAL)...... ………………...... (SEAL) ………………………………………………………………………(SEAL)...... ………………...... (SEAL) Surety Principal

ATTORNEY-IN-FACT ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SURETY STATE OF ...... ) ) ss COUNTY OF ...... ) On this ...... day of...... in the year 20...... before me ...... a notary public in and for said County and State personally appeared ...... known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument as the attorney-in-fact of the...... the corporation named as Surety in said instrument, and acknowledged to me that he subscribed the name of said corporation thereto as Surety, and his own name as attorney-in-fact.

NOTE: (a) Signature of those executing for ...... Surety must be properly acknowledged. Notary Public In and for the County of (b) The Attorney-in-fact must attach a certified copy of Power of Attorney...... State of California

7/14 2-9 COUNTY/BIDDER'S BOND - PAGE 1

DATE: ______ORACLE PROJECT NO. ______

COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO BIDDER DVBE INFORMATION (Due within 2 business days of bid opening)

PROJECT TITLE: ______

BIDDER: ______BIDDER REPRESENTATIVE: ______

BID SCHED DESCRIPTION OF WORK, NAME OF CERTIFIED DVBE TO BE USED SERVICE OR MATERIAL DOLLAR AMOUNT TO & (PRIME, SUBCONTRACTOR OR VENDOR) AND ITEM If not entire item indicate as BE PAID THIS DVBE NO. portions of. ADDRESS, TELEPHONE, AND CERTIFICATION NUMBER

TOTAL DOLLARS TO CERTIFIED DVBE $ (PRIME, SUBCONTRACTOR OR VENDOR)

COMPUTATION OF UTILIZATION AND COMPARISON WITH THE DVBE PARTICIPATION

Total Amount to DVBE x 100 = Percent of Utilization 3% Disabled Total Bid *See DVBE and DVBE Veterans Participation information x 100 = % sections to determine if goal required for this solicitation 7/14 2-10 DVBE Program

PART IIA

DOCUMENTS TO BE EXECUTED AND SUBMITTED BY ALL BIDDERS WHO FAIL TO MEET DVBE PARTICIPATION FOR PUBLIC WORK PROJECTS ESTIMATED (BY THE COUNTY) TO BE BETWEEN $500,000 AND $1 MILLION

(SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY E-MAIL TO THE PROCUREMENT CONTRACTING OFFICER LISTED AS CONTACT FOR THIS RFB WITHIN TWO (2) BUSINESS DAYS OF THE BID OPENING)

(Bidders are cautioned that even if their BIDDER DVBE INFORMATION form (page 2-10) indicates the stated DVBE participation has been met, all bidders should still consider submitting Documentation of Good Faith Effort. Submittal of satisfactory Documentation of Good Faith Effort will protect eligibility for award of a contract in the event the County, in its review, finds that the stated DVBE participation has not been met.) These documents cannot be submitted in lieu of page 2-10, but may supplement page 2-10.

7/14 2-11 DVBE Program

COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO

Disabled Veteran Business Enterprise (DVBE) “Good Faith Effort” Package

Documentation of Good Faith Effort (Due within 2 business days of bid opening)

The DVBE Cover Sheet is to be attached for the required certified DVBE documentation of “Good Faith Effort” for public works projects estimated by the County to be between $500,000 and $1 million.

Project Title: ______

Oracle Project No. : ______

Bid No.: ______

Bid Date: ______

Name of Contractor Submitting Bid:

______

Please check off the following to insure you have included them in your documentation:

____ Documentation of “Good Faith Effort” (3 pages, including this page)

____ Attachment of Any Additional Supporting Documentation

7/14 2-12 DVBE Program

Page 1 of 2 DOCUMENTATION OF GOOD FAITH EFFORT

A. List potential DVBEs that the bidder solicited prior to prime contractor bid submittal for participation in this contract along with dates.

Certified DVBE Firm Date and Method of Contact Responded Name and Certification No. (Mail, Fax, Telephone, etc.) (Yes/No)

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

Solicitations DVBE Solicitation Sample: Bidder must attach a sample of the solicitation sent to certified DVBE firms. If phone contact was made, document conversation: date, time, contact person, and business opportunities discussed.

7/14 2-13 DVBE Program

Page 2 of 2 DOCUMENTATION OF GOOD FAITH EFFORT

Identification of (1) all DVBEs who submitted bids or quotations on prime contractor bid submittal. (2) Item of work, supplies or services offered which are not accepted, (3) dollar amounts of the DVBEs bids not accepted, (4) subcontractors and/or vendors who will be used instead of the DVBEs, (5) dollar amounts of these subcontractors and/or suppliers’ bids, and (6) the reason for the bidder not accepting the DVBE's bid. Use additional sheets if necessary.

Item of Work, DVBE Name, address DVBE Name of Subcontractor/ Bid Amount Reason DVBE Bid Not Supplies or and Phone No. Bid Amount Vendor to be used Accepted Accepted Services (1) (3) (4) (5) (6) (2)

7/14 2-14 DVBE Program

PART III

DOCUMENTS TO BE EXECUTED

BY THE

SUCCESSFUL BIDDER

(AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT)

7/14 3-1 PART 3/COUNTY

STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO

CONTRACT FOR DEHESA ROAD AND SYCUAN ROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS ORACLE PROJECT NO. 1018908

RFB NO. 7079

THIS CONTRACT, made and concluded, in duplicate, this ______day of ______, Two Thousand and ______, between County of San Diego, Owner, by the Director, Department of Purchasing and Contracting, and Contractor,

ARTICLE I. WITNESSETH, that for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the Owner, the Contractor agrees with the Owner, at the Contractor's own proper cost and expense, to do all the work and furnish all the materials, except such as are mentioned in the specifications to be furnished by the Owner, necessary to construct and complete in a good, workmanlike and substantial manner and to the satisfaction of the Owner, the project titled:

DEHESA ROAD AND SYCUAN ROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS ORACLE PROJECT NO. 1018908

Said work is to be performed in accordance with the Contract and the Special Provisions annexed hereto and including Addenda Nos. ______, and ___, and also in accordance with the Standard Specifications of the State of California, Department of Transportation, dated May 2006, the Amendments to said Standard Specifications contained in Part VI of these Contract Documents and the modifications to said Standard Specifications and said Amendments contained in Part VII of these Contract Documents.

The work to be done is shown on plans entitled:

PLANS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF: SYCUAN ROAD AND DEHESA ROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS IN THE VICINITY OF DEHESA

approved September 21, 2015, which said plans are hereby made a part of this Contract.

7/14 3-2 PART 3/COUNTY ARTICLE II. And the Contractor agrees to receive and accept the unit and/or lump sum prices shown in the Bid Schedule for the items and quantities actually constructed or installed as full compensation for furnishing all materials and for doing all the work contemplated and embraced in this agreement; also for all loss or damage arising out of the nature of the work aforesaid, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen difficulties or obstructions which may arise or be encountered in the prosecution of the work until its acceptance by the Owner, and for all risks of every description connected with the work; and also for all expenses incurred by or in consequence of the suspension or discontinuance of work and for well and faithfully completing the work, and the whole thereof, in the manner and according to the Plans and Specifications, and the requirements of the Engineer under them.

ARTICLE III. The Owner hereby promises and agrees with the Contractor to employ, and does hereby employ the Contractor to provide the materials and to do the work according to the terms and conditions herein contained and referred to, for the prices aforesaid, and hereby contracts to pay the same at the time, and in the manner and upon the conditions hereinafter set forth, and the Owner and the Contractor for themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, do hereby agree to the full performance of the covenants herein contained.

ARTICLE IV. It is further expressly agreed by and between the parties hereto that should there be any conflict between the terms of this instrument and the Bid or Proposal of the Contractor, then this instrument shall control and nothing herein shall be considered as an acceptance of the terms of the Proposal conflicting herewith.

ARTICLE V. The Owner has obtained from the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations said Director's determinations of the general prevailing rate of per diem wages and the general prevailing rate for holiday and overtime work for the locality in which the project is to be performed. Said determinations are on file and are available in the Office of the Department of Purchasing and Contracting, 5560 Overland Avenue, Suite 270, San Diego, California 92123-1204 and are available from the Department of Industrial Relations at www.dir.ca.gov/DLSR/PWD. Not less than these rates shall be paid to all workers employed on the project.

ARTICLE VI. The Contract entered into consists of the following contract documents, all of which are component parts of the Contract as if herein set out in full, or attached hereto:

1. Notice to Contractors Inviting Bids 2. Information for Bidders 3. Proposal to the Board 4. Designation of Subcontractors 5. Contract 6. Corporate Certificate 7. Partnership Certificate 8. Contractor's Certificate Regarding Worker's Compensation 9. Performance Bond 10. Payment Bond 11. Special Provisions 12. Addenda Nos.___, ___, and ___, as issued 13. Project Plans, Standard Plans and Standard Drawings 14. Equipment Rental Rates 15. Standard Specifications

7/14 3-3 PART 3/COUNTY

16. Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting Guaranty 17. Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting Guaranty Bond 16. General Information Regarding Compliance with Disabled Veterans Business Enterprise Program 17. Bidder DVBE Information 18. Representation and Certifications

All of the above named contract documents are intended to be complementary. Work required by one of the above named documents and not by others shall be performed as if required by all.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have hereunto set their hands the day, month and year first above written.

BASIS OF AWARD:

TOTAL BID By______JOHN M. PELLEGRINO, Director Date Department of Purchasing and Contracting

______Contractor Name Signature of Authorized Official

______Contractor Address Printed Name / Title

______City, State, Zip Contractor License Number

______Federal Tax ID / SSN

7/14 3-4 PART 3/COUNTY CORPORATE CERTIFICATE

I, ______certify that I am the Secretary of the Corporation named as Contractor in the foregoing Contract; that ______, who signed said Contract on behalf of the Contractor, was then ______of said Corporation; that said Contract was duly signed for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body and is within the scope of its corporate powers.

Corporate Name: ______

Signature: ______(Corporate Seal) Secretary

7/14 3-5 PART 3/COUNTY PARTNERSHIP CERTIFICATE

STATE OF ______) ) ss COUNTY OF ______)

On this ______day of ______, in the year 20_____, before me ______, a Notary Public in and for said County and State, personally appeared ______, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person that executed this instrument, on behalf of the partnership and acknowledged to me that the partnership executed it.

Notary's Signature: ______

Notary's Name: ______(Type or Print)

My Commission Expires: ______

(Notary Seal)

7/14 3-6 PART 3/COUNTY CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATE REGARDING WORKER'S COMPENSATION

Section 3700 of the Labor Code provides in part as follows:

"Every employer except the State shall secure the payment of compensation in one or more of the following ways:

(a) By being insured against liability to pay compensation in one or more insurers duly authorized to write compensation insurance in this State.

(b) By securing from the Director of Industrial Relations a certificate of consent to self-insure, which may be given upon furnishing proof satisfactory to the Director of Industrial Relations of ability to self-insure and to pay any compensation that may become due to his employees..."

I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for worker's compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Contract.

SIGNATURE: ______

BIDDER'S NAME: ______

ADDRESS: ______

(In accordance with Article 5, commencing at Section 1860, Chapter 1, Part 7, Division 2 of the Labor Code, the above certificate must be signed and filed with the awarding body prior to performing any work under this Contract.)

7/14 3-7 PART 3/COUNTY

BOND NO. ______PERFORMANCE BOND

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That

WHEREAS, the County of San Diego (hereinafter designated as COUNTY) and ______(hereinafter designated as PRINCIPAL) have entered into a Contract for the furnishing of all materials, labor, services and equipment necessary, convenient and proper to:

DEHESA ROAD AND SYCUAN ROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS ORACLE PROJECT NO. 1018908; CONTRACT NO. ______; RFB 7079 pursuant to said Contract awarded on ______; and all of the documents attached thereto and incorporated by reference, becoming a part of said Contract, are hereby referred to and made a part hereof; and,

WHEREAS, said PRINCIPAL is required according to the terms of said Contract and applicable California State law, to furnish a Bond for the faithful Performance of said Contract.

NOW, THEREFORE, we, the PRINCIPAL and ______as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto the COUNTY in the penal sum of: ______Dollars ($______), lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if said PRINCIPAL, its subcontractors, heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform all of the covenants, conditions, and agreements in said Contract and any and all alterations thereof made as therein provided, on its or their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall defend, indemnify and save harmless the COUNTY, its officers, agents, and employees, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect.

And said SURETY for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration, addition or deletion to the terms of said Contract, the accompanying Contract Documents, or to the Work to be performed hereunder shall in any way affect its obligations on this Bond, and the SURETY hereby waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration, addition or deletion to the terms of said Contract or to the Contract Documents or to the Work.

In the event the COUNTY terminates the PRINCIPAL’s right to complete the Contract, the SURETY shall be obligated, without duplication, for:

(a) the responsibilities of the PRINCIPAL for correction of defective work and completion of the Contract (b) additional legal, design, professional and delay costs resulting from the PRINCIPAL’s default, and resulting from the actions or failure to act of the SURETY under this Bond (c) damages, including liquidated damages, as specified in the Contract.

In the event of such termination, the COUNTY may, at its sole option:

(a) collect payment under this Bond and take over and prosecute the Contract to completion by contract or by any other methods it may deem advisable, (b) require the SURETY to undertake to perform and complete the Contract itself, through its agents or through independent contractors, or (c) require the SURETY, through a process acceptable to the COUNTY, to obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to the COUNTY for a contract for performance and completion of the Contract, arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by the COUNTY and the contractor selected with the COUNTY’s concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the Contract, and pay to the COUNTY the amount of damages, including actual and liquidated damages, incurred in excess of the balance of the Contract price as a result of the PRINCIPAL’s default.

In the event suit is brought upon this Bond by the COUNTY and judgment is recovered, SURETY shall pay all costs incurred by the COUNTY in such suit, including reasonable attorneys' fees to be fixed by the court in accordance with applicable statutory law.

The SURETY, by the execution of this Bond, represents and warrants that this Bond has also been duly executed by the PRINCIPAL with proper authority, and the SURETY hereby waives any defense which it might have by reason of any failure by the PRINCIPAL to execute or properly execute this Bond.

8/15 3-8 COUNTY/PERFORMANCE BOND – PAGE 1 OF 2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF ______identical counterparts of this instrument, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original thereof, have been duly executed by the PRINCIPAL and SURETY above named on the ______day of ______, 20____.

PRINCIPAL: SURETY:

______Signature Signature ______Name Name ______Title Title ______Address Address

NOTE TO SURETY COMPANY AND/OR SURETY COMPANY ATTORNEY-IN-FACT: The following form of original acknowledgement should be used. If any other form of acknowledgement is used, there must be submitted a certified copy of unrevoked resolution of authority for the attorney-in-fact.

STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO ) ss. )

On ______, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State, personally appeared ______, known to me to be the duly authorized Attorney-in-Fact of the corporate SURETY named in the within instrument, known to me to be authorized to execute that instrument on behalf of said corporation, known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to such instrument as the Attorney-in-Fact of said corporation, and acknowledged to me that he (she) subscribed the name of said corporation thereto as SURETY, and his (her) own name as Attorney-in-Fact and that said corporation executed the same.

WITNESS MY HAND AND OFFICIAL SEAL: (SEAL) ______Notary Public for the State of California

Original Acknowledgement by Attorney-in-Fact must be attached. Corporate seals of PRINCIPAL and SURETY must be attached.

8/15 3-8a COUNTY/PERFORMANCE BOND – PAGE 2 OF 2

BOND NO. ______PAYMENT BOND

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That

WHEREAS, the County of San Diego, a political subdivision of the State of California (hereinafter designated as Owner) on ...... 20...... awarded to ...... (hereinafter designated as the Principal) a contract for the work described as follows:

DEHESA ROAD AND SYCUAN ROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS ORACLE PROJECT NO. 1018908; CONTRACT NO. ______; RFB 7079

WHEREAS, said Principal is required pursuant to Chapter 5 (commencing at Section 9550), Title 3, Part 6, Division 4, of the California Civil Code to furnish a bond in connection with said contract. NOW THEREFORE, We, the Principal and ...... as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Owner in the penal sum of ...... Dollars ($ ...... ) lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT if said Principal, hers/his/its subcontractors, heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, shall fail to pay any of the persons named in Section 9100 of the California Civil Code, or amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to work or labor performed under the contract, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the contractor and his subcontractors pursuant to Section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code, with respect to such work and labor the Surety or Sureties will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum hereinabove specified, and also, in case suit is brought upon this bond, a reasonable attorney's fee, to be fixed by the court.

This Bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in Section 9100 of the California Civil Code, so as to give a right of action to such persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond.

It is further stipulated and agreed that the Surety on this bond shall not be exonerated or released from the obligation of this bond by any change, extension of time for performance, addition, alteration or modification in, to, or of any contract, plans, specifications, or agreement pertaining or relating to any scheme or work of improvement hereinabove described or pertaining or relating to the furnishing of labor, materials or equipment therefor, nor by any change or modification of any terms of payment or extension of the time for any payment pertaining or relating to any scheme or work of improvement hereinabove described, nor by any rescission or attempted rescission of the contract, agreement or bond, nor by any conditions precedent or subsequent in the bond attempting to limit the right of recovery of claimants otherwise entitled to recover under any such contract or agreement or under the bond, nor by any fraud practiced by any person other than the claimant seeking to recover on the bond and that this bond be construed most strongly against the Surety and in favor of all persons for whose benefit such bond is given, and under no circumstances shall Surety be released from liability to those for whose benefit such bond has been given, by reason of any breach of contract between the Owner or Public Entity and original contractor or on the part of any obligee named in such bond, but the sole conditions of recovery shall be that claimant is a person described in Section 9100 of the California Civil Code, and has not been paid the full amount of his claim and that Surety does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, addition, alteration or modification herein mentioned.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and Surety above named, on the …………………… day of …………………………… 20…….

...... (SEAL) Principal

By ...... (SEAL) NOTE: (a) Signature of those executing for Surety must be properly acknowledged...... (SEAL) (b) The Attorney-in-fact must attach a certified copy of Power of Attorney. By ...... (SEAL) Attorney-in-Fact (Attach required acknowledgements)

10/14 3-9 COUNTY/PAYMENT BOND – PAGE 1

TRAFFIC SIGNAL AND SAFETY LIGHTING GUARANTY

County of San Diego State of California

In accordance with the terms of County Contract No. ______between the County of San Diego and the undersigned, which Contract provides for the

DEHESA ROAD AND SYCUAN ROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS ORACLE PROJECT NO. 1019093; RFB 7079

and under which Contract the undersigned has installed, modified, and/or relocated a traffic signal and safety lighting system, the following Guaranty of said system is hereby made:

Should said system or any part thereof fail to operate properly, as planned, because of defective materials or workmanship furnished by the Contractor, all within one (1) year of the date on which the work performed pursuant to this Contract is finally accepted, the undersigned agrees to replace any such material and/or to repair said system completely without cost to the County of San Diego so said system will operate successfully as originally contemplated. Such repairs or replacements shall be made on written demand by the County of San Diego.

Such repairs shall be made and such materials as are necessary shall be furnished and installed within a reasonable time after the receipt by the undersigned of demand from the County of San Diego. Said system will be deemed defective within the meaning of this Guaranty in the event that it fails to operate as originally intended by the manufacturer thereof and in accordance with the Plans and Specifications included in said Contract.

Due to the public necessity that prompt repairs be made to the system in case of system failure or defect, the County Engineer may make system repairs when deemed necessary by the County Engineer. Such repair action by the County Engineer shall not void or modify in any way whatsoever the provisions or obligations of this Guaranty. The Contractor shall reimburse the County up to a limit of TWO HUNDRED DOLLARS ($200.00) for the cost of each system repair that is made by the County Engineer without prior written demand by the County upon the Contractor for such repair or replacement.

______Contractor

______Date

4/01 3-10 PART 3/GUARANTY/SINGLE SIGNAL

TRAFFIC SIGNAL AND SAFETY LIGHTING GUARANTY BOND

COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENT: That

WHEREAS, the Director, Department of Purchasing and Contracting, County of San Diego, State of California, on______, 20___, has awarded to ______hereinafter designated as the "Principal", a Contract for the

DEHESA ROAD AND SYCUAN ROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS ORACLE PROJECT NO. 1019093; RFB 7079

, and

WHEREAS, said Principal is required under the terms of said Contract to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of said Contract,

NOW THEREFORE, we, the Principal and ______as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the County of San Diego, hereinafter called the "County", and in the penal sum of FIVE THOUSAND DOLLARS ($5,000.00) lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executor, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, formally by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT if the above bounded Principal, his or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions and agreements in the "TRAFFIC SIGNAL AND SAFETY LIGHTING GUARANTY" attached hereto as the preceding page and incorporated herein by this reference, on his or their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and save harmless the County, its officers and agents, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and virtue.

And said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, the Guaranty, or to the work to be performed thereunder of the specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications.

In the event suit is brought upon this bond by the County and judgment is recovered, the Surety shall pay all costs incurred by the County in such suit, including a reasonable attorney's fee to be fixed by the Court.

4/01 3-11 PART 3/GUARANTY/SINGLE SIGNAL

TRAFFIC SIGNAL AND SAFETY LIGHTING GUARANTY BOND (Continued)

COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO

IN WITNESS WHEREOF ______identical counterparts of this instrument, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original thereof, have been duly executed by the Principal and Surety above named, on this _____ day of ______, 20 ____.

______(SEAL)

______(SEAL) Principal

______(SEAL)

______(SEAL) Surety

Surety's Address:

______

NOTE: Signatures of those executing for Surety must be properly acknowledged.

NOTE: The Attorney-in-Fact must attach a certified copy of the Power of Attorney.

4/01 3-12 PART 3/GUARANTY/SINGLE SIGNAL

PART IV

SPECIAL PROVISIONS - SPECIAL CONDITIONS

7/14 4-1 PART 4/COUNTY COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR DEHESA ROAD AND SYCUAN ROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS ORACLE PROJECT NO. 1018908

PART IV. SPECIAL CONDITIONS

1. Specifications and Plans

The work embraced herein shall conform to the provisions in the Standard Specifications of the State of California, Department of Transportation, dated May 2006, the Amendments to said Standard Specifications contained in Part VI of these Contract Documents and the modifications to said Standard Specifications and said Amendments contained in Part VII of these Contract Documents, the Standard Plans of the State of California, Department of Transportation, dated May 2006 and the San Diego Regional Standard Drawings, dated September 2012 insofar as the same may apply, and these Special Provisions.

2. Beginning of Work, Time of Completion and Liquidated Damages

The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 8-1.06, "Time of Completion,” and Section 8-1.07, "Liquidated Damages,” of the Standard Specifications, defining responsibility with regard to completing the work within the time specified.

The Contractor shall begin work within fifteen (15) calendar days after receiving the Notice to Proceed and shall diligently prosecute this Contract to completion before expiration of one hundred eighty (180) calendar days starting on the 15th calendar day after receipt of said notice by the Contractor.

In case all the work called for and all the conditions and requirements of the Contract are not completed within the number of working days specified above, liquidated damages of one thousand two hundred dollars ($1,200.00) for each and every calendar day required to finish the work in excess of the specified number of working days shall be paid to the Owner.

3. Project Document Identification and Mailing Information

All correspondence and all other documents submitted to the Owner for this project shall contain the project title and the number as shown at the top of this page. Documents referred to include, but are not limited to: payrolls, separate payroll certification sheets, Certificates of Insurance, other required forms and submittals. Documents which are not properly identified will be returned to the Contractor.

After award of the Contract ALL correspondence, submittals, etc. for this project are to be addressed to:

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS 5500 OVERLAND AVENUE, SUITE 310 SAN DIEGO, CA 92123-1295 ATTN: CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING MAIL STATION O384

7/14 4-2 PART 4/COUNTY 4. Guarantee

All work shall be guaranteed by the Contractor for a period of one (1) year from the date of acceptance of the work, against defective workmanship and materials furnished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall promptly replace or repair in a manner satisfactory to the Owner, any such defective work, after notice to do so from the Owner, and upon the Contractor’s failure to make such replacement or repairs promptly, the Owner may perform this work and the Contractor and its sureties shall be liable for the cost thereof.

5. Indemnification and Insurance

Attention is directed to Section 7-1.12, "Indemnification and Insurance,” of the Standard Specifications, including the "Modifications..." in Part VII of these Contract Documents.

6. Permits and Licenses

Attention is directed to Section 7-1.04, "Permits and Licenses,” of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

The Contractor is required to obtain a traffic control permit from the Traffic Engineering Section of the County of San Diego. There is no fee for this permit. A copy of a blank Traffic Control Permit application is included in Part VIII of these Contract Documents.

The Contractor will be required to secure additional permits from other cities when traffic control encroaches into adjacent agency right-of-way.

It is the contractor’s responsibility to obtain any necessary permits in advance of the work to avoid delays to the contract.

7. Existing Utilities and Non-Highway Facilities

Attention is directed to Section 8-1.10, "Utility and Non-Highway Facilities,” of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

The Contractor's attention is directed to underground facilities marked on the plans.

The Contractor shall take special care to avoid either damage or interruption of service during construction. The Contractor shall ascertain the exact location of underground facilities and improvements within the construction area before using equipment that may damage such facilities or interfere with their service.

At least 48 hours before starting excavation, the Contractor shall verify the location of existing underground facilities by contacting Underground Service Alert (1-800-422-4133) and by individually contacting operators of gravity sewer systems and certain other utilities which are not members of Underground Service Alert.

In accordance with Section 4215 of the Government Code, if the Contractor while performing the contract discovers any existing main or trunkline utility facilities not identified by the public agency in the Contract Plans or Specifications, the Contractor shall immediately notify the public agency and utility in writing. The public utility, where they are the owner, shall have the sole discretion to perform repairs or relocation work or permit the Contractor to do such repairs or relocation work at a reasonable price.

7/14 4-3 PART 4/COUNTY An appropriate time extension will be allowed and the Contractor shall not be assessed liquidated damages for delay in completion of the project, when such delay was caused by the failure of the public agency or the owner of the utility to provide for removal or relocation of such utility facilities.

The Contractor shall be compensated for the costs of locating, repairing damage not due to the failure of the Contractor to exercise reasonable care, and removing or relocating such utility facilities not indicated in the Plans and Specifications with reasonable accuracy, and for equipment on the project necessarily idled during such work. Such compensation shall be at force account in accordance with the extra work provisions of the Contract.

Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this provision, not otherwise provided for, shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

8. Subcontracting

Attention is directed to Section 8-1.01, "Subcontracting,” of the Standard Specifications, the modifications to said Section 8-1.01 contained in Part VII of these Contract Documents, and these Special Provisions.

The following definitions and requirements shall apply to any subcontract, supplier and equipment rental agreements entered into by the prime contractor relating to this project: a. Definitions

"Subcontractor": A person, firm or corporation supplying labor and materials or equipment, or labor only, for work at the project for and under separate contract or agreement with, the Contractor.

Each Subcontractor shall be properly licensed by the State of California to perform the contemplated subcontract work.

"Work at the Project": Work to be performed at the location of the project, and any offsite work performed exclusively for the project, including the transportation of materials and supplies to or from the location of the project by employees of the Contractor or any Subcontractor.

"Owner-Operator": A person who has legal or equitable title to equipment and operates the equipment on work at the project; operates only that equipment to which said person has legal or equitable title, has no employees (except where necessary to assist in operating the equipment) and has only one piece of equipment at the project at any one time.

For the purpose of this Contract, owner-operators are considered to be employees of the Contractor or the Subcontractor who engaged their services.

"Incorporated Owner-Operator": A corporation which owns, operates, and maintains one or more items of equipment and rents out the equipment, operated and maintained, for work at the project.

For the purpose of this Contract, an incorporated owner-operator is considered to be an equipment rental firm.

"Equipment Rental Firm": A person (other than owner-operator), firm or corporation which rents out equipment, operated and maintained, for work at the project.

7/14 4-4 PART 4/COUNTY For the purpose of this Contract, an equipment rental firm is considered to be a Subcontractor with regard to labor provision only.

"Supplier": A person, firm, or corporation which furnishes materials and supplies to the project from a commercial or industrial source.

"Labor Provisions": Any requirement regarding wage rates, hours of work, travel and subsistence payments, records, apprentices, safety and health, affirmative action requirements and equal employment opportunity, as set forth in the Contract Documents, or as required by law, rules and regulations. b. Requirements

All workers at the project shall come under the applicable labor provisions. Workers include, but are not limited to, employees of the Contractor, Subcontractors and their employees, equipment rental firm employees, and owner-operators. Workers do not include employees of suppliers solely involved in transporting materials and supplies to or from the location of the project.

The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the name and address of each equipment rental firm which the Contractor has employed to work at the project. Such notice shall be given not later than one working day after the equipment rental firm has begun work at the project.

The Contractor shall bind, by written agreement, each equipment rental firm employed on the project to the conditions of the contract with the Owner regarding labor provisions.

Where the contract provides that the Contractor's organization shall perform contract work amounting to a specified percent of the original total contract price, the following items will be considered:

"Contractor's organization" shall be construed to include only workers employed and paid directly by the Contractor and equipment owned or rented by the Contractor, with or without operators.

The Contract amount upon which the specified percent requirement is computed includes the cost of materials and manufactured products which are to be purchased or produced by the Contractor under the Contract provisions.

Any clause relating to attorney’s fees contained in a subcontract shall not give rise to a cause of action by Contractor against County for indemnity as a result of Contractor’s liability to pay such fees, and Contractor waives any right to seek indemnity from County for payment of attorney’s fees to or on behalf of a subcontractor.

9. Claims

Any unresolved claims (demands for monetary compensation or damages) arising or related to the performance of this contract shall be resolved by first submitting such claims to mediation, prior to their being taken to formal arbitration or litigation by any party. Any claim which is not resolved by mediation shall be resolved by arbitration pursuant to Section 9-1.10, "Arbitration,” of the Standard Specifications. Mediation shall be initiated by filing a written notice requesting mediation. All such claims shall be filed and documented in conformance with Section 9-1.07B "Final Payment and Claims,” of the Standard Specifications. All mediation shall terminate not later than 180 days after the date of service in person or by mail on the Contractor of the final written decision by the

7/14 4-5 PART 4/COUNTY Department on the claim. Mediation of any claim shall not relieve the Contractor of the requirement to file a Complaint in Arbitration within the time period specified in Section 9-1.10, "Arbitration,” of the Standard Specifications, as modified in Part VII of these Contract Documents.

The County shall have the right to terminate the contract for cause or convenience at any time without regard to mediation.

Mediation shall be conducted utilizing the American Arbitration Association, or by any other neutral organization agreed to by the parties. The organization conducting the mediation shall hereinafter be known as "Administrator.” a. Costs

The costs for all mediation, including the administrative fees and mediator compensation, shall be shared equally by all parties. Fees shall be jointly negotiated by all parties directly with the Administrator. The expenses of witnesses for any party shall be paid by the party producing such witnesses. b. Selection of Mediator

A single mediator, acceptable to all parties, shall be used to mediate the dispute. The mediator will be knowledgeable in construction aspects and will be selected from lists furnished by the Administrator. The initial mediation session shall commence within 30 days of filing, unless otherwise agreed by the parties, or at the direction of the mediator. c. Conduct of Mediation Sessions

All mediation sessions shall be conducted after the project is field complete unless a claim exceeds $25,000 and the project has in excess of four months remaining until field completion, or unless all parties agree to immediate mediation. Mediation hearings will be conducted in an informal manner and discovery will not be allowed unless agreed to by all parties. All discussions, statements or admissions will be confidential to the proceedings and may not be used for any other purpose as it relates to the party's legal position.

Spokesperson shall be limited to owner, contractor, subcontractor and supplier personnel and their consultants. The contractor, subcontractor or supplier may have an attorney present and shall advise the other parties no less than five (5) working days before the mediation so that the other parties may also have their attorneys present.

Any resultant agreements from mediation shall be documented in writing, as agreed upon during the mediation, and may be used as the basis for a change order or other directive as appropriate. All mediation results and documentation shall be non-binding and inadmissible for any purpose in any legal proceeding, unless such admission is otherwise agreed in writing by all parties. Mediators shall not be subject to any subpoena or liability and their actions shall not be subject to discovery.

10. Furnishing Materials

The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 6-1.01, "Source of Supply and Quality of Materials,” of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

Materials to be furnished by the Owner are NONE.

7/14 4-6 PART 4/COUNTY California Public Contract Code prohibits surface mining operations which are subject to the Surface Mining and Reclamation Act of 1975 (SMARA) from selling California mined construction material to a local agency unless the operation is identified in a list referred to as the 3098 List. Contractor shall provide to the Engineer, satisfactory evidence that all California surface mined minerals (including but not limited to aggregate, sand, gravel, crushed stone, road base, fill materials, and any other mineral materials) furnished by Contractor for this project are from operations appearing on the 3098 List. The list can be viewed at the Department of Conservation's Office of Mine Reclamation (OMR) website at: http://www.conservation.ca.gov/omr/SMARA%20Mines/ab_3098_list

11. Stockpiling and Equipment Storage

Stockpile and equipment storage locations shall be selected by the Contractor, subject to written approval by the Engineer. When any material or equipment is to be stored outside the highway or street right of way, or other County property, the Contractor shall first obtain a written permit from the property owner on whose property the storage is to be made; and the Contractor shall file with the Engineer said permit, or a certified true copy thereof, together with a written release from the property owner absolving the County from any and all responsibility in connection with the storage of materials or equipment on said property.

The Contractor shall leave all storage areas in a neat and clean condition, satisfactory to the Engineer, and in accordance with the provisions of the storage permits.

Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this provision shall be considered as included in the contract price paid for the various items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

12. Public Safety

As modified and supplemented by these Special Provisions the Contractor shall provide for the safety of traffic and the public in conformance with the provisions in Section 7-1.09, "Public Safety," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

The Contractor shall install temporary railing (Type K) between a lane open to public traffic and an excavation, obstacle or storage area when the following conditions exist:

A. Excavations-The near edge of the excavation is 12 feet or less from the edge of the lane, except:

1. Excavations covered with sheet steel or concrete covers of adequate thickness to prevent accidental entry by traffic or the public. 2. Excavations less than one foot deep. 3. Trenches less than one foot wide for irrigation pipe or electrical conduit, or excavations less than one foot in diameter. 4. Excavations parallel to the lane for the purpose of pavement widening or reconstruction. 5. Excavations in side slopes, where the slope is flatter than 4:1 (horizontal: vertical). 6. Excavations protected by existing barrier or railing.

B. Temporarily Unprotected Permanent Obstacles-The work includes the installation of a fixed obstacle together with a protective system, such as a sign structure together with protective railing, and the Contractor elects to install the obstacle prior to installing the protective

7/14 4-7 PART 4/COUNTY system; or the Contractor, for the Contractor's convenience and with permission of the Engineer, removes a portion of an existing protective railing at an obstacle and does not replace such railing complete in place during the same day.

C. Storage Areas-Material or equipment is stored within 12 feet of the lane and the storage is not otherwise prohibited by the provisions of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

The approach end of temporary railing (Type K), installed in conformance with the provisions in this section "Public Safety" and in Section 7-1.09, "Public Safety," of the Standard Specifications, shall be offset a minimum of 15 feet from the edge of the traffic lane open to public traffic. The temporary railing shall be installed on a skew toward the edge of the traffic lane of not more than one foot transversely to 10 feet longitudinally with respect to the edge of the traffic lane. If the 15-foot minimum offset cannot be achieved, the temporary railing shall be installed on the 10 to 1 skew to obtain the maximum available offset between the approach end of the railing and the edge of the traffic lane, and an array of temporary crash cushion modules shall be installed at the approach end of the temporary railing.

When traffic cones or delineators are used to delineate a temporary edge of a traffic lane, the line of cones or delineators shall be considered to be the edge of the traffic lane, however, the Contractor shall not reduce the width of an existing lane to less than 10 feet without written approval from the Engineer.

When work is not in progress on a trench or other excavation that required closure of an adjacent lane, the traffic cones or portable delineators used for the lane closure shall be placed off of and adjacent to the edge of the traveled way. The spacing of the cones or delineators shall be not more than the spacing used for the lane closure.

Suspended loads or equipment shall not be moved nor positioned over public traffic or pedestrians.

Full compensation for conforming to the provisions in this section "Public Safety," including furnishing and installing temporary railing (Type K) and temporary crash cushion modules, shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

13. Temporary Crash Cushion Module

This work shall consist of furnishing, installing, and maintaining sand filled temporary crash cushion modules in groupings or arrays at each location shown on the plans, as specified in these Special Provisions or where designated by the Engineer. The grouping or array of sand filled modules shall form a complete sand filled temporary crash cushion in conformance with the details shown on the plans and these Special Provisions.

Attention is directed to "Public Safety" "Order of Work", and "Temporary Railing" of these Special Provisions.

Whenever the work or the Contractor's operations establishes a fixed obstacle, the exposed fixed obstacle shall be protected with a sand filled temporary crash cushion. The sand filled temporary crash cushion shall be in place prior to opening the lanes adjacent to the fixed obstacle to public traffic.

Sand filled temporary crash cushions shall be maintained in place at each location, including times when work is not actively in progress. Sand filled temporary crash cushions may be removed during 7/14 4-8 PART 4/COUNTY a work period for access to the work provided that the exposed fixed obstacle is 15 feet or more from a lane carrying public traffic and the temporary crash cushion is reset to protect the obstacle prior to the end of the work period in which the fixed obstacle was exposed.

When no longer required, as determined by the Engineer, sand filled temporary crash cushions shall be removed from the site of the work.

At the Contractor's option, the modules for use in sand filled temporary crash cushions shall be either Energite III Inertial Modules, Fitch Inertial Modules or TrafFix Sand Barrels manufactured after March 31, 1997, or equal:

1. Energite III and Fitch Inertial Modules, manufactured by Energy Absorption Systems, Inc., 70 W Madison Street, Suite 2350, Chicago, IL 60602, Telephone (312) 467-6750, FAX (312) 467-1356:

1.1. Southern California: Traffic Control Service, Inc., 1818 E. Orangethorpe, Fullerton, CA 92831-5324, Telephone (800) 222-8274, FAX (714) 526-9501

2. TrafFix Sand Barrels, manufactured by TrafFix Devices, Inc., 160 Avenida La Pata, San Clemente, CA 92673, Telephone (949) 361-5663, FAX (949) 573-9205:

2.1. Southern California: Statewide Traffic Safety and Signs, Inc., 13755 Blaisdell Place, Poway, CA 92064, Telephone (858) 679-7292

Modules contained in each temporary crash cushion shall be of the same type at each location. The color of the modules shall be the standard yellow color, as furnished by the vendor, with black lids. The modules shall exhibit good workmanship free from structural flaws and objectionable surface defects. The modules need not be new. Good used undamaged modules conforming to color and quality of the types specified herein may be utilized. If used Fitch modules requiring a seal are furnished, the top edge of the seal shall be securely fastened to the wall of the module by a continuous strip of heavy duty tape.

Modules shall be filled with sand in conformance with the manufacturer's directions, and to the sand capacity in pounds for each module shown on the plans. Sand for filling the modules shall be clean washed concrete sand of commercial quality. At the time of placing in the modules, the sand shall contain not more than 7 percent water as determined by California Test 226.

Modules damaged due to the Contractor's operations shall be repaired immediately by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. Modules damaged beyond repair, as determined by the Engineer, due to the Contractor's operations shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense.

Temporary crash cushion modules shall be placed on movable pallets or frames conforming to the dimensions shown on the plans. The pallets or frames shall provide a full bearing base beneath the modules. The modules and supporting pallets or frames shall not be moved by sliding or skidding along the pavement or bridge deck.

A Type R or P marker panel shall be attached to the front of the crash cushion as shown on the plans, when the closest point of the crash cushion array is within 12 feet of the traveled way. The marker panel, when required, shall be firmly fastened to the crash cushion with commercial quality hardware or by other methods determined by the Engineer.

7/14 4-9 PART 4/COUNTY

At the completion of the project, temporary crash cushion modules, sand filling, pallets or frames, and marker panels shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site of the work. Temporary crash cushion modules shall not be installed in the permanent work.

Temporary crash cushion modules placed in conformance with the provisions in "Public Safety" of these Special Provisions will not be measured nor paid for.

14. Progress Schedule

Attention is directed to Section 8-1.04, "Progress Schedule,” of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

The Contractor shall within seven (7) working days after receiving the Notice to Proceed and prior to starting work, submit a schedule of proposed operations to the Engineer for approval. The schedule shall outline the Contractor's proposed Order of Work, including start and completion dates of each salient feature of the work in procurement of plant, materials, and equipment. Upon approval of this schedule by the Engineer, the Contractor may begin work.

The progress schedule submitted shall be consistent in all respects with the time and order of work requirements of the Contract.

As the work progresses and upon written request by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit within five (5) working days of the date of the written request a supplementary schedule consistent with the actual progress of the work.

Subsequent to the time that submittal of a progress schedule is required in accordance with these specifications, no progress payments will be made for any work until a satisfactory schedule has been submitted to the Engineer.

If any change in the progress schedule is to be made or becomes necessary due to unforeseen circumstances, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer immediately in writing and may, upon approval by the Engineer, change the Order of Work and/or schedule of operations.

Attention is directed to “Maintaining Traffic” of these Special Provisions regarding the work hours for this project.

Work scheduled on Saturdays must receive prior approval from the Engineer.

15. Survey Staking

Setting stakes shall be in accordance with Section 5-1.07, "Lines and Grades,” of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

All survey staking will be performed by the Owner.

The Contractor shall give the Engineer written notice two (2) working days before the day on which services of the Engineer will be required for laying out any portion of the work. The Contractor shall dig all holes necessary for the line and grade stakes, and shall preserve all stakes set for line, grade, or measurement of the work in their proper places until authorized to remove them by the Engineer. The expense incurred in replacing said stakes, which the Contractor may have failed to preserve, including travel time, shall be borne by the Contractor.

7/14 4-10 PART 4/COUNTY

The Contractor is required to examine carefully all construction stakes and by visual inspection of stakes and string lines, forms, and headers set therefrom, interpret and confirm that the line and grade information is in accordance with the Plans. If there is an apparent error or lack of understanding as to what is meant by the staking, the Contractor shall request an interpretation of staking from the Engineer before doing any work.

16. Trench Plating

All unrestored voids, trenches, holes, excavations, etc., that are in the pedestrian or traveled way shall be protected through the use of adequately designed barricades and structural steel plates that will support legal vehicle loads.

All plates shall provide complete coverage to prevent any person, bicycle, motorcycle or motor vehicle from being endangered due to plate movement causing separations or gaps. Plates shall be installed with anchors, with the plate surfaces reasonably smooth and all vertical edges transitioned with cold-mix.

Structural steel plates shall have a non-skid surface.

All structural steel plates placed over surface voids, such as trenches and other areas to be protected in the public right-of-way shall conform to the following: a. Owner’s name shall be legible and permanently affixed on each plate. b. When steel plates are placed within the public right-of-way, the Contractor shall erect sign(s) in the immediate area of the trench plate(s) identifying its name with a 24-hour number. Minimum height of letters and numbers shall be two inches. c. The Contractor will immediately mobilize necessary personnel and equipment after being notified by the Engineer or the Owner’s emergency services section of a repair need. This includes, but is not limited to, plate anchors, cold-mix, asphalt concrete to transition/ramp from the existing roadway or sidewalk to the plate surface and back down. d. Failure to respond to the emergency request within two hours will be grounds for Owner repairs that will be invoiced at double the actual cost including overhead or $500 per incident, whichever is greater. e. Steel plates used for bridging must extend a minimum of 12" beyond the edges of the trench. f. Steel plate bridging shall be installed to operate with minimum noise. g. The trench shall be adequately shored to support the bridging and traffic loads. h. Temporary paving with cold asphalt concrete shall be used to feather the edges of the plates, if Method (2) is used. i. Bridging shall be secured against displacement by using adjustable cleats, shims or other devices.

Transverse or longitudinal cuts in the right-of-way that cannot be properly completed within a work

7/14 4-11 PART 4/COUNTY day shall be protected by structural steel plate bridging with a non-skid surface and shoring may be required to preserve unobstructed traffic flow.

As required by the Owner, structural steel plate bridging and shoring shall be installed using either Method (1) or (2):

Method (1) (For posted speeds greater than 45 mph):

The pavement shall be cold planed to a depth equal to the thickness of the plate and to a width and length equal to the dimensions of the plate. An alternate method may be used as approved by the Engineer.

Method (2) (For posted speeds equal to or less than 45 mph):

Approach plate(s) and ending plate(s) (if longitudinal placement) shall be attached to the roadway by a minimum of 2 dowels pre-drilled into the corners of the plate and 2" into the pavement. Subsequent plates are to be butted evenly (both horizontally and vertically) to each other(s). Fine graded asphalt concrete shall be compacted to form ramps, maximum slope 8.5% with a minimum 12" taper to cover all edges of the steel plates. When steel plates are removed, the dowel holes in the pavement shall be backfilled with either graded fines of asphalt concrete mix, concrete slurry or an equivalent slurry satisfactory to the Engineer.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of the structural steel bridging plates, shoring and asphalt concrete ramps.

Unless specifically noted, structural steel plate bridging should not exceed 4 consecutive working days in any given week, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Backfilling of excavations shall be covered with a minimum 3" temporary layer of cold asphalt concrete.

The following table shows the required minimal thickness of steel plate bridging required for a given trench width:

Trench Width (Feet) Minimum Plate Thickness (Inch) 1.0 1/2 1.5 3/4 2.0 7/8 3.0 1 4.0 1-1/4

Note: For spans greater than 4 feet, a structural design shall be prepared by a Registered Civil Engineer and approved by the Owner.

Structural steel plate bridging shall be designed for HS 20-44 truck loading per Caltrans Bridge Design per Specifications Manual. The Contractor shall maintain on the steel plate a non-skid surface having a minimum coefficient of friction equivalent to 0.35 as determined by either California Test Method 342 ANSI/ASTM 3-274.

A “ROUGH ROAD” sign (W33) with black lettering on an orange background may be used in advance of structural steel plate bridging.

Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this provision shall be considered as 7/14 4-12 PART 4/COUNTY included in the contract price paid for the various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

17. Tests of Materials

The following conditions and materials, as related to this Contract, will be tested by the Owner in addition to the required manufacturer's or other tests specified: structural concrete, bituminous paving materials, base materials, and relative compaction.

Any testing requested by the Contractor to be performed by the County’s Materials Laboratory or its agent shall require written notice to the Engineer two (2) working days before the day on which testing services will be required.

Tests will be made by the Owner in such number and at such locations as deemed necessary by the Engineer to insure compliance with the specifications; however, the costs of retesting any portion of the work which has failed the initial tests taken by the Owner shall be borne by the Contractor.

18. Federal and State Environmental Compliance

The Owner reserves the right to terminate, amend, or modify at any time, any item or items of work as necessary to comply with either State or Federal environmental requirements enacted after the Contract has been awarded.

If the Contract is amended or modified by contract change order as herein provided, and such changes result in additional or new items of work, the Contractor shall receive compensation for direct costs incurred in accordance with either Section 4-1.03, "Changes,” or Section 9-1.03, "Force Account Payment,” of the Standard Specifications.

The Owner reserves the right to terminate all work under this Contract, if in the opinion of the Engineer such termination is necessary in order to comply with either State or Federal environmental requirements. In the event all work is terminated as a result of such a determination by the Engineer, the Contractor shall receive compensation for the total actual and direct costs incurred to the date of said termination, and in addition a markup of twenty percent (20%) will be paid. Such payment shall constitute full compensation for all work embraced by this Contract, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

19. Order of Work

Order of work shall conform to Section 5-1.05, "Order of Work," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

Prior to commencement of any work on the project, a Pre-Construction Conference will be held at the County Engineer’s office for the purpose of review and discussion of the project, progress schedule and construction procedures. At the discretion of the Engineer, periodic meetings, involving project personnel (Contractor, Utility Company and County), will be held for the purpose of coordinating project activities.

The Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer to ensure the proposed project schedule does not conflict with other County projects in the same area.

7/14 4-13 PART 4/COUNTY As a first order of work, within 5 working days after the Notice to Proceed, the contractors shall submit all materials to be used in project for review and approval by the Engineer. This includes all signal related equipment and other long lead items. Once approval by the Engineer is received, the contractor shall order the above mentioned items, and provide proof of order, within 5 working days, to the Engineer. No progress payment shall be made for any work until the above criteria has been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

20. Dust Control

Throughout all phases of construction, including suspension of work, and until final acceptance of the project, the Contractor shall keep the work site clean and free from rubbish and debris. The Contractor shall also abate dust nuisance by cleaning or sweeping, and sprinkling with water or other means as necessary. The use of water resulting in mud on public streets will not be permitted as a substitute for cleaning, sweeping, or other methods.

Full compensation for furnishing and applying water for dust control, including that caused by public traffic, shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

21. Maintaining Traffic

Attention is directed to Section 7-1.08, "Public Convenience"; Section 7-1.09, "Public Safety"; and Section 12, "Construction Area Traffic Control Devices,” of the Standard Specifications; and these Special Provisions.

The Contractor shall provide traffic control and warning signs and safety devices in accordance with “Part 6 - Temporary Traffic Control” of the “California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways”, latest edition, and said Section 12 of the Standard Specifications. Warning signs and safety devices shall be supplied by the Contractor. The above-referenced manual is available from the State Department of Transportation.

Whenever construction activity will disrupt or impede access to any business, the Contractor shall, by written notice, inform each affected business of the nature and expected duration of the disruptive construction activity. Such written notice shall be delivered to each affected business a minimum of two weeks prior to the start of the disruptive construction activity.

Contractor shall make application to the Traffic Engineering Section of the Department of Public Works (Roads Division, 5510 Overland Ave, Suite 410, Rm 470, San Diego, CA, 92123-1239, Mail Station O334) for a traffic control permit, a minimum of three (3) weeks prior to commencement of work. There is no fee for this permit.

The closure of Dehesa Road and Sycuan Road will not be permitted at any time.

Work hours shall be from 07:00 AM to 04:00 PM, Monday thru Friday.

Traffic control shall be in accordance with San Diego Regional Standard Drawings TCP-4 and TCP- 7C and attached Traffic Control Plan.

The Contractor shall be responsible for identifying the locations of schools that will be affected in the area of the impending work. Due to peak volumes of pedestrian and vehicular traffic associated with schools, the Contractor may be required to delay the start of construction operations until after school is in session and complete construction operations before school is out of session.

7/14 4-14 PART 4/COUNTY During non-working hours, the Contractor shall provide the full road width, which existed prior to the start of construction.

When the work zone is confined to the road shoulder with minimal or no road encroachment, refer to Chapter 6H “Typical Applications” of the “California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices” (CA MUTCD), latest edition.

NOTIFICATION Permittee agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend the County and each of its officers and employees from any liability or responsibility for accident, loss or damaged to persons or property arising by reason of the work done by permittee, or permittee’s agents, employees or representatives.

Whenever construction activity will disrupt or impede access to any residence/business, the contractor shall inform each affected residence/business by written notice the nature and expected duration of the disruptive construction activity. Such written notice shall be delivered to each affected residence/business a minimum of two (2) weeks prior to the start of the disruptive construction activity.

The Contractor shall notify all adjacent residence/business, which will be affected in the area of the impending work, five (5) days in advance, by using doorknob-type notices. The Contractor shall include its business telephone number on the notices. The Contractor’s business telephone number shall be toll free or local to San Diego County. Doorknob type notices will be furnished by the Contractor.

Contractor shall coordinate with David Bosley, County Traffic Signal Coordinator, at cell phone (619) 701-1905 or Southwest Traffic Signal Service Inc. (the County signal maintenance contractor) at (619) 442-3343.

SIGNING All signs shall conform to the specification set forth in the latest edition of Part 6, “Temporary Traffic Control” of the “California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways” (CA MUTCD), latest edition.

The Contractor shall place “Tow-Away/No Parking” signs along the street 24 hours prior to the impending work. “Tow-Away/No Parking” signs shall be furnished by the Contractor and shall contain a space in which the contractor shall enter the day(s) during which parking will be prohibited. Remove these signs immediately when they are no longer needed for use in the respective area of the project. If work is delayed or rescheduled for any reason after placement of “Tow-Away/No Parking” signs, remove the signs and place redated signs two (2) days in advance of the impending work.

All signs shall be in place prior to start of construction.

All advance warning signs shall be 48” x 48”.

All other signs shall be standard size unless otherwise noted.

For continuous work lasting more than two weeks, all W20-1 or C23, and curve warning signs shall be mounted on 4”x 4” wooden posts at standard height and equipped with type “B” high-intensity flashers, unless otherwise noted.

7/14 4-15 PART 4/COUNTY For work of less than two weeks, all W20-1 signs can be either post-mounted on 4” x 4” wooden posts at standard height or on a portable type installation.

Post-mounted signs shall remain in place at all times until construction is completed. Other signs required for traffic control shall be laid down or covered during non-working hours.

All other signs may be mounted on a portable type installation as per Section 12-3.06B of Caltrans Standard Specifications unless otherwise noted.

Placement of all signs shall not interfere with sight distance at driveways and intersections.

Position of post-mounted signs may be adjusted as necessary to optimize visibility or sign and/or obtain suitable placement area.

W20-1 signs and all other yellow or orange signs shall have a reflective background constructed of at least high-intensity (Type III) retroreflective sheeting.

STRIPING Contractor shall layout and stripe all interim and final striping.

Contractor shall install all interim and final pavement markers, temporary tabs, channelizers and traffic signs.

All striping changes shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Striping modifications (due to construction), which exceed one (1) week in duration, require sandblasting. All sandblasting required by said striping changes shall be completed within 24 hours of that change.

All obliterated striping, raised pavement markers, pavement paint legends and markings, shall be replaced by the Contractor.

All new striping shall be reflectorized and shall be supplemented with new raised pavement markers of the proper pattern corresponding to the striping.

All striping changes shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. All new striping shall be supplemented with new pavement markers of the proper pattern corresponding to the striping. Striping modifications (due to construction), which exceed one (1) week in duration, require sandblasting or grinding. All sandblasting or grinding required by said striping changes shall be completed within 24 hours of that change.

ACCESS Emergency vehicle access shall be maintained at all times.

Contractor shall maintain access to all private driveways within the construction area. If continuous access cannot be maintained, access must be provided as needed.

Adequate provisions shall be made for pedestrian traffic.

Adequate sight distance shall be maintained at all intersections in the vicinity of the work zone. If sight distance is affected by the traffic control, the contractor shall provide adequate distance per the County of San Diego Public Road Standards. The use of mirrors, or such devices, is not acceptable as an alternative to providing adequate sight distance.

7/14 4-16 PART 4/COUNTY GENERAL Contractor shall be responsible for supplying and maintaining all traffic control devices for both the construction area and the detour.

The Contractor shall be responsible for supplying, installing and maintaining all traffic control devices as shown on the plan along with additional traffic control devices that may be required to ensure safe movement of traffic and pedestrians through work area.

The provisions of this section may be modified or altered if, in the opinion of the engineer, public traffic will be better served and the work expedited. Said modifications or alterations shall not be adopted until approved in writing by the engineer.

Any open trenches within the construction area shall be adequately protected with barricades and spoil piles to prevent entry of vehicles and pedestrians.

All dirt and debris shall be removed from the roadway each day before completion of work. Street must be maintained in drivable condition at all times.

All advance warning signs, delineators, and barricades shall be removed from the roadway at the end of work each day (except W20-1 signs, if plate-bridging overnight.)

The Contractor is to replace roadway and all signing to normal conditions at the completion of work.

Personal vehicles of the Contractor's employees shall not be parked on the traveled way at any time, including any section closed to public traffic.

Lane closures shall conform to the provisions of the Standard Specifications and the State of California Department of Transportation Standard Plans and the San Diego Regional Standard Drawings contained in Part VIII of these Contract Documents. The lane or lanes to be closed shall be as approved by the Engineer. The use of reflective traffic delineators to direct traffic away from excavations shall be considered as a lane closure.

The provisions in this section may be modified or altered if, in the opinion of the Engineer, public traffic will be better served and work expedited. Said modifications or alterations shall not be adopted until approved in writing by the Engineer.

Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of these Special Provisions, and said Sections 7-1.08, 7-1.09 and 12 of the Standard Specifications, shall be considered as included in the contract lump sum price paid for traffic control, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

22. Sound Control Requirements

Sound control shall conform to the provisions in Section 7-1.01I, "Sound Control Requirements," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

The noise level from the Contractor's operations shall conform to Chapter 4 of Division 6 of Title 3 of Section 1 (commencing with Section 36.410) of San Diego County Code relating to noise control and abatement as added by Ordinance No. 9962 (New Series). This is available at:

http://www.sandiegocounty.gov/dplu/docs/NO-401.pdf

7/14 4-17 PART 4/COUNTY Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

23. Archaeological Site or Setting

During excavation or at any other time that evidence of any archaeological artifacts, human burial remains, or unique paleontology is found, the Contractor shall immediately cease work and notify the Engineer verbally and in writing.

The Contractor shall grant the Owner forty-eight (48) hours to evaluate the archaeological evidence. The Contractor will be granted an extension of time and will not be assessed with liquidated damages or any other penalties for the forty-eight (48) hour period of this provision. The Contractor shall have no claim for any additional damage or compensation due to this delay.

For additional time, beyond the forty-eight (48) hours, required by the Owner to pursue any action relative to the archaeological aspects of the site, the Contractor will be granted an appropriate time extension and shall receive additional compensation as provided in Section 8-1.09, "Right of Way Delays,” of the Standard Specifications.

24. Highway Construction Equipment

Attention is directed to Section 7-1.01D, "Vehicle Code,” and Section 7-1.02, "Load Limitations,” of the Standard Specifications.

25. Payments

Attention is directed to Section 9-1.06, "Partial Payments" and Section 9-1.07, "Payment After Acceptance,” of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

In determining the partial payments to be made to the Contractor, only the following listed materials will be considered for inclusion in the payment as materials furnished but not incorporated in the work: Luminaries Signal and Lighting Standards Conduit Signal Heads and Mounting Brackets Controller Assemblies

The cutoff date for preparation of monthly estimates shall be at the close of work on the 20th day of the month; or if the 20th day of the month falls on a non-working day, at the close of work on the last working day prior to the 20th day of the month; or on a date mutually agreed upon by the Contractor and the Engineer. The Department shall make monthly payments to the Contractor within 30 calendar days after the monthly estimate cutoff date.

When requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall prepare and submit for approval a breakdown estimate covering each lump sum item. The sum of the items listed in the breakdown estimate shall equal the contract lump sum price or prices. An unbalanced breakdown estimate, providing for overpayment to the Contractor on items of work which would be performed first, will not be accepted. The breakdown estimate shall be approved by the Engineer before any partial payment estimate is prepared.

7/14 4-18 PART 4/COUNTY For the purpose of making partial payments pursuant to Section 9-1.06, "Partial Payments,” of the Standard Specifications, the amount set forth for the contract items of work hereinafter listed shall be deemed to be the maximum value of the contract item of work which will be recognized for progress payment purposes:

Clearing and Grubbing $8,650

After acceptance of the contract pursuant to Section 7-1.17, "Acceptance of Contract,” of the Standard Specifications, the amount, if any, payable for a contract item of work in excess of the maximum value for progress payment purposes hereinabove listed for the item, will be included for payment in the first estimate made after acceptance of the Contract.

26. Disposal of Materials

The Contractor shall be responsible for disposal of brush, trash, debris, and surplus materials in a safe and legal manner. Unless otherwise specified, said materials shall be disposed of outside the project limits in accordance with Section 7-1.13, "Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right of Way,” of the Standard Specifications.

27. (Blank)

28. Trade Names and Alternatives

Attention is directed to Section 6-1.05, "Specific Brand or Trade Name and Substitution,” of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

Whenever any material, article, or process is indicated or specified by trade, patent, or proprietary name or name of manufacturer or specified by a list of trade, patent, or proprietary names or names of manufacturers, such specifications for material, article or process, unless marked "no substitution,” shall be deemed to be followed by the words "or equal.”

29. Subsurface Investigation

Attention is directed to Section 2-1.03, "Examination of Plans, Specifications, Contract, and Site of Work,” of the Standard Specifications.

Soils reports are not available for this project.

30. Cross Sections

Attention is directed to Section 2-1.03, "Examination of Plans, Specifications, Contract, and Site of Work,” of the Standard Specifications.

Cross sections are not available for this project.

31. (Blank)

32. (Blank)

33. (Blank)

34. (Blank)

7/14 4-19 PART 4/COUNTY 35. Public Disclosure of Gifts and Campaign Contributions

NOTE: This Special Condition does not apply to the initial contract for the project. It only applies to Contract Change Orders that require Board of Supervisor approval. a. San Diego County Charter Section 1000.1 requires that when a service contract is to be considered by the Board of Supervisors for approval, amendment, or extension, the Contractor and the registered lobbyists of the Contractor shall make the following disclosures:

1) All gifts reportable pursuant to the provisions of the Political Reform Act to any member of the Board of Supervisors or to the immediate family of such member during the year preceding the date of the disclosure.

2) All federal, State and local campaign contributions made to any member of the Board of Supervisors or his or her controlled committees during the year preceding the date of the disclosure.

3) Or a disclosure that there are no gifts or campaign contributions to disclose. b. The Contractor’s disclosure shall include gifts and campaign contributions from any natural person or entity constituting the Contractor and from any principal owner and principal officer of the Contractor. c. Contractor shall submit a written certification that the disclosure requirements have been complied with. d. This Clause does not apply to contracts between the County of San Diego and other governmental entities. e. The disclosure shall be made at least four (4) calendar days prior to the date of the meeting of the Board of Supervisors at which the approval, amendment, or extension is to be considered by the Board. f. The required written disclosure shall be filed with the Clerk of the Board of Supervisors, on a form prescribed by the Clerk. The Clerk of the Board shall make all disclosures available to the public on the County’s Internet site after they are filed with the Clerk and prior to the day on which the Board acts on the service contract. g. Supplemental Disclosures. Gifts or campaign contributions made subsequent to the required written disclosure, but prior to the Board’s decision, and any gift or campaign contribution inadvertently not included in the written disclosure, shall be disclosed in writing at the meeting of the Board of Supervisors prior to the Board’s decision to approve, amend or extend the service contract. h. Failure to Comply. If subsequent to Board approval of an amendment or extension of the service contract, the disclosure is found to be incomplete or inaccurate due to intentional misconduct or gross negligence, the service contract may be voided at the discretion of the Board of Supervisors. i. Contract Voidable. If subsequent to approval, amendment or extension of this contract by the Board of Supervisors, the Board finds that the disclosure required by San Diego County Charter Section 1000.1 is substantially incomplete or inaccurate due to intentional misconduct or gross

7/14 4-20 PART 4/COUNTY negligence of the Contractor or the Contractor’s registered lobbyist, the contract may be voided at the sole discretion of the Board of Supervisors. All terms and conditions of the contract, including the County’s obligation to pay for services received, shall remain in effect until the effective date of the Board’s action to void the contract, and all contractual provisions set forth in the contract that by their terms survive the expiration or termination of the contract shall continue to remain in effect. j. Cost of Implementation. The County of San Diego’s cost for implementing the disclosures required by this clause shall be paid by the Contractor at the time the initial disclosure is filed with the Clerk of the Board. k. Disclosure Forms are available at the Clerk of the Board’s office at the County Administration Center, 1600 Pacific Highway, Room 402, San Diego, CA and on the Clerk of the Board’s Internet Site.

http://www.sdcounty.ca.gov/cob/index.html l. Original copies of the Disclosure Forms are to be filed at the Clerk of the Board’s office.

36. Prequalified and Tested Signing and Delineation Materials

The County will utilize the California Department of Transportation list of Prequalified and Tested Signing and Delineation Materials. The Engineer shall not be precluded from sampling and testing products on the list of Prequalified and Tested Signing and Delineation Materials.

The manufacturer of products on the list of Prequalified and Tested Signing and Delineation Materials shall furnish the Engineer a Certificate of Compliance in conformance with the provisions in Section 6-1.07, "Certificates of Compliance," of the Standard Specifications for each type of traffic product supplied.

For those categories of materials included on the list of Prequalified and Tested Signing and Delineation Materials, only those products shown within the listing may be used in the work. Other categories of products, not included on the list of Prequalified and Tested Signing and Delineation Materials, may be used in the work provided they conform to the requirements of the Standard Specifications.

Materials and products may be added to the list of Prequalified and Tested Signing and Delineation Materials if the manufacturer submits a New Product Information Form to the New Product Coordinator at the Transportation Laboratory. Upon a Departmental request for samples, sufficient samples shall be submitted to permit performance of required tests. Approval of materials or products will depend upon compliance with the specifications and tests the Department may elect to perform.

PAVEMENT MARKERS, PERMANENT TYPE

Retroreflective With Abrasion Resistant Surface (ARS) ("length along the direction of travel" x "marker width") 1. Apex, Model 921AR (4" x 4") 2. Ennis-Flint, Models C88 (4" x 4"), 911 (4" x 4") and C80FH (3.1" x 4.5") 3. Ray-O-Lite, Models "AA" ARC II (4" x 4") and ARC Round Shoulder (4" x 4") 4. 3M Series 290 (3.5" x 4") 5. 3M Series 290 PSA 7/14 4-21 PART 4/COUNTY 6. Glowlite, Inc Model 988AR (4" x 4")

Retroreflective With Abrasion Resistant Surface (ARS) (for recessed applications only) 1. Ennis-Flint, Model 948 (2.3" x 4.7") 2. Ennis-Flint, Model 944SB (2" x 4")* 3. Ray-O-Lite, Model 2002 (2" x 4.6") 4. Ray-O-Lite, Model 2004 (2" x 4")* *For use only in 4.5 inch wide (older) recessed slots

Non-Reflective, 4-inch Round 1. Apex Universal (Ceramic) 2. Apex Universal, Models 929 (ABS) and 929PP (Polypropylene) 3. Glowlite, Inc. (Ceramic) and PP (Polypropylene) 4. Hi-Way Safety, Inc., Models P20-2000W and 2001Y (ABS) 5. Interstate Sales, "Diamond Back" (Polypropylene) 6. Novabrite Models Cdot (White) Cdot-y (Yellow), Ceramic 7. Novabrite Models Pdot-w (White) Pdot-y (Yellow), Polypropylene 8. Three D Traffic Works TD10000 (ABS), TD10500 (Polypropylene) 9. Ray-O-Lite, Ray-O-Dot (Polypropylene)

PAVEMENT MARKERS, TEMPORARY TYPE

Temporary Markers For Long Term Day/Night Use (180 days or less) 1. Vega Molded Products "Temporary Road Marker" (3" x 4") 2. Pexco LLC, Halftrack model 25, 26 and 35

Temporary Markers For Short Term Day/Night Use (14 days or less) (For seal coat or chip seal applications, clear protective covers are required) 1. Apex Universal, Model 932 2. Pexco LLC, Models T.O.M., T.R.P.M., and "HH" (High Heat) 3. Hi-Way Safety, Inc., Model 1280/1281 4. Glowlite, Inc., Model 932

STRIPING AND PAVEMENT MARKING MATERIAL

Permanent Traffic Striping and Pavement Marking Tape 1. Advanced Traffic Marking, Series 300 and 400 2. Brite-Line, Series 1000 3. Brite-Line, "DeltaLine XRP" 4. Swarco Industries, "Director 35" (For transverse application only) 5. Swarco Industries, "Director 60" 6. 3M, "Stamark" Series 380 and 270 ES 7. 3M, "Stamark" Series 420 (For transverse application only)

Temporary (Removable) Striping and Pavement Marking Tape (180 days or less) 1. Advanced Traffic Marking, Series 200 2. Brite-Line, "Series 100", "Deltaline TWR" 3. Garlock Rubber Technologies, Series 2000 4. Tape 4, Aztec, Grade 102 5. Swarco Industries, "Director-2", "Director 2-Wet Reflective" 7/14 4-22 PART 4/COUNTY 6. Trelleborg Industries, R140 Series 7. 3M Series 620 "CR", Series 780 and Series 710 8. 3M Series A145, Removable Black Line Mask (Black Tape: for use only on Hot mix asphalt surfaces) 9. Advanced Traffic Marking Black "Hide-A-Line" (Black Tape: for use only on Hot mix asphalt surfaces) 10. Brite-Line "BTR" Black Removable Tape (Black Tape: for use only on Hot mix asphalt surfaces) 11. Trelleborg Industries, RB-140 (Black Tape: for use only on Hot mix asphalt surfaces)

Preformed Thermoplastic (Heated in place) 1. Ennis-Flint, "Hot Tape" 2. Ennis-Flint, "Premark Plus" 3. Ennis-Flint, "Flametape"

Ceramic Surfacing Laminate, 6" x 6" 1. Highway Ceramics, Inc.

CLASS 1 DELINEATORS

One Piece Driveable Flexible Type, 66-inch 1. Pexco LLC, "Flexi-Guide Models 400 and 566" 2. Carsonite, Curve-Flex CFRM-400 3. Carsonite, Roadmarker CRM-375 4. FlexStake, Model 654 TM 5. GreenLine Model CGD1-66

Special Use Type, 66-inch 1. Pexco LLC, Model FG 560 (with 18-inch U-Channel base) 2. Carsonite, "Survivor" (with 18-inch U-Channel base) 3. Carsonite, Roadmarker CRM-375 (with 18-inch U-Channel base) 4. FlexStake, Model 604 5. GreenLine Model CGD (with 18-inch U-Channel base) 6. Impact Recovery Model D36, with #105 Driveable Base 7. Safe-Hit with 8-inch pavement anchor (SH248-GP1) 8. Safe-Hit with 15-inch soil anchor (SH248-GP2) and with 18-inch soil anchor (SH248-GP3) 9. Safe-Hit RT 360 Post with Soil Mount Anchor (GPS) 10. Shur-Tite Products, Shur-Flex Drivable

Surface Mount Type, 48-inch 1. Bent Manufacturing Company, Masterflex Model MFEX 180-48 2. Carsonite, "Channelizer" 3. FlexStake, Models 704, 754 TM, and EB4 4. Impact Recovery Model D48, with #101 Fixed (Surface-Mount) Base 5. Three D Traffic Works "Channelflex" ID No. 522248W 6. Flexible Marker Support, Flexistiff Model C-9484 7. Safe-Hit, SH 248 SMR

7/14 4-23 PART 4/COUNTY CHANNELIZERS

Surface Mount Type, 36-inch 1. Bent Manufacturing Company, Masterflex Models MF-360-36 (Round) MF-180-36 (Flat) and MFEX 180—36 2. Pexco LLC, Flexi-Guide Models FG300PE, FG300UR, and FG300EFX 3. Carsonite, "Super Duck" (Round SDR-336) 4. Carsonite, Model SDCF03601MB "Channelizer" 5. FlexStake, Models 703, 753 TM, and EB3 6. GreenLine, Model SMD-36 7. Hi-way Safety, Inc. "Channel Guide Channelizer" Model CGC36 8. Impact Recovery Model D36, with #101 Fixed (Surface-Mount) Base 9. Safe-Hit, Guide Post, Model SH236SMA and Dura-Post, Model SHL36SMA 10. Three D Traffic Works "Boomerang" 5200 Series 11. Flexible Marker Support, Flexistiff Model C-9484-36 12. Shur-Tite Products, Shur-Flex

Lane Separation System 1. Pexco LLC, "Flexi-Guide (FG) 300 Curb System" 2. Qwick Kurb, "Klemmfix Guide System" 3. Dura-Curb System 4. Tuff Curb 5. FG 300 Turnpike Curb 6. Shur-Tite Products, SHUR-Curb , Model No. SF0200

CONICAL DELINEATORS, 42-inch (For 28-inch Traffic Cones, see Standard Specifications) 1. Bent Manufacturing Company "T-Top", TDSC Series 2. Plastic Safety Systems "Navigator-42" 3. TrafFix Devices "Grabber" 4. Three D Traffic Works "Ringtop" TD7000, ID No. 742143 5. Three D Traffic Works, TD7500 6. Work Area Protection Corp. C-42 7. Custom-Pak 4600 (Part No. 93005-0001) 8. Plasticade, Navicade, 650 RI

OBJECT MARKERS

Type "K", 18-inch 1. Pexco LLC, Model FG318PE 2. Carsonite, Model SMD 615 3. FlexStake, Model 701 KM 4. Safe-Hit, Model SH718SMA 5. Impact Recover Systems, Model 282-K

Type "Q" Object Markers, 24-inch 1. Bent Manufacturing "Masterflex" Model MF-360-24 2. Pexco LLC, Model FG324PE 3. Carsonite, "Channelizer" 4. FlexStake, Model 701KM 5. Safe-Hit, Models SH824SMA_WA and SH824GP3_WA 7/14 4-24 PART 4/COUNTY 6. Three D Traffic Works ID No. 531702W and TD 5200 7. Three D Traffic Works ID No. 520896W 8. Safe-Hit, Dura-Post SHLQ-24" 9. Flexible Marker Support, IMC 9484-24 10. Impact Recover Systems, Model 282-Q

CONCRETE BARRIER MARKERS AND TEMPORARY RAILING (TYPE K) REFLECTORS

Impactable Type 1. ARTUK, "FB" 2. Pexco LLC, Models PCBM-12 and PCBM-T12, PCBM 912 3. Duraflex Corp., "Flexx 2020" and "Electriflexx" 4. Hi-Way Safety, Inc., Model GMKRM100 5. Plastic Safety Systems "BAM" Models OM-BARR and OM-BWAR 6. Three D Traffic Works "Roadguide" Model TD 9300

Non-Impactable Type 1. ARTUK, JD Series 2. Plastic Safety Systems "BAM" Models OM-BITARW and OM-BITARA 3. Vega Molded Products, Models GBM and JD 4. Plastic Vacuum Forming, "Cap-It C400"

METAL BEAM GUARD RAIL POST MARKERS (For use to the left of traffic) 1. Pexco LLC, "Mini" (3" x 10"), I-Flex 2. Creative Building Products, "Dura-Bull, Model 11201" 3. Duraflex Corp., "Railrider" 4. Plastic Vacuum Forming, "Cap-It C300"

CONCRETE BARRIER DELINEATORS, 16-inch (For use to the right of traffic) 1. Pexco LLC, Model PCBM T-16 2. Safe-Hit, Model SH216RBM 3. Three D Traffic Works "Roadguide" Model 9400

CONCRETE BARRIER-MOUNTED MINI-DRUM (10" x 14" x 22") 1. Stinson Equipment Company "SaddleMarker"

GUARD RAILING DELINEATOR (Place top of reflective element at 48 inches above plane of roadway)

Wood Post Type, 27-inch 1. Pexco LLC, FG 427 and FG 527 2. Carsonite, Model 427 3. FlexStake, Model 102 GR 4. GreenLine GRD 27 5. Safe-Hit, Model SH227GRD 6. Three D Traffic Works "Guardflex" TD9100 7. New Directions Mfg, NDM27 8. Shur-Tite Products, Shur-Tite Flat Mount

7/14 4-25 PART 4/COUNTY 9. Glasforms, Hiway-Flex, GR-27-00 10. Impact Recover Systems, 200-GRP

Barrier, Guardrail Visibility Enhancement 1. UltraGuard Safety System, Potters Industries, Inc. 2. Worldwide Safety and Irwin Hodson, Monarch Butterfly Reflective Device (MBGR only)

Steel Post Type 1. Carsonite, Model CFGR-327

RETROREFLECTIVE SHEETING

Channelizers, Barrier Markers, and Delineators 1. Avery Dennison T-6500 Series (For rigid substrate devices only) 2. Avery Dennison WR-7100 Series and WR-6100 3. Nippon Carbide Industries, Flexible Ultralite Grade (ULG) II 4. Reflexite, PC-1000 Metalized Polycarbonate 5. Reflexite, AC-1000 Acrylic 6. Reflexite, AP-1000 Metalized Polyester 7. Reflexite, Conformalight, AR-1000 Abrasion Resistant Coating 8. 3M, High Intensity

Traffic Cones, 4-inch and 6-inch Sleeves 1. Nippon Carbide Industries, Flexible Ultralite Grade (ULG) II 2. Reflexite, Vinyl, "TR" (Semi-transparent) or "Conformalight", C85 3. 3M Series 3840, Series 3340 4. Avery Dennison S-9000C

Drums 1. Avery Dennison WR-6100 Series 2. Nippon Carbide Industries, Flexible Ultralite Grade (ULG) II 3. Reflexite, "Conformalight", "Super High Intensity" or "High Impact Drum Sheeting" 4. 3M Series 3810

BARRICADE SHEETING

Type I, Medium-Intensity (Typically Enclosed Lens, Glass-Bead Element) 1. Nippon Carbide Industries, CN8117 2. Avery Dennison, W 1100 series 3. 3M Series CW 44

Type II, Medium-High-Intensity (Typically Enclosed Lens, Glass-Bead Element) 1. Avery Dennison, W-2100 Series

Type IV, High Intensity (Typically Unmetalized Microprismatic Retroreflective Element) 1. 3M Series 3334/3336

Vertical Clearance Signs: Structure Mounted 1. 3M Model 4061, Diamond Grade DG3, Fluorescent Yellow

7/14 4-26 PART 4/COUNTY Signs: Type II, Medium-High-Intensity (Typically Enclosed Lens, Glass-Bead Element) 1. Avery Dennison, T-2500 Series 2. Nippon Carbide Industries, Nikkalite 18000

Signs: Type III, High-Intensity (Typically Encapsulated Glass-Bead Element) 1. Avery Dennison, T-5500A and T-6500 Series 2. Nippon Carbide Industries, Nikkalite Brand Ultralite Grade II 3. 3M 3870 and 3930 Series 4. Changzhou Hua R Sheng, Series TM 1200 5. Oracal, Oralite Series 5800

Signs: Type IV, High-Intensity (Typically Unmetallized Microprismatic Element) 1. Avery Dennison, T-6500 Series 2. Nippon Carbide Industries, Crystal Grade, 94000 Series 3. Nippon Carbide Industries, Model No. 94847 Fluorescent Orange 4. 3M Series 3930 and Series 3924S

Signs: Type VI, Elastomeric (Roll-Up) High-Intensity, without Adhesive 1. Avery Dennison, WU-6014 2. Novabrite LLC, "Econobrite" 3. Reflexite "Vinyl" 4. Reflexite "SuperBright" 5. Reflexite "Marathon" 6. 3M Series RS20

Signs: Type VIII, Super-High-Intensity (Typically Unmetallized Microprismatic Element) 1. Avery Dennison, T-7500 Series 2. Avery Dennison, T-7511 Fluorescent Yellow 3. Avery Dennison, T-7513 Fluorescent Yellow Green 4. Avery Dennison, W-7514 Fluorescent Orange 5. Nippon Carbide Industries, Nikkalite Crystal Grade Series 92800 6. Nippon Carbide Industries, Nikkalite Crystal Grade Model 92847 Fluorescent Orange

Signs: Type IX, Very-High-Intensity (Typically Unmetallized Microprismatic Element) 1. 3M VIP Series 3981 Diamond Grade Fluorescent Yellow 2. 3M VIP Series 3983 Diamond Grade Fluorescent Yellow/Green 3. 3M VIP Series 3990 Diamond Grade 4. Avery Dennison T-9500 Series 5. Avery Dennison, T9513, Fluorescent Yellow Green 6. Avery Dennison, W9514, Fluorescent Orange 7. Avery Dennison, T-9511 Fluorescent Yellow

Signs: Type XI, Very High Intensity (Typically Unmetallized Microprismatic Element) 1 3M Diamond Grade, DG3, Series 4000 2. 3M Diamond Grade, DG3, Series 4081, Fluorescent Yellow 3. 3M Diamond Grade, DG3, Series 4083, Fluorescent Yellow/Green 4. 3M Diamond Grade, DG3, Series 4084, Fluorescent Orange 5. Avery Dennison, OmniCube, T-11500 Series 6. Avery Dennison, OmniCube, T-11511, Fluorescent Yellow 7. Avery Dennison, OmniCube, T-11513, Fluorescent Yellow Green 8. Avery Dennison, OmniCube, W-11514 Fluorescent Orange 7/14 4-27 PART 4/COUNTY

SPECIALTY SIGNS 1. Reflexite "Endurance" Work Zone Sign (with Semi-Rigid Plastic Substrate)

ALTERNATIVE SIGN SUBSTRATES

Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) and Expanded Foam PVC 1. Fiber-Brite (FRP) 2. Sequentia, "Polyplate" (FRP) 3. Inteplast Group "InteCel" (0.5 inch for Post-Mounted CZ Signs, 48-inch or less)(PVC)

Aluminum Composite, Temporary Construction Signs and Permanent Signs up to 4 foot, 7 Inches 1. Alcan Composites "Dibond Material, 80 mils" 2. Mitsubishi Chemical America, Alpolic 350 3. Bone Safety Signs, Bone Light ACM (temporary construction signs only) 4. Kommerling, USA, KomAlu 3 mm

37. Relations with California Regional Water Quality Control Board

This project lies within the boundaries of the San Diego Regional Water Quality Control Board (SDRWQCB).

The Califonia Regional Water Quality Control Board San Diego Region (SDRWQCB) has issued a permit to the County of San Diego (County) and the Copermittees which governs storm water and non-storm water discharges from its properties, facilities and activities. The County's Permit is entitled: “California Regional Water Quality Control Board San Diego Region Order No. R9-2007-0001, NPDES No. CAS0108758, Waste Discharge Requirements for Discharges of Urban Runoff from the Municipal Separate Storm Sewer Systems (MS4s) Draining the Watersheds of the County of San Diego, the Incorporated Cities of San Diego County, the San Diego Unified Port District, and the San Diego County Regional Airport Authority.” Copies of the County’s Permit are available for review from SDRWQCB, 9174 Sky Park Court, Suite 100, San Diego, CA 92123-4340, and may also be obtained from the SDRWQCB internet website at: http://www.swrcb.ca.gov/rwqcb9.

The County’s permit references and incorporates by reference the current statewide general permit issued by the State Water Resource Control Board (SWRCB) entitled "Order No. 99-08-DWQ, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit No. CAS000002, Waste Discharge Requirements (WDRs) for Discharges of Storm Water Runoff Associated with Construction Activity" that regulates discharges of storm water and non-storm water from construction activities disturbing one acre or more of soil in a common plan of development. Sampling and analysis requirements as specified in SWRCB Resolution No. 2001-46 are added to the statewide general permit. Copies of the statewide permit and modifications thereto are available for review from the SWRCB, Storm Water Permit Unit, 1001 "I" Street, P.O. Box 1977, Sacramento, California 95812-1977, Telephone: (916) 341-5254 and may also be obtained at: http://www.swrcb.ca.gov/water_issues/programs/stormwater/construction.shtml

The San Diego RWQCB has issued a permit which governs storm water and non-storm water discharges resulting from construction activities in the project area. The RWQCB permit is entitled "National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit California Regional Water Quality Control Board San Diego Region Order No. R9-2007-0001, Permit No. CAS0108758." Copies of the RWQCB permit are available for

7/14 4-28 PART 4/COUNTY review from SDRWQCB, 9174 Sky Park Court, Suite 100, San Diego, CA 92123-4340, and may also be obtained from the SDRWQCB internet website at: http://www.swrcb.ca.gov/rwqcb9. . The NPDES permits that regulate this project, as referenced above, are collectively referred to in this section as the "permits."

This project shall conform to the permits and modifications thereto. The Contractor shall maintain copies of the applicable permits at the project site and shall make them available during construction. The Contractor shall know and comply with provisions of Federal, State, and local regulations and requirements that govern the Contractor's operations and storm water and non-storm water discharges from the project site and areas of disturbance outside the project limits during construction. Attention is directed to Sections 7-1.01, "Laws to be Observed," 7-1.11, "Preservation of Property," and 7-1.12, "Indemnification and Insurance," of the Standard Specifications.

Water pollution control requirements shall apply to storm water and non-storm water discharges from areas outside the project site which are directly and exclusively related to construction activities for this contract including, but not limited to, material borrow areas, staging areas, storage yards and access roads. The Contractor shall implement, inspect and maintain the required water pollution control practices for those areas. Installing, inspecting and maintaining water pollution control practices on areas outside the County right of way not specifically arranged and provided for by the County for the execution of this contract, will not be paid for.

Unless arrangements for disturbance of areas outside the project limits are made by the Department of Public Works and made part of this contract, it is expressly agreed that the County of San Diego assumes no responsibility whatsoever to the Contractor or property owner with respect to any arrangements made between the Contractor and property owner to allow disturbance of areas outside the project limits.

The Contractor shall be responsible for penalties assessed on the Contractor or the County as a result of the Contractor's failure to comply with the provisions in "Water Pollution Control" of these special provisions or with the applicable provisions of the Federal, State, and local regulations and requirements.

Penalties as used in this section shall include fines, penalties, and damages, whether proposed, assessed, or levied against the County or the Contractor, including those levied under the Federal Clean Water Act and the State Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Act, by governmental agencies or as a result of citizen suits. Penalties shall also include payments made or costs incurred in settlement for alleged violations of applicable laws, regulations, or requirements. Costs incurred could include sums spent instead of penalties, in mitigation or to remediate or correct violations.

WITHHOLDS The County will withhold money due the Contractor, in an amount estimated by the County, to include the full amount of penalties and mitigation costs proposed, assessed, or levied as a result of the Contractor's violation of the permits, or Federal or State law, regulations, or requirements. Funds will be withheld by the County until final disposition of these costs has been made. The Contractor shall remain liable for the full amount until the potential liability is finally resolved with the entity seeking the penalties. Instead of the withhold, the Contractor may provide a suitable bond in favor of the County to cover the highest estimated liability for any disputed penalties proposed as a result of the Contractor's violation of the permits, law, regulations, or requirements.

If a regulatory agency identifies a failure to comply with the permits and modifications thereto, or other Federal, State, or local requirements, the County will withhold money due the Contractor, subject to the following:

7/14 4-29 PART 4/COUNTY A. The County will give the Contractor 30 day’s notice of the County’s intention to withhold funds from payments which may become due to the Contractor before acceptance of the contract. Funds withheld after acceptance of the contract will be made without prior notice to the Contractor.

B. No withholds of additional amounts out of payments will be made if the amount to be withheld does not exceed the amount being withheld from partial payments in accordance with Section 9-1.06, "Partial Payments," of the Standard Specifications.

C. If the County has withheld funds and it is subsequently determined that the County is not subject to the entire amount of the costs and liabilities assessed or proposed in connection with the matter for which the withhold was made, the County will return the excess amount withheld to the Contractor in the progress payment following the determination. If the matter is resolved for less than the amount withheld, the County will pay interest at a rate of 6 percent per year on the excess withhold.

The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately upon request from the regulatory agencies to enter, inspect, sample, monitor, or otherwise access the project site or the Contractor's records pertaining to water pollution control work. The Contractor and the County shall provide copies of correspondence, notices of violation, enforcement actions, or proposed fines by regulatory agencies to the requesting regulatory agency.

Relations with California Regional Water Quality Control Board shall be paid for under the lump sum pay item for Prepare and Implement Water Pollution Control Program and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

38. (Blank)

39. State Prevailing Wages

Attention is directed to Section 7-1.01A (2), "Prevailing Wage,” of the Standard Specifications and also to the modification of said Section contained in Part VII of these Contract Documents.

This project is a "public work" in accordance with Labor Code § 1720, et seq. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that all workers employed in the execution of the contract are paid the correct prevailing wage rate of wages.

The Owner has obtained from the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations said Director's determinations of the general prevailing rate of per diem wages and the general prevailing rate for holiday and overtime work for the locality in which the project is to be performed. Said determinations are on file and are available at the Department of Purchasing and Contracting, 5560 Overland Avenue, Suite 270, San Diego, California 92123-1204 and are available from the Department of Industrial Relations at www.dir.ca.gov/DLSR/statistics_research.html. Not less than these rates shall be paid to all workers employed on the project.

Any Contractor who is awarded a public works project and intends to use a craft or classification not shown on the general prevailing wage determinations, shall be required to pay the wage rate of that craft or classification most closely related to it as shown in the general determinations effective at the time of the call for bids.

7/14 4-30 PART 4/COUNTY

PART V

SPECIAL PROVISIONS - TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

5-1 PART 5/COUNTY COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR DEHESA ROAD AND SYCUAN ROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS ORACLE PROJECT NO. 1018908

PART V. TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ...... 5 -3 2. CONSTRUCTION SITE MANAGEMENT ...... 5-10 3. BMP SHARED MAINTENANCE ...... 5-24 4. TEMPORARY FIBER ROLL ...... 5-24 5. TEMPORARY GRAVEL BAG ...... 5-25 6. TEMPORARY CONCRETE WASHOUT (PORTABLE) ...... 5-27 7. TEMPORARY SILT FENCE ...... 5-28 8. TEMPORARY INLET FILTER ROLL ...... 5-29 9. TRAFFIC CONTROL ...... 5 -30 10. PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN ...... 5-30 11. TEMPORARY STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE ...... 5-31 12. CLEARING AND GRUBBING ...... 5-32 13. REMOVING STREET LIGHTS ...... 5-33 14. EARTHWORK ...... 5-33 15. EROSION CONTROL (TYPE D) ...... 5-34 16. MOVE-IN/MOVE-OUT (EROSION CONTROL) ...... 5-38 17. SLURRY SEAL ...... 5 -39 18. AGGREGATE BASE ...... 5-39 19. ASPHALT CONCRETE ...... 5-39 20. PLANE ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT ...... 5-42 21. MINOR CONCRETE ...... 5 -44 22. DISINTEGRATED GRANITE (WALKWAY) ...... 5-45 23. RECONSTRUCT WOOD FENCE ...... 5-46 24. TRAFFIC SIGNAL AND SAFETY LIGHTING SYSTEM ...... 5-46 25. THERMOPLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKING ...... 5-76 26. PAINTED TRAFFIC STRIPES AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS ...... 5-79 27. PAVEMENT MARKERS ...... 5-80 28. REMOVE TRAFFIC STRIPE AND PAVEMENT MARKING ...... 5-81 29. FIELD ORDERS ...... 5 -81

5-2 PART 5/COUNTY COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR DEHESA ROAD AND SYCUAN ROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS ORACLE PROJECT NO. 1018908

PART V. TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

1. WATER POLLUTION CONTROL

GENERAL Water pollution control work shall conform to the provisions in Section 7-1.01G, "Water Pollution," of the Standard Specifications, the provisions in Part IV, Section 00, "Relations with California Regional Water Quality Control Board" of the Special Conditions, and these special provisions.

A Storm Water information Handout has been prepared for this contract and is available as described in “Project Information” of these special provisions.

The Contractor shall perform water pollution control work in conformance with the requirements in the Caltrans “Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Preparation Manual" and its addenda in effect on the day the Notice to Contractors is dated. This manual is referred to as the "Preparation Manual." Copies of the Preparation Manual may be obtained from:

State of California Department of Transportation Publication Distribution Unit 1900 Royal Oaks Drive Sacramento, California 95815 Telephone: (916) 445-3520

The Preparation Manual and other references for performing water pollution control work are available from the State’s Construction Storm Water and Water Pollution Control web site at:

HTTP://WWW.DOT.CA.GOV/HQ/CONSTRUC/STORMWATER/SWPPP_WPCP_PREPARATIO NMANUAL_2007.PDF

Before the start of job site activities, the Contractor shall provide training for project managers, supervisory personnel, and employees involved with water pollution control work. The training shall include:

A. Rules and regulations B. Implementation and maintenance for:

1. Temporary Soil Stabilization 2. Temporary Sediment Control 3. Tracking Control

5-3 PART 5/COUNTY 4. Wind Erosion Control

The Contractor shall designate in writing a Water Pollution Control Manager (WPCM). The Contractor shall submit a statement of qualifications describing the training, work history, and expertise of the proposed WPCM. The qualifications shall include either:

A. A minimum of 24 hours of State approved storm water management training described at State’s Construction Storm Water and Water Pollution Control web site. B. Certification as a Certified Professional in Erosion and Sediment Control (CPESC). C. Qualified SWPPP Developer (QSD) or Qualified SWPPP Practitioner (QSP).

The WPCM shall be:

A. Responsible for water pollution control work. B. The primary contact for water pollution control work. C. Have authority to mobilize crews to make immediate repairs to water pollution control practices.

The Contractor may designate one manager to prepare the WPCP and a different manager to implement the plan. The WPCP preparer shall meet the training requirements for the WPCM (but not be a QSP).

WATER POLLUTION CONTROL PROGRAM The Contractor shall submit a Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) to the Engineer for approval. The WPCP shall conform to the requirements in the Preparation Manual and these special provisions.

A water pollution control plan has been prepared for this project by the County and is included with the construction project plans. The water pollution control plan provided is a conceptual plan. This conceptual plan may be used by the Contractor for developing the WPCP. The conceptual plan prepared by County does not include details for phases or stages of construction.

The Contractor shall prepare and include in the Contractor’s WPCP separate details for each phase or stage of construction, if any, shown or described in the contract documents, and any additional phases or stages planned by Contractor.

The WPCP shall include water pollution control practices:

A. For storm water and non-storm water from areas outside of the job site related to construction activities for this contract such as:

1. Staging areas. 2. Storage yards. 3. Access roads.

B. Appropriate for each season as described in "Implementation Requirements" of these special provisions.

The WPCP shall include a schedule that:

5-4 PART 5/COUNTY

A. Describes when work activities that could cause water pollution will be performed. B. Identifies soil stabilization and sediment control practices for disturbed soil area. C. Includes dates when these practices will be 25, 50, and 100 percent complete. D. Shows 100 percent completion of these practices before the rainy season.

The Water Pollution Control Schedule shall be updated by the Contractor to reflect changes in the Contractor’s operations that would affect the necessary implementation of water pollution control practices.

The WPCP shall include the following temporary water pollution control practices and their associated contract items of work as shown on the plans or specified in these special provisions, and as shown or described in the conceptual water pollution control plan, if any.:

A. Temporary Soil Stabilization

1. Erosion Control (Type D) 2. Move In/Move Out (Erosion Control)

B. Temporary Sediment Control

1. Temporary Fiber Roll 2. Temporary Silt Fence 3. Temporary Gravel Bag

C. Tracking Control

D. Wind Erosion Control

1. Street Sweeping and Vacuuming

E. Non-Storm Water Management

F. Waste Management and Materials Pollution Control

1. Temporary Concrete Washout

Within 10 working days after the date the Notice to Proceed is issued, the Contractor shall submit 5 copies of the WPCP to the Engineer. The Contractor shall allow 7 working days for the Engineer's review. If revisions are required, the Engineer will provide comments and specify the date that the review stopped. The Contractor shall revise and resubmit the WPCP within 5 working days of receipt of the Engineer's comments. The Engineer will have an additional 5 days to review the revised WPCP. The Engineer shall have an additional 5 days to review each subsequent revised WPCP until it is approved by the Engineer. When the Engineer approves the WPCP, the Contractor shall submit 5 copies of the approved WPCP to the Engineer. The Contractor may proceed with construction activities if the Engineer conditionally approves the WPCP while minor revisions are being completed. If the Engineer fails to complete the review within the time allowed and if, in the opinion of the Engineer, completion of the work is delayed or interfered with by reason of the Engineer's delay, the Contractor will be compensated for resulting losses, and an extension of time will be granted, as provided for in Section 8-1.09, "Right of Way Delays," of the Standard Specifications.

5-5 PART 5/COUNTY The WPCP shall include a copy of the California Regional Water Quality Board 401 permit and the Department of the Army Corps of Engineers permit.

The Contractor shall not perform work that may cause water pollution until the WPCP has been approved by the Engineer. The Engineer's review and approval shall not waive any contract requirements and shall not relieve the Contractor from complying with Federal, State and local laws, regulations, and requirements.

If there is a change in construction schedule or activities, the Contractor shall prepare an amendment to the WPCP to identify additional or revised water pollution control practices. The Contractor shall submit the amendment to the Engineer for review within a time agreed to by the Engineer not to exceed the number of days specified for the initial submittal of the WPCP. The Engineer will review the amendment within the same time allotted for the review of the initial submittal of the WPCP.

If directed by the Engineer or requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, changes to the water pollution control work specified in these special provisions will be allowed. Changes may include addition of new water pollution control practices. The Contractor shall incorporate these changes in the WPCP. Additional water pollution control work will be paid for as extra work in accordance with Section 4-1.03, "Extra work," of the Standard Specifications.

The Contractor shall keep a copy of the approved WPCP and approved amendments at the job site. The WPCP and approved amendments shall be made available when requested by a representative of the Regional Water Quality Control Board, State Water Resources Control Board, United States Environmental Protection Agency, or the local storm water management agency. Requests from the public shall be directed to the Engineer.

IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS The Contractor's responsibility for WPCP implementation shall continue throughout any temporary suspension of work ordered in conformance with the provisions in Section 8-1.05, "Temporary Suspension of Work," of the Standard Specifications.

If the Contractor or the Engineer identifies a deficiency in the implementation of the approved WPCP, the deficiency shall be corrected immediately, unless an agreed date for correction is approved in writing by the Engineer. The deficiency shall be corrected before the onset of precipitation. If the Contractor fails to correct the deficiency by the agreed date or before the onset of precipitation, the County may correct the deficiency and deduct the cost of correcting deficiencies from payments.

The Contractor shall construct permanent water pollution control items identified in the WPCP as specified in "Order of Work" of these special provisions. The Contractor shall maintain the permanent water pollution control items in the locations and condition shown on the plans throughout the duration of the project.

Year-Round The Contractor shall monitor the National Weather Service weather forecast on a daily basis during the contract. The Contractor may use an alternative weather forecasting service if

5-6 PART 5/COUNTY approved by the Engineer. Appropriate water pollution control practices shall be in place before precipitation.

As part of the WPCP, the Contractor shall have a "weather triggered" action plan and have the ability to deploy water pollution control practices as required to completely protect the exposed portion of the project site within 48 hours of a predicted storm event (50% chance of ½ inch or more rain). The "weather triggered" action plan shall include details for mobilizing sufficient labor and equipment to deploy the water pollution control practices required to protect soil areas prior to the onset of precipitation.

The National Weather Service weather forecast shall be monitored and used by the Contractor on a daily basis. The National Weather Service internet address is HTTP://WEATHER.GOV. An alternative weather forecast proposed by the Contractor may be used if approved by the Engineer. If precipitation is predicted with a 50% chance of ½ inch or more rain, the Contractor shall implement the approved “weather triggered” action plan prior to the onset of precipitation.

A minimum of 125% of the material needed to install weather triggered BMPs necessary to completely protect the exposed disturbed portions of the site from erosion, and to prevent sediment discharges, must be stored on site. Areas that have already been protected from erosion using physical stabilization or established vegetation stabilization BMPs as determined by the Engineer, are not considered to be "exposed" for purposes of this requirement.

The Contractor shall implement, maintain and inspect the following temporary sediment control practices on a year-round basis. The listed practices shall remain in place until their use is no longer needed, as determined by the Engineer.

YEAR-ROUND SEDIMENT LOCATION USED CONTROL PRACTICES Temporary Fiber Roll As shown on plans Temporary Silt Fence At the bottom of the slopes Temporary Gravel Bag As shown on plans

The Contractor may discontinue earthwork operations for a disturbed area for up to 21 calendar days before the area is considered inactive. When earthwork operations in the disturbed area have been completed, the Contractor shall implement appropriate water pollution control practices within 15 calendar days or before predicted precipitation, whichever occurs first.

In order to provide effective erosion control, the Contractor may be directed by the Engineer to apply permanent erosion control in small or multiple units. The Contractor’s attention is directed to "Erosion Control (Type D)" and "Move-In/Move-Out (Erosion Control)" of these special provisions.

Rainy Season Soil stabilization and sediment control practices conforming to these special provisions shall be in place during the rainy season between October 1st and April 30th.

All of exposed disturbed areas and slopes shall have erosion protection BMPs properly installed and maintained during the rainy season (October 1st through April 30th). Unpaved roadways,

5-7 PART 5/COUNTY pathways, trails and traveled ways within Contractor's onsite yards are exempt from 100% erosion control protection requirement but shall have BMPs installed such as gravel bag chevrons, where appropriate.

An implementation schedule of required soil stabilization and sediment control practices for disturbed soil areas shall be completed no later than 20 days prior to the beginning of each rainy season. The implementation schedule shall identify the soil stabilization and sediment control practices and the dates when the implementation will be 25 percent, 50 percent and 100 percent complete, respectively. For construction activities beginning during the rainy season, the Contractor shall implement applicable soil stabilization and sediment control practices.

The Contractor shall implement soil stabilization and sediment control practices a minimum of 10 days before the start of the rainy season.

INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE The WPCM shall inspect the water pollution control practices identified in the WPCP as follows:

A. Before a forecasted storm, B. After precipitation that causes site runoff, C. At 24-hour intervals during extended precipitation, D. On a predetermined schedule, a minimum of once every month outside of the defined rainy season, and E. On a predetermined schedule, a minimum of once a week during the defined rainy season.

The WPCM shall oversee the maintenance of the water pollution control practices.

The WPCM shall use the Storm Water Quality Construction Site Inspection Checklist provided in the Preparation Manual or an alternative inspection checklist provided by the Engineer. A copy of the completed site inspection checklist shall be submitted to the Engineer within 24 hours of finishing the inspection.

The Contractor may suspend inspections of water pollution control practices during plant establishment work upon written approval from the Engineer.

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS If the Contractor identifies discharges into surface waters or drainage systems causing or potentially causing pollution or if the project receives a written notice or order from a regulatory agency, the Contractor shall immediately inform the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit a written report to the Engineer within 4 calendar days of the discharge, notice, or order. The report shall include the following information:

A. The date, time, location, and nature of the operation, type of discharge and quantity, and the cause of the notice or order. B. The water pollution control practices used before the discharge, or before receiving the notice or order. C. The date of placement and type of additional or altered water pollution control practices placed after the discharge or after receiving the notice or order.

5-8 PART 5/COUNTY D. A maintenance schedule for affected water pollution control practices.

PAYMENT During each estimate period the Contractor fails to conform to the provisions in this section, "Water Pollution Control," or fails to implement the water pollution control practices shown on the plans or specified elsewhere in these special provisions as items of work, the County will withhold 25 percent of the progress payment.

Failure to implement practices may include, but are not limited to, the following:

• Observation of non-storm water discharges without proper BMP implementation • Observation of erosion due to missing or improperly implemented soil stabilization and sediment control BMPs • Failure to amend the WPCP when a change in project conditions occurs or when BMP deficiencies are identified • Failure to implement required erosion and sediment control BMPs on active and/or inactive disturbed soil areas. • Failure to maintain a stockpile of BMPs for installation prior to a rain event. • Failure to submit a “weather triggered action plan” prior to a rain event. • Failure to maintain BMPs in the field • Failure to perform and provide documentation of appropriate site inspections • Failure to install or maintain BMPs as described in the WPCP and in the Construction Site Maintenance section of these Special Provisions • Failure to file a Notice of Discharge within the prescribed time frame.

Withholds for failure to perform water pollution control work will be in addition to all other withholds provided for in the contract. The Department will return performance-failure withholds in the progress payment following the correction for noncompliance.

The contract lump sum price paid for prepare and implement water pollution control program shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in preparing, obtaining approval of, and amending the WPCP and inspecting water pollution control practices as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

Payments for prepare and implement water pollution control program will be made as follows:

A. After the WPCP has been approved by the Engineer, up to 75 percent of the contract item price for prepare and implement water pollution control program will be included in the monthly progress estimate. B. After acceptance of the contract in conformance with the provisions in Section 7-1.17, "Acceptance of Contract," of the Standard Specifications, payment for the remaining percentage of the contract item price for prepare and implement water pollution control program will be made in conformance with the provisions in Section 9-1.07A, "Payment Prior to Proposed Final Estimate."

Implementation of water pollution control practices in areas outside the highway right of way not specifically provided for in the WPCP or in these special provisions will not be paid for.

5-9 PART 5/COUNTY Water pollution control practices for which there are separate contract items of work will be measured and paid for as those contract items of work.

2. CONSTRUCTION SITE MANAGEMENT

GENERAL This work includes controlling potential sources of water pollution before they come in contact with storm water systems or watercourses.

The Contractor shall control material pollution and manage waste and non-storm water at the job site by implementing effective handling, storage, use, and disposal practices. Construction site management shall also include minimum BMP requirements as defined in the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions and in Table 1.1 – Construction Site BMPs of the latest edition of the Caltrans “Storm Water Quality Handbook – Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual” and any additional BMPs Identified in the Water Pollution Control section of these Special Provisions for which there are no separate contract items of work.

Attention is directed to “Water Pollution Control” of these special provisions regarding the Contractor’s appointment of a water pollution control manager (WPCM) for the project.

The Contractor shall train all employees and subcontractors regarding:

A. Material pollution prevention and control B. Waste management C. Non-storm water management D. Identifying and handling hazardous substances, and E. Potential dangers to humans and the environment from spills and leaks or exposure to toxic or hazardous substances.

Training shall take place before starting work on this project. New employees shall receive the complete training before starting work on this project. The Contractor shall have regular weekly meetings to discuss and reinforce spill prevention and control; material delivery, storage, use and disposal; waste management; and non-storm water management procedures.

Instructions for material and waste handling, storage, and spill reporting and cleanup shall be posted at all times in an open, conspicuous, and accessible location at the construction site.

For information on documents under these special provisions, refer to the State’s Stormwater Quality Handbook.

The Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) is available in Section 3 from the State’s Stormwater Quality Handbook web site at:

http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/construc/stormwater/SWPPP_WPCP_PreparationManual_2007.pdf

DEFINITIONS Active and Inactive Stockpiles:

5-10 PART 5/COUNTY 1. Active stockpiles have been disturbed by adding or removing material at least once in 10 calendar days 2. Inactive stockpiles have not been disturbed for at least 11 calendar days BMPs: Best Management Practices are water pollution control practices BMP Handbook: CASQA’s Stormwater Best Management Practice Handbook Portal: Construction. Dewatering Guide: Caltrans’ Field Guide to Construction Site Dewatering or CASQA’s BMP NS-2: Dewatering Operations. Minor spills: Small quantities of oil, gasoline, paint, or other material that are small enough to be controlled by a first responder upon discovery of the spill. SWPPP Template: The County’s Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Template (for soil disturbance over 1 acre). Semi-significant spills: Spills that can be controlled by a first responder with help from other personnel. Significant or hazardous spills: Spills that cannot be controlled by construction personnel. WPCP: Caltrans’ Water Pollution Control Program Preparation Manual

SUBMITTALS

The Contractor shall submit the following to the Engineer:

1. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) at least 5 working days before material is used or stored. 2. Monthly inventory records for material used or stored. 3. Manifest forms for hazardous waste disposal within 5 working days of transport and disposal. 4. Copy of written approval to discharge into a sanitary sewer system at least 5 working days before beginning discharge activities.

SPILL PREVENTION AND CONTROL The Contractor shall implement spill and leak prevention procedures for chemicals and hazardous substances stored on the job site.

As soon as it is safe, the Contractor shall contain and clean up spills of petroleum products, sanitary and septic waste substances listed under CFR Title 40, Parts 110, 117, and 302.

Minor Spills: The Contractor shall clean up minor spills using these procedures:

1. Contain spread of the spill 2. Recover spilled material using absorption 3. Clean contaminated area 4. Dispose of contaminated material promptly and properly

Semi-significant Spills: The Contractor shall clean up semi-significant spills immediately using these procedures:

1. Contain spread of the spill

5-11 PART 5/COUNTY 2. Recover spilled material using absorption where the spill occurs on paved or an impermeable surface 3. Contain the spill with an earthen dike and dig up contaminated soil for disposal where the spill occurs on soil 4. When the spill occurs during precipitation, cover the spill with plastic or other material to prevent contaminated runoff 5. Dispose of contaminated material promptly and properly

Significant or Hazardous Spills: The Contractor shall immediately notify qualified personnel of significant or hazardous spills. The Contractor shall take these steps:

1. Construction personnel must not attempt to cleanup the spill until qualified staff has arrived. 2. Notify the Engineer and follow up with a written report 3. Obtain the services of a spills contractor or hazardous material team immediately 4. Notify the local emergency response team by dialing 911 and county officials at the emergency phone numbers kept on the job site 5. Notify the County’s Hazardous Incident Response Team at (619) 338-2284. 6. Notify the National Response Center at (800) 424-8802 regarding spills of Federal reportable quantities under CFR Title 40, Parts 110, 119, and 302 7. Notify other agencies as appropriate, including:

7.1. Fire Department 7.2. Public Works Department 7.3. Coast Guard 7.4. Highway Patrol 7.5. City Police or County Sheriff Department 7.6. Department of Toxic Substances 7.7. California Division of Oil and Gas 7.8. Cal OSHA 7.9. Regional Water Resources Control Board

The Contractor shall report minor, semi-significant, and significant spills to the WPC (Water Pollution Control) manager. The WPC manager must notify the Engineer immediately. WPC manger must oversee and enforce proper spill prevention and control measures.

The Contractor shall prevent spills from entering storm water runoff before and during cleanup. Spills must not be buried or washed with water.

The Contractor shall keep material or waste storage areas clean, well-organized, and equipped with enough cleanup supplies for the material being stored.

MATERIAL MANAGEMENT

General Material must be delivered, used, and stored for this job in a way that minimizes or eliminates discharge of material into the air, storm drain systems, or watercourses.

The Contractor shall implement the practices described in this section while taking delivery of, using, or storing these materials:

5-12 PART 5/COUNTY 1. Hazardous chemicals including: 1.1. Acids 1.2. Lime 1.3. Glues 1.4. Adhesives 1.5. Paints 1.6. Solvents 1.7. Curing compounds 2. Soil stabilizers and binders 3. Fertilizers 4. Detergents 5. Plaster 6. Petroleum products including: 6.1. Fuel 6.2. Oil 6.3. Grease 7. Asphalt components and concrete components 8. Pesticides and herbicides

The Contractor shall supply the Material Safety Data Sheet to the Engineer for material used or stored. The Contractor shall keep an accurate inventory of material delivered and stored at the construction site.

Employees trained in emergency spill cleanup procedures must be present during unloading of hazardous materials or chemicals.

If practical, the Contractor shall use less hazardous products.

Material Storage The Contractor shall use these storage procedures:

1. Store liquids, petroleum products, and substances listed in CFR Title 40, Parts 110, 117, and 302 in containers or drums approved by the United States Environmental Protection Agency, and place them in secondary containment facilities. 2. Secondary containment facilities must be impervious to the materials stored there for a minimum contact time of 72 hours. 3. Cover secondary containment facilities during non-working days and when precipitation is predicted. Secondary containment facilities must be adequately ventilated. 4. Keep secondary containment facility free of accumulated rainwater or spills. After precipitation, or in the event of spills or leaks, collect accumulated liquid and place into drums within 24 hours. Handle these liquids as hazardous waste under "Hazardous Waste" unless testing determines them to be nonhazardous. 5. Do not store incompatible materials, such as chlorine and ammonia, in the same secondary containment facility. 6. Store materials in the original containers with the original product labels maintained in legible condition. Replace damaged or illegible labels immediately. 7. Secondary containment facility must have the capacity to contain precipitation from a 24- hour-long, 25-year storm; and 10 percent of the aggregate volume of all containers, or entire volume of the largest container within the facility, whichever is greater. 8. Store bagged or boxed material on pallets. Protect bagged or boxed material from wind and rain during non-working days and while precipitation is predicted.

5-13 PART 5/COUNTY 9. Provide sufficient separation between stored containers to allow for spill cleanup or emergency response access. Storage areas must be kept clean, well-organized, and equipped with cleanup supplies appropriate for the materials being stored. 10. Repair or replace perimeter controls, containment structures, covers, and liners as necessary. Inspect storage areas before and after precipitation, and at least weekly during other times.

Stockpile Management The Contractor shall implement practices described in this section for managing stockpiles.

The Contractor shall use these stockpile management procedures:

1. Reduce or eliminate potential air and water pollution from stockpiled material including soil, paving material, or pressure treated wood. 2. Locate stockpiles out of floodplains when possible. Locate Stockpiles:

2.1. If within the floodplain, at least 100 feet from concentrated flows of storm water, drainage courses, or inlets unless approved 2.2. If outside the floodplain, at least 50 feet from concentrated flows of storm water, drainage courses, or inlets unless approved

The Contractor shall install BMPs immediately on inactive stockpiles and within 48 hours of predicted precipitation on active stockpiles. Active and inactive soil stockpiles must be:

1. Covered with soil stabilization measures, plastic sheeting, or geosynthetic fabric 2. Surrounded with a linear sediment barrier

Portland cement concrete rubble, AC, HMA, AC rubble, aggregate base or aggregate sub-base stockpiles must be:

1. Covered with plastic sheeting, or geosynthetic fabric 2. Surrounded with a linear sediment barrier

Pressure treated wood stockpiles must be:

1. Placed on pallets 2. Covered with impermeable material

Cold mix asphalt concrete stockpiles must be:

1. Placed on impervious surface 2. Covered with impermeable material 3. Protected from run-on and runoff

The Contractor shall control wind erosion year round under Section 10, "Dust Control", of the Standard Specifications.

5-14 PART 5/COUNTY

The Contractor shall repair or replace linear sediment barriers and covers as needed to keep them functioning properly. If sediment accumulates to 1/3 of the linear sediment barrier height, remove sediment.

WASTE MANAGEMENT

Solid Waste The Contractor shall not allow litter or debris to accumulate anywhere on the job site, including storm drain grates, trash racks, and ditch lines. The Contractor shall pick up and remove trash and debris from the job site at least once a week. The WPC manager must monitor solid waste storage and disposal procedures on the job site.

If practicable, the Contractor shall recycle non-hazardous job site waste and excess material. If recycling is not practicable, disposal must comply with Section 7-1.13, "Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right of Way", of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall furnish enough closed-lid dumpsters of sufficient size to contain the solid waste generated by work activities. When refuse reaches the fill line, the Contractor shall empty dumpsters. Dumpsters must be watertight. The Contractor shall not wash out dumpsters at the job site.

The Contractor shall furnish additional containers and more frequent pickup during the demolition phase of construction. Solid waste includes:

1. Brick 2. Mortar 3. Timber 4. Metal scraps 5. Sawdust 6. Pipe 7. Electrical cuttings 8. Non-hazardous equipment parts 9. Styrofoam and other packaging materials 10. Vegetative material and plant containers from highway planting 11. Litter and smoking material, including litter generated randomly by the public 12. Other trash and debris

The Contractor shall furnish and use trash receptacles in the job site yard, field trailers, and locations where workers gather for lunch and breaks.

Hazardous Waste The Contractor shall implement hazardous waste management practices if waste is generated on the job site from these substances:

1. Petroleum products 2. Asphalt products 3. Concrete curing compound 4. Pesticides 5. Acids

5-15 PART 5/COUNTY 6. Paints 7. Stains 8. Solvents 9. Wood preservatives and treated posts 10. Roofing tar 11. Road flares 12. Lime 13. Glues and adhesives 14. Materials classified as hazardous by California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 4.5; or listed in CFR Title 40, Parts 110, 117, 261, or 302

Nothing in these special provisions shall relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for compliance with Federal, State, and local laws regarding storage, handling, transportation and disposal of hazardous waste.

The WPC manager must oversee and enforce hazardous waste management practices. Minimize the production of hazardous materials and hazardous waste at the job site. If damaged, repair or replace perimeter controls, containment structures, and covers. If hazardous material levels are unknown, the Contractor shall use a laboratory certified by the Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program (ELAP) under the California Department of Public Health (CDPH) to sample and test waste to determine safe methods for storage and disposal.

The Contractor shall separate potentially hazardous waste from nonhazardous waste at the job site. Hazardous waste must be handled, stored, and disposed of under California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 4.5, Section 66262.34; and in CFR Title 49, Parts 261, 262, and 263.

The Contractor shall store hazardous waste in sealed containers constructed and labeled with the contents and date accumulated under California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 4.5; and in CFR Title 49, Parts 172, 173, 178, and 179. Keep hazardous waste containers in temporary containment facilities under "Material Storage" of these special provisions.

The Contractor shall furnish containers with adequate storage volume at convenient locations for hazardous waste collection. The Contractor shall not overfill hazardous waste containers. Do not mix hazardous wastes. The Contractor shall not allow potentially hazardous waste to accumulate on the ground. The Contractor shall store containers of dry waste that are not watertight on pallets. The Contractor shall store hazardous waste away from storm drains, watercourses, moving vehicles, and equipment.

The Contractor shall clean water based or oil based paint from brushes or equipment within a contained area and in a way that does not contaminate soil, watercourses, or storm drain systems. The Contractor shall handle and dispose of these as hazardous waste: paints, thinners, solvents, residues, and sludge that cannot be recycled or reused. When thoroughly dry, the Contractor shall dispose of these as solid waste: dry, latex paint and paint cans, used brushes, rags, absorbent materials, and drop cloths.

The Contractor shall dispose of hazardous waste within 90 calendar days of being generated. The Contractor shall use a licensed hazardous waste transporter to take hazardous waste to a

5-16 PART 5/COUNTY Class I Disposal Site. The Contractor shall submit a copy of uniform hazardous waste manifest forms within 24 hours of transporting hazardous waste.

The WPC manager must inspect these daily:

1. Storage areas for hazardous materials and wastes 2. Hazardous waste disposal and transporting activities 3. Hazardous material delivery and storage activities

Contaminated Soil The Contractor shall identify contaminated soil from spills or leaks by noticing discoloration, odors, or differences in soil properties. Soil with evidence of contamination must be sampled and tested by a laboratory certified by ELAP.

If levels of contamination are found to be hazardous, the Contractor shall handle and dispose of the soil as hazardous waste.

The Contractor shall prevent the flow of water, including ground water, from mixing with contaminated soil by using one or a combination of these measures:

1. Berms 2. Cofferdams 3. Grout curtains 4. Freeze walls 5. Concrete seal course

If water mixes with contaminated soil and becomes contaminated, the Contractor shall sample and test the water using a laboratory certified by ELAP. If levels of contamination are found to be hazardous, the Contractor shall handle and dispose of the water as hazardous waste.

Concrete Waste The Contractor shall implement practices to prevent the discharge of portland cement concrete, AC, or HMA waste into storm drain systems or watercourses. The Contractor shall collect and dispose of portland cement concrete, AC, or HMA waste at locations where:

1. Concrete material, including grout, is used 2. Concrete dust and debris result from demolition 3. Sawcutting, coring, grinding, grooving, or hydro-concrete demolition of portland cement concrete, AC, or HMA creates a residue or slurry 4. Concrete truck or other concrete-coated equipment is cleaned at the job site

Sanitary and Septic Waste The Contractor shall not bury or discharge wastewater from sanitary or septic systems within County right of way. The WPC manager must inspect sanitary or septic waste storage and monitor disposal procedures at least weekly. Sanitary facilities that discharge to the sanitary sewer system must be properly connected and free from leaks. The Contractor shall place sanitary facilities at least 50 feet away from storm drains, watercourse, and flow lines.

5-17 PART 5/COUNTY

The Contractor shall obtain written approval from local health agency, city, county, and sewer district before discharging from a sanitary or septic system directly into a sanitary sewer system, and submit a copy to the Engineer. The Contractor shall comply with local health agency provisions while using an on-site disposal system.

Liquid Waste The Contractor shall use practices to prevent job site liquid waste from entering storm drain systems or watercourses. Liquid wastes include the following:

1. Drilling slurries or fluids 2. Grease-free or oil-free wastewater or rinse water 3. Dredgings, including liquid waste from drainage system cleaning 4. Liquid waste running off a surface including wash or rinse water 5. Other non-storm water liquids not covered by separate permits

The Contractor shall hold liquid waste in structurally sound, leak proof containers such as:

1. Roll-off bins 2. Portable tanks, or 3. Sediment traps

Liquid waste containers must be of sufficient quantity and volume to prevent overflow, spills and leaks.

Store containers as follows:

1. At least 50 feet from storm drains, watercourses, moving vehicles and equipment 2. If within the floodplain, at least 100 feet from concentrated flows of storm water, drainage courses, watercourses, or storm drain inlets unless approved 3. If outside the floodplain, at least 50 feet from concentrated flows of storm water, drainage courses, watercourses, or storm drain inlets unless approved

The Contractor shall remove and dispose of deposited solids from sediment traps under "Solid Waste" unless the Engineer authorizes another method.

Liquid waste may require testing to determine hazardous material content before disposal.

Drilling fluids and residue must be disposed of outside the highway right of way.

If an approved location is available within the job site, fluids and residue exempt under California Code of Regulations, Title 23, Section 2511(g) may be dried by evaporation in a leak proof container. The Contractor shall dispose of remaining solid waste under "Solid Waste" of these special provisions.

NON-STORMWATER MANAGEMENT

Water Control and Conservation

5-18 PART 5/COUNTY The Contractor shall manage water used for work activities to prevent erosion or discharge of pollutants into storm drain systems or watercourses. The Contractor shall obtain approval before washing anything on the job site with water that could discharge into a storm drain system or watercourse. The Contractor shall report discharges to the Engineer immediately.

If water is used at the job site, the Contractor shall implement water conservation practices. Inspect irrigation areas. The Contractor shall adjust watering schedules to prevent erosion, excess watering, or runoff. The Contractor shall shut off water source to broken lines, sprinklers, or valves, and repair breaks within 24 hours. If possible, the Contractor shall reuse water from waterline flushing for landscape irrigation. The Contractor shall sweep and vacuum paved areas: do not wash with water.

The Contractor shall direct job site water runoff, including water from water line repair, to areas where it can infiltrate into the ground and not enter storm drain systems or watercourses. Do not allow spilled water to escape water truck filling areas. If possible, the Contractor shall direct water from off-site sources around the job site. The Contractor shall minimize the contact of off- site water with job site water.

Illegal Connection and Discharge Detection and Reporting The Contractor shall inspect the job site and the site perimeter before starting work for evidence of illegal connections, discharges, or dumping. After starting work, the Contractor shall inspect the job site and perimeter on a daily schedule.

When illegal connections, discharges, or dumping are discovered, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately. The Contractor shall take no further action unless ordered by the Engineer. The Contractor shall assume unlabeled or unidentifiable material is hazardous.

The Contractor shall look for the following evidence of illegal connections, discharges, or dumping:

1. Debris or trash piles 2. Staining or discoloration on pavement or soils 3. Pungent odors coming from drainage systems 4. Discoloration or oily sheen on water 5. Stains or residue in ditches, channels or drain boxes 6. Abnormal water flow during dry weather 7. Excessive sediment deposits 8. Nonstandard drainage junction structures 9. Broken concrete or other disturbances near junction structures

Vehicle and Equipment Cleaning The Contractor shall limit vehicle and equipment cleaning or washing at the job site except what is necessary to control vehicle tracking or hazardous waste. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer before cleaning vehicles and equipment at the job site with soap, solvents, or steam. Contain and recycle or dispose of resulting waste under "Liquid Waste" or "Hazardous Waste" of these special provisions, whichever is applicable. The Contractor shall not use diesel to clean vehicles or equipment, and minimize the use of solvents.

5-19 PART 5/COUNTY The Contractor shall clean or wash vehicles and equipment in a structure equipped with disposal facilities. If using a structure is not possible, vehicles and equipment must be cleaned or washed in an outside area:

1. Paved with AC, HMA, or portland cement concrete 2. Surrounded by a containment berm 3. Equipped with a sump to collect and dispose of wash water 4. If within the floodplain, located at least 100 feet from concentrated flows of storm water, drainage courses, watercourses, or storm drain inlets unless approved 5. If outside the floodplain, located at least 50 feet from concentrated flows of storm water, drainage courses, watercourses, or storm drain inlets unless approved

When washing vehicles or equipment with water, the Contractor shall use as little water as possible. Hoses must be equipped with a positive shutoff valve. The Contractor shall discharge liquid from wash racks to a recycle system or to another approved system. The Contractor shall remove liquids and sediment as necessary. The WPC manager must inspect vehicle and equipment cleaning facilities:

1. Daily when vehicle and equipment cleaning occurs daily 2. Weekly when vehicle and equipment cleaning does not occur daily

Vehicle and Equipment Fueling and Maintenance If practicable, the Contractor shall perform maintenance on vehicles and equipment off the job site.

If fueling or maintenance must be done at the job site, the Contractor shall designate a site, or sites, and obtain approval before using. The Contractor shall minimize mobile fueling or maintenance.

If vehicle and equipment fueling and maintenance must be done on the job site, areas for these activities must be:

1. On level ground 2. Protected from stormwater run-on 3. If within the floodplain, located at least 100 feet from concentrated flows of storm water, drainage courses, watercourses, or storm drain inlets unless approved 4. If outside the floodplain, located at least 50 feet from concentrated flows of storm water, drainage courses, watercourses, or storm drain inlets unless approved

The Contractor shall use containment berms or dikes around the fueling and maintenance area. The Contractor shall keep adequate quantities of absorbent spill cleanup material and spill kits in the fueling and maintenance area and on fueling trucks.

The Contractor shall dispose of spill cleanup material and kits immediately after use. The Contractor shall use drip pans or absorbent pads during fueling or maintenance.

Fueling or maintenance activities must not be left unattended. Fueling nozzles must be equipped with an automatic shutoff control. Vapor recovery fueling nozzles must be used where required by the Air Quality Management District. When not in use, nozzles must be secured upright. Do not top-off fuel tanks.

5-20 PART 5/COUNTY The Contractor shall recycle or properly dispose of used batteries and tires.

The WPC manager must inspect vehicle and equipment maintenance and fueling areas:

1. Daily when vehicle and equipment maintenance and fueling occurs daily 2. Weekly when vehicle and equipment maintenance and fueling does not occur daily

The WPC manager must inspect vehicles and equipment at the job site for leaks and spills on a daily schedule. Operators must inspect vehicles and equipment each day of use.

If leaks cannot be repaired immediately, remove the vehicle or equipment from the job site.

Material and Equipment Used Over Water The Contractor shall place drip pans and absorbent pads under vehicles or equipment used over water. The Contractor shall keep an adequate supply of spill cleanup material with the vehicle or equipment. If the vehicle or equipment will be idle for more than one hour, the Contractor shall place drip pans or plastic sheeting under vehicles or equipment on docks, barges, or other surfaces over water.

The Contractor shall furnish watertight curbs or toe boards on barges, platforms, docks, or other surfaces over water to contain material, debris, and tools. The Contractor shall secure material to prevent spills or discharge into water due to wind.

Structure Removal Over or Adjacent to Water The Contractor shall not allow demolished material to enter storm water systems or watercourses. The Contractor shall use approved covers and platforms to collect debris. The Contractor shall use attachments on equipment to catch debris on small demolition activities. The Contractor shall empty debris catching devices daily and handle debris under "Waste Management" of these special provisions.

The WPC manager must inspect demolition sites within 50 feet of storm water systems or watercourses daily.

Paving, Sealing, Sawcutting, and Grinding Activities The Contractor shall prevent these materials from entering storm drain systems or water courses:

1. Cementitious material 2. Asphaltic material 3. Aggregate or screenings 4. Grinding or sawcutting residue 5. Pavement chunks 6. Shoulder backing 7. Methacrylate

The Contractor shall cover drainage inlets and use linear sediment barriers to protect downhill watercourses until paving, sealing, sawcutting, or grinding activities are completed and excess material has been removed. The Contractor shall cover drainage inlets and manholes during the application of seal coat, tack coat, slurry seal, or fog seal.

5-21 PART 5/COUNTY When precipitation is predicted, the Contractor shall limit paving, sawcutting, and grinding to places where runoff can be captured.

The Contractor shall not start seal coat, tack coat, slurry seal, or fog seal activities when precipitation is predicted during application or curing period. The Contractor shall not excavate material from existing roadways during precipitation.

The contractor shall use a vacuum to remove slurry from sawcutting activities immediately after slurry is produced. The Contractor shall not allow slurry to run onto lanes open to public traffic or off the pavement.

The Contractor shall collect residue from portland cement concrete grinding activities with a vacuum attachment on the grinding machine. The Contractor shall not leave residue on pavement or allow residue to flow across pavement.

If approved, material excavated from existing roadways may be stockpiled under "Stockpile Management" of these special provisions.

The Contractor shall not coat asphalt trucks and equipment with substances that contain soap, foaming agents, or toxic chemicals.

When paving equipment is not in use, the Contractor shall park over drip pans or plastic sheeting with absorbent material to catch drips.

Thermoplastic Striping and Pavement Markers Thermoplastic striping and preheating equipment shutoff valves must work properly at all times. The Contractor shall not preheat, transfer, or load thermoplastic within 50 feet of drainage inlets or watercourses. The Contractor shall not fill preheating container above a level that is 6 inches below the top. Truck beds must be cleaned daily of scraps or melted thermoplastic.

The Contractor shall not unload, transfer, or load bituminous material for pavement markers within 50 feet of drainage inlets or watercourses. The Contractor shall release all pressure from melting tanks before removing the lid to fill or service. The Contractor shall not fill melting tanks above a level that is 6 inches below the top.

The Contractor shall collect bituminous material from the roadway after marker removal.

Concrete Curing The Contractor shall not overspray chemical curing compound. The Contractor shall minimize drift by spraying as close to the concrete as possible. The Contractor shall cover drainage inlets before applying curing compound.

The Contractor shall minimize the use and discharge of water by using wet blankets or similar methods to maintain moisture while curing concrete.

Concrete Finishing The Contractor shall collect and dispose of water and solid waste from high-pressure water blasting.

5-22 PART 5/COUNTY Cover drainage inlets within 50 feet before sandblasting. The Contractor shall minimize drift of dust and blast material by keeping the nozzle close to the surface of the concrete. Blast residue may contain hazardous material.

The Contractor shall inspect containment structures for concrete finishing activities for damage before each day of use and before predicted precipitation. The Contractor shall remove liquid and solid waste from the containment structure after each work shift.

Sweeping Sweeping must be done using hand or mechanical methods such as vacuuming.

The Contractor shall monitor paved areas and roadway within the jobsite.

Sediment and debris generating activities include:

1. Clearing and grubbing activities 2. Earthwork activities 3. Trenching activities 4. Roadway structural section activities 5. Vehicles are entering and leaving the job site 6. Other soil disturbing activities 7. Other activities that cause offsite tracking of material

If sediment or debris is observed, sweeping must be done at these times and locations:

1. Perform sweeping within: 1.1. 8 hours, if rain is predicted 1.2. 24 hours unless the Engineer approves a longer period 2. Perform sweeping at: 2.1. Paved roads at job site entrance and exit locations 2.2. Paved areas within the job site that flow to storm drains or receiving waters

The Contractor may stockpile collected material at the job site. The Contractor shall dispose of collected material at least once per week. The Contractor shall remove collected material including sediment from paved shoulders, drain inlets, curbs and dikes, and other drainage areas.

Sediment collected from the roadway during sweeping may be disposed of within the job site. Protect disposal areas against erosion.

The Contractor shall remove and dispose of trash collected during sweeping under Section 7- 1.13, "Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right of Way", of the Standard Specifications.

PAYMENT The contract lump sum price paid for construction site management shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in spill prevention and control, material management, waste management, non-storm water management, dewatering, identifying, sampling, testing, handling, and disposing of hazardous waste resulting from your activities, as specified in the Standard

5-23 PART 5/COUNTY Specifications and these Special Provisions, and Table 1.1 – Construction Site BMPs of the latest edition of the Caltrans “Storm Water Quality Handbook – Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual and any additional BMPs identified in the Water Pollution Control portion of these Special Provisions for which there are no separate contract items of work, and as ordered by the Engineer.

3. BMP SHARED MAINTENANCE

The Engineer is authorized to approve change orders for shared maintenance of water pollution control best management practices (BMP) within the dollar limit established in the bid schedule. Only those items identified in the approved Water Pollution Control Cost Break-Down of these Special Provisions will be eligible for payment. The cost of BMP maintenance shall be divided equally by the County and the Contractor in accordance with the Water Pollution Control (Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan) of these Special Provisions. The Engineer will prepare a change order form for all payments for shared maintenance costs.

4. TEMPORARY FIBER ROLL

Temporary fiber rolls shall conform to the details shown on the plans, the provisions in Section 20-3, "Erosion Control," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions.

Temporary fiber rolls shall be furnished, installed, maintained, and removed at the locations shown on the plans.

Attention is directed to "Water Pollution Control" of these special provisions.

MATERIALS Materials for temporary fiber rolls shall conform to the provisions in Section 20-2, "Materials," of the Standard Specifications.

Temporary fiber roll shall consist of prefabricated wheat or rice straw in rolls with a minimum diameter of 8 inches (200mm). The rolls shall be bound with an ultraviolet (UV) degradable plastic netting and shall weigh not less than 1.3 lb per linear foot (1.9 kg per linear meter).

Temporary fiber roll shall consist of a field rolled erosion control blanket rolled into tubes with a minimum diameter of 200mm. The rolls shall be bound with a jute-type twine at the ends and at a minimum of every 1.8m along the length of the roll. The roll shall weigh not less than 1.9 kg per linear meter.

Stakes shall be fir or pine and shall have a cross-sectional area of at least 0.5 square inches (360 mm2) and a minimum length of 24 inches.

INSTALLATION Temporary fiber roll shall be installed as shown on the plans and in conformance with Detail SC- 5 in the Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual of the Caltrans Storm Water Quality Handbooks and the manufacturer's recommendations.

Fiber rolls shall be placed on contours with a vertical separation as shown on the plans.

5-24 PART 5/COUNTY Temporary fiber rolls shall be maintained to disperse concentrated water runoff and to reduce runoff velocities. When no longer required for the intended purpose, as determined by the Engineer, temporary fiber rolls shall be removed from the site of the work.

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The quantity of temporary fiber roll will be measured by the linear foot as determined from one end to the other end along the surface of the roll.

The contract price paid per linear foot for temporary fiber roll shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor (except maintenance), materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in installing temporary fiber rolls, complete in place, including removal of materials, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

Temporary fiber roll placed at locations other than as shown on the plans or where directed by the Engineer, in conformance with the Contractor's Water Pollution Control Program, will not be measured and will be paid for as specified in "Water Pollution Control" of these special provisions.

No adjustment of compensation will be made for any increase or decrease in the quantities of temporary fiber roll required, regardless of the reason for the increase or decrease. The provisions in Section 4-1.03B, "Increased or Decreased Quantities," of the Standard Specifications shall not apply to temporary fiber roll.

The cost of maintaining temporary fiber rolls will be borne equally by the County and the Contractor, in accordance with the "BMP Shared Maintenance” provision elsewhere in these special provisions.

5. TEMPORARY GRAVEL BAG

Temporary gravel bag shall conform to the details shown on the plans and these special provisions.

Temporary gravel bag shall be furnished, installed, maintained and removed at the locations shown on the plans.

Preparation shall conform to the provisions in Section 20-3.02, "Preparation," of the Standard Specifications.

Attention is directed to "Water Pollution Control" of these special provisions.

MATERIALS Materials shall conform to the provisions in Section 20-2, "Materials," of the Standard Specifications.

Gravel bag fabric shall be woven polypropylene, polyethylene or Polyamide with a minimum unit weight of four ounces per square yard (135 g/m2). The fabric shall have a mullen burst strength of at least 300 psi (2067 kPa), conforming to the requirements in ASTM Designation: D 3786 and an ultraviolet (UV) stability exceeding 70 percent.

5-25 PART 5/COUNTY Gravel bags, when filled, shall have nominal dimensions (length x width x height) of 16 inches x 12 inches x 6 inches (400 mm x 300 mm x 150 mm), and a filled mass of 30 lb to 50 lb .

Gravel bag fill material shall be non-cohesive gravel, free from deleterious material.

Pipe shall be polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe (PR 315) with a nominal inside diameter of 4 inches (100 mm).

INSTALLATION Temporary gravel bags placed in multiple layers shall be installed as shown on plans and in conformance with Detail SC-8 in in Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual of the Caltrans Storm Water Quality Handbooks.

Temporary gravel bag shall be maintained to provide for adequate sediment holding capacity. Sediment deposits shall be removed when the deposit reaches one-third of the temporary gravel bag barrier height. Removed sediment shall be deposited within the project in such a way that the sediment is not subject to erosion by wind or water, or as directed by the Engineer.

When no longer required for the intended purpose, as determined by the Engineer, temporary gravel bag shall be removed from the site of the work.

Holes, depressions or any other ground disturbance caused by the removal of the temporary gravel bag shall be backfilled and repaired in conformance with the provisions in the second paragraph of Section 15-1.02, "Preservation of Property," of the Standard Specifications.

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Temporary gravel bags will be measured by the unit as determined from actual count in place.

The contract unit price paid for temporary gravel bag shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in installing temporary gravel bag complete in place, including removal of materials, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

Temporary gravel bag placed at locations other than as shown on the project plans or directed by the Engineer, in accordance with the Contractor's Water Pollution Control Program, will not be measured and will be paid for as specified in "Water Pollution Control" of these special provisions.

No adjustment of compensation will be made for any increase or decrease in the quantities of temporary gravel bags required, regardless of the reason for the increase or decrease. The provisions in Section 4-1.03B, "Increased or Decreased Quantities," of the Standard Specifications shall not apply to temporary gravel bags.

The cost of maintaining gravel bags will be borne equally by the Contractor in accordance with the "BMP Shared Maintenance” provision elsewhere in these special provisions.

5-26 PART 5/COUNTY 6. TEMPORARY CONCRETE WASHOUT (PORTABLE)

A portable temporary concrete washout shall be furnished, maintained, and removed as specified in the approved Storm Water Pollution Control Program in conformance with "Water Pollution Control" of these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer.

A portable temporary concrete washout shall consist of a commercially available drum at a minimum size of 55 gallons or alternate container upon written approval from the Engineer. The drum shall be stenciled "Concrete Waste Material." The letters shall be black and 4 inches in height on a white background. The top of the stenciling shall be 12 inches from the top of the barrel.

A portable temporary concrete washout shall be as follows:

A. A portable temporary concrete washout shall be in place prior to placement of concrete and shall be located in the immediate area of the concrete work as approved by the Engineer. The temporary concrete washout shall be located away from construction traffic or public access areas. After initial placement, temporary concrete washout shall be moved as needed for concrete construction work. When the temporary concrete washout is no longer required, as determined by the Engineer, it shall be removed and disposed of in conformance with the provisions in Section 7-1.13, "Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right of Way," of the Standard Specifications.

B. A sign shall be installed adjacent to each washout at a location determined by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. Sign shall be installed in conformance with the provisions in Section 12-3.06B, "Portable Signs" of the Standard Specifications. Each portable sign shall consist of a base, framework and a sign panel. The sign panel shall be made out of plywood and shall have a minimum size of 48" x 24". The sign panel shall read "Concrete Washout" with black letters, 6 inches in height, on a white background.

C. The Contractor shall provide sufficient temporary concrete washout capacity to contain liquid and concrete waste generated by washout operations without seepage or spills.

Maintaining the portable temporary concrete washout shall include removing and disposing of concrete waste. Concrete waste material generated shall be removed each day and disposed of in conformance with the provisions in Section 7-1.13, "Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right of Way" of the Standard Specifications.

The Contractor shall provide the name and location of the disposal facility to the Engineer before disposal of solid and liquid concrete waste. The Contractor shall provide verification that the off-site commercial or noncommercial disposal site has a permit issued by the California Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB). If the disposal site is located outside of the State of California, the Contractor shall provide a copy of the permit issued by the state or local agency having jurisdiction over the disposal site.

When relocating or transporting a portable temporary concrete washout, the portable washout shall be properly secured to prevent spilling of concrete waste material.

5-27 PART 5/COUNTY The contract lump sum price paid for temporary concrete washout (portable) shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing, placing, maintaining, repairing, removing and disposing of temporary concrete washout (portable), complete in place, including furnishing, erecting, maintaining, removing and disposing of all sign material, and conformance to all provisions of the Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB) permit, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

7. TEMPORARY SILT FENCE

Temporary silt fence shall conform to the details shown on the plans and these special provisions.

Temporary silt fence shall be furnished, installed, maintained and removed at the locations shown on the plans.

Preparation shall conform to the requirements in Section 20-3.02, "Preparation," of the Standard Specifications.

Attention is directed to "Water Pollution Control" elsewhere in these special provisions.

MATERIALS Materials shall conform to Section 20-2, "Materials," of the Standard Specifications and the following:

Temporary silt fence shall be a prefabricated silt fence with a minimum woven polypropylene fabric width of 36 inches and a minimum tensile strength of 100 pounds, conforming to ASTM Designation: D 4632 and having an integral reinforcement layer. The reinforcement layer shall be a polypropylene or equivalent net provided by the manufacturer.

Temporary silt fence shall be a prefabricated silt fence composed entirely of biodegradable materials, including filter, backing, binding and staking materials. The minimum fabric width shall be 36 inches. The silt fence shall maintain sediment removal characteristics for a period of at least one year.

INSTALLATION Temporary silt fence shall be installed as shown on the plans and in accordance with Detail SC- 1 in the Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual of the Caltrans Storm Water Quality Handbooks and as follows:

When joints are necessary, the temporary silt fence shall overlap a minimum of 6 inches with both posts tied together.

Temporary silt fences shall be maintained to provide for adequate sediment holding capacity. Sediment deposits shall be removed when the sediment deposit reaches approximately one-

5-28 PART 5/COUNTY third of the fence height. Removed sediment shall be deposited within the project in such a way that it is not subject to erosion by wind or water, or as directed by the Engineer.

When no longer required for the intended purpose, as determined by the Engineer, temporary silt fence shall be removed from the site of the work.

Holes, depressions or any other ground disturbance caused by the removal of the temporary silt fence shall be backfilled and repaired in accordance with the provisions in the second paragraph of Section 15-1.02, "Preservation of Property," of the Standard Specifications.

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The quantity of temporary silt fence to be paid for will be determined by the linear foot from actual measurements, the measurements to be made parallel with the ground slope along the line of the completed temporary silt fence, deducting the widths of openings.

The contract price paid per linear foot for temporary silt fence shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor (except maintenance), materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in installing temporary silt fence, complete in place, including trench excavation and backfill, and maintenance and removal of temporary silt fence, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

Temporary silt fence placed at location other than as shown on the project plans or directed by the Engineer, in accordance with the Contractor's Water Pollution Control Program, will not be measured and will be paid for as specified in "Water Pollution Control" elsewhere in these special provisions.

No adjustment of compensation will be made for any increase or decrease in the quantities of temporary silt fence required, regardless of the reason for the increase or decrease. The provisions in Section 4-1.03B, "Increased or Decreased Quantities," shall not apply to temporary silt fence.

The cost of maintaining temporary silt fence will be borne equally by the County and the Contractor, in accordance with "BMP Shared Maintenance" elsewhere in these special provisions.

8. TEMPORARY INLET FILTER ROLL

Temporary inlet filter rolls shall be furnished and installed, maintained, and removed, as shown on the plans, as specified in these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

Attention is directed to "Water Pollution Control" and "Order of Work" elsewhere in these special provisions.

Temporary inlet filter rolls shall consist of new, or clean undamaged used units. At the Contractor’s option, the inlet filter rolls shall be either Gutterbuddy -Gard, Slope 3TM, or equal:

A. Gutterbuddy -A Willismanufactured Road, by ACF Richmond, VA 23237, Telephone: (800) 644-9223, FAX: (804) 271-3074

5-29 PART 5/COUNTY B. Slope-Gard 3TM manufactured by KriStar Enterprises Inc., 5300 Sebastopol Road, Santa Rosa CA, 95407, Telephone (800) 579-8819, FAX (707) 524-8186

Temporary inlet filter rolls shall be installed and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

Damaged temporary inlet filter rolls shall be repaired or replaced immediately. Temporary inlet filter rolls that are damaged by the Contractor from any cause during the progress of the work shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at his expense.

Inlet filter rolls shall be kept free of debris, silt and sedimentation. Care shall be taken to prevent materials from entering the drainage system. Debris, silt and sedimentation shall be disposed of outside the highway right of way in accordance with the provisions in Section 7-1.13 of the Standard Specifications.

When no longer required for the work, as determined by the Engineer, temporary inlet filter rolls shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site of the work.

The contract unit price paid per linear foot for temporary inlet filter rolls shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor (except maintenance), materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and installing temporary inlet filter rolls, complete in place, including removing temporary inlet filter rolls as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

The cost of maintaining temporary inlet filter rolls will be borne equally by the County and the Contractor, in accordance with the "BMP Shared Maintenance" provision elsewhere in these special provisions.

9. TRAFFIC CONTROL

Traffic control shall conform to Section 12, “Construction Area Traffic Control Devices”, of the Standard Specifications, to Special Condition No. 21, “Maintaining Traffic” of the Special Conditions and these Special Provisions.

The contract lump sum price paid for traffic control shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in providing traffic control, complete in place, as shown on the plans. No additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

10. PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN

Project identification signs shall conform to the provisions in Section 12-3.06, "Construction Area Signs," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

Before any major physical construction work readily visible to highway users is started on this contract, the Contractor shall furnish and erect project identification signs at the locations designated by the Engineer.

5-30 PART 5/COUNTY The signs shall be stationary mounted and shall conform to the details shown on the "Project Identification Sign" drawing in Part VIII of these Contract Documents.

Framing of plywood sign panels will not be required.

Letter sizes to be used shall be as shown on the drawing. The information shown on the signs shall be limited to that shown on the drawing.

The signs shall be kept clean and in good repair by the Contractor.

Upon completion of the work, the signs shall be removed and disposed of outside the highway right of way in accordance with the provisions in Section 7-1.13, "Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right of Way," of the Standard Specifications.

The contract unit price paid for project identification sign shall include full compensation for furnishing, erecting, maintaining and removing and disposing of the signs, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

11. TEMPORARY STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE

Temporary stabilized construction entrance shall be constructed, maintained, and later removed as shown on the plans, as specified in these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

The exact location of the temporary stabilized construction entrance will be determined by the Engineer.

Attention is directed to "Water Pollution Control" and "Order of Work" elsewhere in these special provisions.

Filter fabric shall conform to the requirements in Section 68-1, "Underdrains" of the Standard Specifications.

The aggregate shall conform to 1 ½ inch x ¾ inch (37.5 mm x 19 mm) grading and the requirements in Section 90-3.02, "Coarse Aggregate Grading" of the Standard Specifications.

Aggregate shall be clean and free from vegetable matter and other deleterious substances.

Steel plates shall conform to the requirements of the first paragraph in Section 75-1.02 "Miscellaneous Iron and Steel" of the Standard Specifications.

When no longer required for the work, as determined by the Engineer, temporary construction entrance shall be removed by the Contractor and disposed of outside of the highway right of way in accordance with section 7-1.13, "Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right of Way" of the Standard Specifications.

5-31 PART 5/COUNTY Trenches, depressions and pits caused by the removal of temporary construction entrance shall be backfilled in accordance with the provisions in the second paragraph of Section 15-1.02, "Preservation of Property," of the Standard Specifications.

Temporary stabilized construction entrance will be paid for by the unit, from actual count.

The contract unit price paid for temporary stabilized construction entrance shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor (except maintenance), materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and installing temporary construction entrance, complete in place, including excavation, steel plates, aggregate and filter fabric, removing, backfilling and disposing of temporary construction entrance as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

The cost of maintaining temporary stabilized construction entrance will be borne equally by the County and the Contractor, in accordance with "BMP Shared Maintenance" elsewhere in these special provisions.

12. CLEARING AND GRUBBING

Clearing and grubbing shall conform to the provisions in Section 16, "Clearing and Grubbing," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

Clearing and grubbing shall include, but not be limited to removing concrete (curbs, gutters, driveways, sidewalks) removing street lights, foundations, electrical equipment, trees, plants, shrubs, fencing, landscaping and rocks, removing asphalt, asphalt concrete dikes, removing and salvaging road signs, relocating and resetting roadside signs, tree trimming, root pruning, and sawcutting.

Existing landscape/sod that is in conflict with the proposed signal poles, to be removed and replaced as directed by Sycuan.

Removed materials that are not to be salvaged or reused in the work shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of as provided in Section 7-1.13, “Disposal of Materials Outside the Highway Right-of-Way,” of the Standard Specifications.

Nothing herein shall be construed as relieving the Contractor of responsibility for final cleanup of the highway as provided in Section 4-1.02, "Final Cleaning Up," of the Standard Specifications.

SAW CUTTING When a portion of existing pavement or other surface improvements are to be removed, the outline of the area to be removed shall be cut on a neat line with a power-driven saw to a minimum depth of 0.17-foot before removing the surfacing.

REMOVING CONCRETE Removing concrete shall conform to Section 15-3, "Removing Concrete," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

Removed concrete shall be disposed of outside the highway right of way.

5-32 PART 5/COUNTY TREE REMOVAL Tree removal shall include removal of trees, stumps, roots and all debris from the resulting holes, to a depth of three (3) feet or as directed by the Engineer and backfilling the holes with backfill material and compacting the material in accordance with Section 19, "Earthwork," of the Standard Specifications.

RELOCATING AND RESETTING OF ROADSIDE SIGNS The relocating and resetting of roadside signs shall conform to Section 15-2.05, “Reconstruction,” of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

Existing street name, warning, regulatory and guide signs and posts which interfere with construction shall be carefully removed and relocated at a standard height in temporary locations and, when construction is completed, reset in their final locations, all as directed by the Engineer.

Each roadside sign shall be reset on the same day said sign is removed.

REMOVING AND SALVAGING ROADSIDE SIGNS The removing of roadside signs shall conform to Section 15-2.02, “Removal Methods” and salvaging of roadside signs shall conform to Section 15-2.04, “Salvage” of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

The contract lump sum price paid for clearing and grubbing shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in clearing and grubbing, complete in place, including removing concrete, removing trees, plants, shrubs, landscaping and rocks, removing asphalt concrete dikes, removing and salvaging road signs, relocating and resetting roadside signs, tree trimming, root pruning, and sawcutting, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

13. REMOVING STREET LIGHTS

Removing electrical equipment shall be in accordance with Section 86-7.01, “REMOVING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT”, of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Contractor shall remove street lights, street light foundation and remove or abandon electrical equipment as directed on the Plans.

Removal of street light foundation shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-2.03, "FOUNDATIONS," of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

The contract lump sum price paid for removing street lights shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in removing street lights, foundations and electrical equipment, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

14. EARTHWORK

Earthwork shall conform to the provisions in Section 19, "Earthwork," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions.

5-33 PART 5/COUNTY

The first paragraph of Section 19-5.03, “Relative Compaction (95 Percent), of the Standard Specifications shall be replaced by “Relative compaction of not less than 95 percent shall be obtained for a minimum depth of 0.5 feet below the grading plane for the full roadbed width including under concrete curb and gutter and the full width of driveways within the right of way, whether in excavation or embankment.”

The second paragraph of Section 19-5.03, “Relative Compaction (95 Percent), of the Standard Specifications is modified to read “1 foot below finished grade for the full width of the roadbed” in lieu of “2.5 feet below finished grade for the width of the travelled way plus 3 feet on each side thereof,”.

There is an anticipated surplus of approximately 40 cubic yards of excavated material.

Surplus excavated materials shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of as provided in Section 7-1.13, “Disposal of Materials Outside the Highway Right-of-Way,” of the Standard Specifications.

Any groundwater which may be encountered shall be controlled and removed by the Contractor.

The Contractor’s attention is directed to the Construction Site Management provision of these special provisions for dewatering requirements.

Regardless of the dewatering method chosen by the Contractor, the subgrade shall be maintained to the lines and grades shown on the plans.

If water pumps are used, they shall be electric or muffled and situated so as to prevent disturbance to residents.

Full compensation for all dewatering required to complete the work shall be considered as included in the contract price paid for the associated excavation items, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

Compaction of material below the grading plane will not be measured for payment. Full compensation for compaction of the material below the grading plane, to the depth specified, shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various items of work above the grading plane, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

15. EROSION CONTROL (TYPE D)

Erosion control (Type D) includes applying erosion control materials to embankment and excavation slopes and other areas disturbed by construction activities. Erosion control (Type D) must comply with Section 20-3, "Erosion Control," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions.

If the slope on which the erosion control to be placed is finished during the rainy season as specified under “Water Pollution Control” of these special provisions, apply erosion control to the slope immediately.

5-34 PART 5/COUNTY Before applying erosion control materials, prepare soil surface under Section 19-2.05, "Slopes," of the Standard Specifications, except that rills and gullies exceeding 2 inches in depth or width must be leveled. Remove vegetative growth, temporary erosion control materials, and other debris from areas to receive erosion control.

MATERIALS Materials must comply with Section 20-2, "Materials," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions.

Seed Seed must comply with Section 20-2.10, "Seed," of the Standard Specifications. Seed not required to be labeled under the California Food and Agricultural Code shall be tested for purity and germination by a seed laboratory certified by the Association of Official Seed Analysts or by a seed technologist certified by the Society of Commercial Seed Technologists. Measure and mix individual seed species in the presence of the Engineer.

Seed must contain at most 1.0 percent total weed seed by weight.

Deliver seed to the job site in unopened separate containers with the seed tag attached. Containers without a seed tag attached are not accepted. The Engineer takes a sample of approximately 1 ounce or 0.25 cup of seed for each seed lot greater than 2 pounds.

Seed must comply with the following:

Basic Erosion Control Seed Mix – PLS

Species Lbs/Acre Min Pur/Ger PLS % Lbs/Acre PLS California Fescue (Festuca californica) 2 90/65 58.5 1.17 California Poppy (Eschscholzia californica) 1 98/75 73.5 0.735 Arroyo Lupine (Lupinus succulentus) 3 98/55 53.9 1.617 Dot-seed Plantain (Plantago erecta) 4 90/80 72.0 2.88

For use in developed areas adjacent to sidewalks, roads, any place where using a habitat mix is inappropriate.

Seed Sampling Supplies At the time of seed sampling, provide the Engineer a glassine lined bag and custody seal tag for each seed lot sample.

Compost The compost producer must be fully permitted as specified under the California Integrated Waste Management Board, Local Enforcement Agencies and any other State and Local Agencies that regulate Solid Waste Facilities. If exempt from State permitting requirements, the composting facility must certify that it follows guidelines and procedures for production of compost meeting the environmental health standards of Title 14, California Code of Regulations, Division 7, Chapter 3.1, Article 7.

5-35 PART 5/COUNTY The compost producer must be a participant in United States Composting Council's Seal of Testing Assurance program. Compost may be derived from any single, or mixture of any of the following feedstock materials:

1. Green material consisting of chipped, shredded, or ground vegetation; or clean processed recycled wood products 2. Biosolids 3. Manure 4. Mixed food waste

Compost feedstock materials to reduce weed seeds, pathogens and deleterious materials as specified under Title 14, California Code of Regulations, Division 7, Chapter 3.1, Article 7, Section 17868.3

Compost must not be derived from mixed municipal solid waste and must be reasonably free of visible contaminates. Compost must not contain paint, petroleum products, pesticides or any other chemical residues harmful to animal life or plant growth. Compost must not possess objectionable odors.

Metal concentrations in compost must not exceed the maximum metal concentrations listed in Title 14, California Code of Regulations, Division 7, Chapter 3.1, Section 17868.2. Compost must comply with the following:

Physical/Chemical Requirements Property Test Method Requirement pH *TMECC 04.11-A, Elastometric pH 1:5 Slurry Method, pH Units 6.0–8.0

Soluble Salts TMECC 04.10-A, Electrical Conductivity 1:5 Slurry Method dS/m 0-10.0 (mmhos/cm) Moisture Content TMECC 03.09-A, Total Solids & Moisture at 70+/- 5 deg C, N/A % Wet Weight Basis Organic Matter TMECC 05.07-A, Loss-On-Ignition Organic Matter Method (LOI), 30–65 Content % Dry Weight Basis Maturity TMECC 05.05-A, Germination and Vigor 80 or Above Seed Emergence 80 or Above Seedling Vigor % Relative to Positive Control Stability TMECC 05.08-B, Carbon Dioxide Evolution Rate 8 or below mg CO2-C/g OM per day Particle Size TMECC 02.02-B Sample Sieving for Aggregate Size Classification 95% Passing 5/8 inch % Dry Weight Basis 70% Passing 3/8 inch Pathogen TMECC 07.01-B, Fecal Coliform Bacteria < 1000 MPN/gram dry wt. Pass Pathogen TMECC 07.01-B, Salmonella < 3 MPN/4 grams dry wt. Pass Physical Contaminants TMECC 02.02-C, Man Made Inert Removal and Classification: Combined Total: Plastic, Glass and Metal, % > 4mm fraction < 1.0

Physical Contaminants TMECC 02.02-C, Man Made Inert Removal and Classification: Sharps (Sewing needles, straight pins and hypodermic needles), None Detected % > 4mm fraction *TMECC refers to "Test Methods for the Examination of Composting and Compost," published by the United States Department of Agriculture and the United States Compost Council (USCC).

5-36 PART 5/COUNTY Before compost application, provide the Engineer with a copy of the compost producer's compost technical data sheet and a copy of the compost producers Seal of Testing Assurance certification. The compost technical data sheet includes:

1. Laboratory analytical test results 2. Directions for product use 3. List of product ingredients

Before compost application, provide the Engineer with a Certificate of Compliance under Section 6-1.07, "Certificates of Compliance," of the Standard Specifications.

Stabilizing Emulsion Stabilizing emulsion must comply with Section 20-2.11, "Stabilizing Emulsion," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions. Stabilizing emulsion:

1. Must be in a dry powder form 2. Must be a processed organic adhesive used as a soil tackifier 3. May be reemulsifiable

Fiber Fiber must be: 1. Wood

Wood Fiber must comply with the following:

1. Free from lead paint, printing ink, varnish, petroleum products, seed germination inhibitors, or chlorine bleach 2. Free from synthetic or plastic materials 3. At most 7 percent ash

Wood Fiber must comply with the following:

1. Long strand, whole wood fibers, thermo mechanically processed from clean, whole wood chips 2. Not made from sawdust, cardboard, paper, or paper byproducts 3. At least 25 percent of fibers 3/8 inch long 4. At least 40 percent held on a No. 25 sieve

Coloring Agent Use a biodegradable, nontoxic coloring agent free from copper, mercury, and arsenic.

CONSTRUCTION

Site Preparation Immediately prior to applying seed to erosion control (Type D) areas, trash and debris and weeds must be removed.

Removed weeds must be disposed of in conformance with the provisions in Section 7-1.3, “Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right of Way”

5-37 PART 5/COUNTY APPLICATION Apply erosion control materials in separate applications in the following sequence:

1. Apply the following mixture with hydroseeding equipment at the rates indicated within 60 minutes after the seed has been added to the mixture:

Material Per Acre (Slope Measurement) Seed 10 lbs Fiber 2000 lbs Stabilizing Emulsion (Solids) 30 lbs Compost None

2. Compost may be dry applied, at the specified rates, instead of including it as part of the hydro-seeding operations. In areas where the compost is dry applied, all compost for that area must be applied before the next operation.

The ratio of total water to total stabilizing emulsion in the mixture must be as recommended by the manufacturer.

Hydraulic application of materials for erosion control (netting) areas shall be applied by hose, from the ground. Erosion control (Type D) materials shall be applied onto the slope face such that the materials are well integrated into the erosion control (netting) and in contact with ground surface. Application shall be perpendicular to the slope face such that erosion control (netting) materials are not damaged or displaced. Erosion control (netting) damaged by the Contractor's operations shall be replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. The Engineer may change the rates of erosion control materials to meet field conditions.

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Erosion control (Type D) will be measured by the square yard. The area will be calculated on the basis of actual or computed slope measurements. Estimated quantities shall be based on actual area of the face of the slope, not on plan view

The contract price paid per square yard for erosion control (Type D) includes full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in applying erosion control (Type D, compost, fertilizer, fiber, stabilizing emulsion, seed) complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

16. MOVE-IN/MOVE-OUT (EROSION CONTROL)

Move-in/move-out (erosion control) shall include moving onto the project when an area is ready to receive erosion control as determined by the Engineer, setting up all required personnel and equipment for the application of erosion control materials and moving out all personnel and equipment when erosion control in that area is completed.

When areas are ready to receive applications of erosion control (Types D), as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall begin erosion control work in that area within 5 working days of the Engineer’s notification to perform the erosion control work.

5-38 PART 5/COUNTY Attention is directed to the requirements of erosion control (Types D) elsewhere in these special provisions.

Quantities of move-in/move-out (erosion control) will be determined as units from actual count as determined by the Engineer. For measurement purposes, a move-in followed by a move-out will be considered as one unit.

The contract unit price paid for move-in/move-out (erosion control) shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials (excluding erosion control materials), tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in moving in and removing from the project all personnel and equipment necessary for application of erosion control (Types D), as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

No adjustment of compensation will be made for any increase or decrease in the quantities of move-in/move-out (erosion control) required, regardless of the reason for the increase or decrease. The provisions in Section 4-1.03B, "Increased or Decreased Quantities," of the Standard Specifications shall not apply to the item of move-in/move-out (erosion control).

17. SLURRY SEAL

Slurry seal shall Type II utilizing a polymer modified asphalt emulsion and shall conform to the provisions in Section 37-2, “Slurry Seal”, of the Standard Specifications.

18. AGGREGATE BASE

Aggregate base shall conform to the provisions in Section 26, "Aggregate Bases," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

Class 2 aggregate base shall be 3/4-inch maximum aggregate.

The aggregate shall not be treated with lime, cement, or other chemical material before performing grading, resistance, or sand equivalent tests.

Class 2 aggregate base may consist of broken or crushed asphalt concrete, portland cement concrete, railroad ballast, glass, crushed rock, rock dust or natural material as long as the resulting material conforms to all above specified tests.

19. ASPHALT CONCRETE

Asphalt concrete shall be Type B and shall conform to Section 39, "Asphalt Concrete,” of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions.

Asphalt concrete shall be produced at an established commercial mixing plant. The aggregate and asphalt binder shall be heated and mixed thoroughly.

The grade of asphalt binder to be mixed with aggregate for Type B asphalt concrete shall be Grade PG 64-10 conforming to the provisions in Section 92, "Asphalts," of the Standard Specifications.

5-39 PART 5/COUNTY The asphalt content of the asphalt mixture will be determined in conformance with the requirements in California Test 382; or, if approved by the Engineer, in conformance with the requirements in California Test 379. For payment purposes, County Materials Lab shall verify asphalt content by California Test 382.

Section 39-2.02, "Aggregate,” of the Standard Specifications is modified as follows:

Change the Sand Equivalent for Contract Compliance (Min) from "42" to "50" for Asphalt Concrete, Type B, and delete the Sand Equivalent Operating Range (Min) for Asphalt Concrete, Type B.

The Aggregate from each separate bin used for asphalt concrete, Type B, except for the bin containing the fine material, shall have a Cleanness Value of 60 minimum as determined by California Test 227, modified as follows:

Tests will be performed on the material retained on the No. 8 sieve from each bin and will not be a combined or averaged result.

Each test specimen will be prepared by hand shaking for 30 seconds, a single loading of the entire sample on a 12-inch diameter, No. 4 sieve, nested on top of a 12-inch diameter, No. 8 sieve.

Where a coarse aggregate bin contains material which will pass a 3/8-inch sieve and be retained on a No. 8 sieve, the test specimen weight and wash water volume specified for 1 /2-inch maximum will be used.

Where a coarse aggregate bin contains material which will pass the maximum size specified and be retained on a 3/8-inch sieve, the test specimen weight and volume of wash water specified for a 1-inch by No. 4 aggregate size will be used.

Samples will be obtained from the weigh box area during or immediately after discharge from each bin of the batching plant or immediately prior to mixing with asphalt in the case of continuous mixers.

The Cleanness Value of the test sample from each of the bins will be separately computed and reported.

The asphalt content of the asphalt mixture will be determined by extraction tests in accordance with California Test 382 or ASTM D 2172.

In the sixth paragraph of Section 39-6.01, "General Requirements,” at the table make the following changes:

a) delete the words "Shown on Plans" in the heading of the first column,

b) in the first line, change "0.20-foot or less" to read "0.25-foot or less,” and

c) delete in its entirety the second line which begins with "0.25".

5-40 PART 5/COUNTY Add to the sixth paragraph of Section 39-6.01, "General Requirements,” of the Standard Specifications, the following:

The final lift of asphalt concrete pavement shall be 1/2-inch maximum, medium grading with a minimum compacted layer thickness of not less than 0.125 foot.

When the total compacted asphalt concrete pavement thickness being placed is less than 0.17-foot, the 1/2-inch maximum, medium grading shall be used; when the total compacted asphalt concrete pavement thickness being placed is equal to or greater than 0.17-foot, the 3 /4-inch” Maximum, Medium grading shall be used except that the final lift shall be as denoted above.

The use of 3/8-inch maximum grading shall not be used within the traveled way, unless directed by the Engineer.

Prior to spreading asphalt concrete, a paint binder of asphaltic emulsion or of paving asphalt shall be furnished and applied uniformly to a pavement to be surfaced and to contact surfaces of all cold pavement joints, curbs, gutters and to other surfaces designated by the Engineer. If paving asphalt is furnished, it shall be applied at a temperature of not less than 285o F, nor more than 350o F.

Asphalt concrete shall be spread with a self-propelled spreader ready for compaction without further shaping.

The compaction after rolling shall be 95% of the density obtained with the California Kneading Compactor per California Test 304.

The field density of compacted asphalt concrete shall be determined by:

a) a properly calibrated nuclear asphalt testing device in the field (calibration shall be current); or

b) ASTM D 1188 when slabs or cores are taken for laboratory testing. Zinc sterate may be substituted for paraffin.

In case of dispute, method (b) shall be used.

At road connections and private drives, additional asphalt concrete surfacing material shall be placed, hand raked and compacted to form a smooth, tapered connection.

When an asphalt concrete overlay will abut an existing concrete gutter, concrete cross gutter, asphalt concrete dike, berm, road connection, private drive, or other existing feature, the existing asphalt concrete pavement shall be cold planed. The cold planed area shall be six-feet wide with a uniform depth equal to the compacted asphalt layer thickness unless otherwise specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The outside lines of the planed area shall be neat and uniform. Planing asphalt concrete pavement operations shall be performed without damage to the surfacing to remain in place.

Asphalt concrete surfacing material shall be hand-raked and compacted to form smooth tapered connections along all edges including those edges adjacent to soil. The edges of asphalt

5-41 PART 5/COUNTY concrete shall be hand-raked, at 45 degrees or flatter, so as to provide a smooth transition next to existing soil, including those areas scheduled for shoulder backing. The completed surfacing shall be true to grade and cross section, of uniform smoothness and texture, compacted firmly and free from depressions, humps or irregularities.

PLACE ASPHALT CONCRETE DIKES Asphalt binder Grade PG 70-10 and 3/8” maximum graded aggregate, as specified in the Standard Specifications, shall be used for asphalt concrete dikes.

20. PLANE ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT

Plane asphalt concrete pavement shall conform to these Special Provisions.

Attention is directed to “Maintaining Traffic”, contained in these Special Provisions, and these Special Provisions.

Existing asphalt concrete pavement shall be cold planed at the locations shown on the “Grinding Limits” plan and to the dimensions specified herein, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.

Cold planing widths parallel to the road shall be 3 feet wide and cold planing widths perpendicular to the road shall be 12 feet wide. Cold plane limits are shown on the “Grinding Limits” plan contained in Part VII of these Contract Documents.

Planing asphalt concrete pavement shall be performed by the cold planing method. Planing of the asphalt concrete pavement shall not be done by the heater planing method.

Cold planing machines shall be equipped with a cutter head not less than 72 inches in width and shall be operated so as not to produce fumes or smoke. The cold planing machine shall be capable of planing the pavement without requiring the use of a heating device to soften the pavement during or prior to the planing operation.

Cold planing machines used for repairing distressed pavement shall be provided with cutter heads that are no wider than the repair limits marked out on the pavement.

The cut shall be three-feet wide and 0.10-foot deep at the lip of the gutter/slab or berm/dike and taper to zero-inch at three feet from the lip, unless otherwise specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. Should the planing width be greater than six feet, the planing depth shall remain 0.10-foot deep and the taper from one inch to zero shall occur in the outer three feet furthest from the lip. The final cut shall result in a uniform surface. The outside lines of the planed area shall be neat and uniform. Planing asphalt concrete pavement operations shall be performed without damage to the surfacing to remain in place.

Planed widths of pavement shall be continuous except for intersections at cross streets where the planing shall be carried around the corners and through the conform lines. Conform lines shall be determined by the Engineer. A drop-off will not be allowed at any time on longitudinal cuts where the roadway is open to public traffic. If asphalt concrete has not been placed to the level of the existing pavement before the pavement is to be opened to public traffic, a temporary asphalt taper shall be constructed. Asphalt concrete for temporary tapers shall be placed to the level of the existing pavement and tapered on a slope of 30:1 or flatter to the level of the planed area.

5-42 PART 5/COUNTY

Where transverse joints are planed in the pavement at conform lines no drop-off shall remain between the existing pavement and the planed area when the pavement is opened to public traffic.

If asphalt concrete has not been placed to the level of existing pavement before the pavement is to be opened to public traffic a temporary asphalt taper shall be constructed at the transverse joints and vertical joints. Asphalt concrete for temporary tapers shall be placed to the level of the existing pavement and tapered on a slope of 30:1 or flatter to the level of the planed area.

The material planed from the roadway surface shall be immediately removed from the site of work and disposed of as provided in Section 7-1.13, “Disposal of Materials Outside the Highway Right of Way”, of the Standard Specifications. The removal crew shall follow within 50 feet of the planer, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.

Asphalt concrete for temporary tapers shall be commercial quality and may be spread and compacted by any method that will produce a smooth riding surface. Temporary asphalt concrete tapers shall be completely removed, including the removal of all loose material from the underlying surface, before placing the permanent resurfacing. Such removed material shall be disposed of outside the highway right of way in accordance with Section 7-1.13, “Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right of Way”, of the Standard Specifications.

The Contractor shall take steps to insure the underlying base is not exposed during planing operations. Underlying base that is exposed, as a result of the Contractor’s operation, shall be immediately protected with asphalt concrete paving material at the Contractor's expense.

Operations shall be scheduled such that not more than seven (7) days shall elapse between the time cold planing operations are performed and permanent resurfacing is placed. In the event paving operations are not completed within the time restraints specified in this contract, the Owner may suspend or cease planing operations until such time all required paving operations are performed to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

Advance warning signs shall be placed in accordance with the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

Immediately prior to beginning cold planing operations the Contractor shall furnish and place W33 “ROUGH ROAD” (construction orange) signs, and the required advance warning signs. The W33 signs shall be placed 200 feet in advance and at the beginning of the cold planing operation for each direction of travel, at a maximum of 1,000-foot intervals along each side of the traveled way, at all intersections, on-ramps and public roads or streets entering the cold planing area, and as directed by the Engineer.

W33 signs shall be set on barricades and shall be maintained in place at each location until resurfacing of the roadway is completed. Advance warning and W33 signs shall conform to the requirements for construction area signs in Section 12, “Construction Area Traffic Control Devices”, of the Standard Specifications.

Plane asphalt concrete pavement will be measured by the square yard. The quantity to be paid for will be the actual area of asphalt concrete pavement surface planed irrespective of the number of passes required to obtain the depth required by these Special Provisions.

5-43 PART 5/COUNTY The contract price paid per square yard for plane asphalt concrete pavement shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all work involved in cold planing asphalt concrete pavement, including furnishing asphalt concrete for constructing, maintaining and removing temporary asphalt concrete tapers, and disposing of planed and asphalt concrete taper material. No additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

21. MINOR CONCRETE

Minor concrete shall consist of constructing concrete curb, curb & gutter, and curb ramps, in conformance with the details shown on the plans and in accordance with Section 73, “Concrete Curbs and Sidewalks,” of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions..

Minor concrete for curb, curb & gutter, and curb ramps, shall contain not less than 520 pounds of portland cement per cubic yard, except as otherwise specified for extruded or slip-formed curbs in Section 73, “Description” of the Standard Specifications.

Minor Concrete shall be cured with curing compound (6) as specified in Section 90-7.01B, “Curing Compound Method,” of the Standard Specifications. The curing compound shall be applied in a manner that will provide a complete coating of all exposed faces of the concrete surface.

Where new minor concrete abuts existing portland cement concrete, the Contractor shall furnish and install premolded expansion joint filler between existing concrete structures and new work in accordance with the provisions in Section 51-1.12C,“Premolded Expansion Joint Fillers” of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions.

Full compensation for premolded expansion joint fillers shall be considered as included in the contract price paid per cubic yard for minor concrete items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES Curb ramps shall be fitted with a detectable warning surface in conformance with the San Diego County Design Standards, DS-21 Series, and these special provisions.

The detectable warning surface shall have a four feet wide by three feet minimum depth (4’ x 3’ min.) cast in place prefabricated detectable warning surface composed of vitrified polymer including aluminum oxide, sound amplifying, and shall be “Armor-Tile Cast-in-Place Tactile Panels” or approved equal.

The contractor shall submit product information, installation instructions and two (2) tile samples, minimum size six inches by eight inches (6” x 8”) each.

The detectable warning surface shall be dark grey contrasting in color from the minor concrete curb ramp. The contrast should be at least 70%. The contrast in percent is determined by:

Contrast = ((B1 – B2)/B1) x 100

Where B1 = Light reflectance value (LRV) of the lighter area B2 = Light reflectance value (LRV) of the darker area

5-44 PART 5/COUNTY

Note that in any application both white and black are never absolute; thus, B1 never equals 100 and B2 is always greater than zero.

The detectable warning surface shall be approved in writing by the Engineer prior to ordering.

A certificate of compliance shall be furnished as specified in Section 6-1.07, “Certificates of Compliance,” of the Standard Specifications for detectable warning surface. Said certificate shall certify that the detectable warning surfaces conform to the Americans with Disability Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG) and requirements. Certificate of compliance shall include a five (5) year written manufacturer’s warranty.

Minor concrete (curb ramp) will be measured and paid for by the cubic yard in the same manner specified for minor concrete (sidewalk) in Section 73-1.08, “Payment”, of the Standard Specifications.

Minor concrete (curb) and minor concrete (curb & gutter) will be measured and paid for by the linear foot as specified in Section 73-1.08, “Payment”, of the Standard Specifications.

Limits for payment of minor concrete (curb ramp) shall be from point of curb return (pcr) to pcr or between saw cut lines whichever is less.

Minor concrete (curb & gutter) placed in front of concrete curb ramps will be paid for separately as minor concrete (curb & gutter).

Full compensation for detectable warning surfaces shall be considered as included in the contract price paid per cubic yard for minor concrete (curb ramp) and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

22. DISINTEGRATED GRANITE (WALKWAY)

Disintegrated granite (walkway) shall conform to these Special Provisions.

Disintegrated granite for the walkway area as shown on the plans shall be free from vegetable matter and other deleterious substances, and shall be of such nature that it can be compacted readily under watering and rolling to form a firm, stable base.

Disintegrated granite shall be any igneous rock which has been weathered in place, or any sedimentary material principally derived from igneous rock.

The percentage composition by weight of disintegrated granite shall conform to the grading requirements in the following table when determined by Calif. Test 202:

5-45 PART 5/COUNTY Sieve Size Percent Passing

1.5" 100 1" 90-100 No. 4 50-100 No. 30 25-55 No. 200 5-18

The disintegrated granite shall also conform to the following quality requirements:

Tests Calif. Test Contract Compliance

R-value Calif. 301 73 min. Sand Equivalent Calif. 217 30 min.

Disintegrated granite may consist of broken or crushed asphalt concrete, portland cement concrete, railroad ballast, glass, crushed rock, rock dust or natural material as long as the resulting material conforms to all above specified tests.

Disintegrated granite (walkway) will be measured and paid for by the cubic yard in the same manner specified for aggregate base in Section 26-1.07, "Payment," of the Standard Specifications.

Full compensation for furnishing and installing treated timber edge boards and headers shall be considered as included in the contract unit price paid per cubic yard for Disintegrated Granite (Walkway) and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

23. RECONSTRUCT WOOD FENCE

Existing wood fence shall be removed and reconstructed where shown on the plans.

Fence removed in excess of that required for reconstructing wood fence shall be disposed of.

In lieu of reusing existing wood fence, the Contractor may, at no additional cost to the County, furnish and install new wood fence.

Wood fence shall match the size and type as existing. The location will be as directed by the Engineer in the field.

The contract price paid per linear foot for reconstruct wood fence shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in wood fence, complete in place, including concrete foundations and treating wood, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

24. TRAFFIC SIGNAL AND SAFETY LIGHTING SYSTEM

Traffic signal and safety lighting system shall conform to the provisions in Section 86, "Signals, Lighting and Electrical Systems,” of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

5-46 PART 5/COUNTY SCHEDULING OF WORK Scheduling of work shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-1.07, “SCHEDULING OF WORK,” of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

The installation of new signal controllers, or any other signal related equipment in conjunction with street or other improvements, shall be coordinated with other work to minimize down time of the existing signals or intersection control devices.

The Contractor shall schedule work to accommodate special events and holidays noted in these Special Provisions, or specified by the Engineer at the pre-construction conference.

The Contractor shall confine his working hours to the time between 9:00am and 5:00pm, Monday through Friday, except for any nighttime work that may be specifically permitted by the Engineer.

UTILITIES The plans show the approximate locations of all public utilities and facilities which may be encountered during construction/modification of the traffic signal facilities. However, in some instances, the new traffic signal facility locations may be very close to or may conflict with underground utilities as marked out by Underground Service Alert (USA). The Contractor shall obtain mark-outs and pothole any utilities in close proximity to the traffic signal facility locations to insure that no conflicts exist. For all traffic signal facility locations where USA mark-out indicates the possibility of conflict, the Contractor shall:

A. Pot-hole to determine the exact location of the conflicting substructure(s); B. Provide dimensions precisely locating said underground conflicts(s); C. Allow at least three full working days for Engineer of Work to provide revised location; and D. Install new traffic signal facility per revised positioning, utilizing hand-digging if and where necessary (in the opinion of the Engineer) to avoid damaging the substructure(s) with powered equipment.

If any existing irrigation facilities are in conflict with the new traffic signal facilities, the Contractor shall re-route the fiber optic infrastructure to a location as directed and approved by the Engineer.

REMOVAL, PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS Maintaining existing and temporary electrical systems shall conform to section 86-1.06, “Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical Systems”, of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

The Contractor shall at no additional cost to the County, relocate, repair, replace or reestablish all existing improvements within the project limits which are not designated for removal (e.g. pavement striping, fences, landscaping, irrigation systems, signs, utility installations, pavements, structures, etc.), which are damaged or removed as a result of his operations or as required by the Plans and Specifications.

5-47 PART 5/COUNTY Where existing traffic striping, pavement markings, and curb markings are damaged or their reflectivity reduced by the Contractor's operations, they shall also be considered as existing improvements and the Contractor shall repaint or replace such improvements.

Interfering irrigation lines shall be cut, relocated, replaced or capped as directed by the Engineer. Controller valves shall be relocated as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall remove and transport debris and rubbish in a manner that will prevent spillage on streets or adjacent areas. Clean up of spillage will be at the Contractor’s expense.

Relocations, repairs, replacements or reestablishments shall be at least equal to the existing improvements and shall match such improvements in finish and dimensions unless otherwise specified.

TRENCH REPAIRS Contractor shall ensure that all trenches and/or pits are repaired and streets or bike lanes are opened for public use at close of each workday. Contractor is required to complete trenching and pipe laying at such time in the day as to ensure sufficient time for placement and setting of slurry before work area is opened for travel. Trench plates shall not be allowed except at the terminating 20 feet of trench line.

Unless otherwise specified on the Plans, all conduit under street pavement may be installed using the "Trenching in Pavement Method" described in Section 86-2.05C, "INSTALLATION," of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, as amended herein.

All Type 3 conduit under street pavement may be installed by either bore or trench methods. It will be the contractor’s option whether to install conduit by bore or trench method. The contractor will be required to discuss these options with the Project Engineer. The County prefers that all conduit be installed per the bore method, unless conditions are unfavorable and proper bore requirements cannot be maintained.

Conduit to be placed by the trenching method shall be Type 3. Conduit shall be placed under existing pavement in a trench approximately 2 inches wider than the outside diameter of the conduit to be installed. Trench shall not exceed 6 inches in width. Conduit depth under pavement, sidewalk and soil shall be a minimum of 24”, 18” and 30” respectively. All new conduit trenches in street pavement shall be planed and resurfaced per County standards.

At locations where conduit is to be installed under pavement, and when approved by the Engineer, conduit may be placed by the “Trenching in Pavement Method”, modified as follows:

Conduit depth, trench backfill and resurfacing shall be in accordance with San Diego Regional Standard Drawing G-33, Type B, except that: (1) Cement slurry backfill shall contain not less than 380 pounds of cement per cubic yard; (2) Planing of existing asphalt pavement and slurry backfill, and subsequent resurfacing, shall be 1 inch minimum thickness or one half the thickness of existing pavement, whichever is greater, but shall not exceed 2 inches. Asphalt concrete used for resurfacing shall be ½-inch maximum, medium grading.

Backfill of trenches wider than 12” shall be compacted to 95% relative compaction 12" below existing subgrade. Trenches shall have a minimum of 95% relative compaction in the top foot of subgrade and 90% in the remainder of the trench. Crushed aggregate base, equal in depth to existing base thickness shall be installed and compacted to 95% relative compaction.

5-48 PART 5/COUNTY Full compensation for compliance with these special provisions for trench repair shall be considered to be included in the contract lump sum price paid for, “Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting System”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

WARRANTIES, GUARANTEES, AND INSTRUCTION SHEETS The Contractor shall be responsible for the entire work constructed under this contract including materials furnished and work performed by manufacturers', suppliers' and subcontractors'. The Contractor shall make, at no cost to the Owner or Agency, any repairs or replacements made necessary by defects in workmanship or materials that become evident within one year after filing of the Notice of Completion of the work. The Contractor shall make all repairs and replacements promptly upon receipt of written orders from the Agency Engineer. If the Contractor fails to make the repairs and replacements promptly, the Owner or Agency may do the work and the Contractor and his surety shall be liable to the Owner or Agency for the cost.

Whenever any work is to be guaranteed or maintained by a manufacturer, supplier or subcontractor, said obligation shall be that of the Contractor. All guarantees shall be in writing and delivered to the Engineer by the Contractor prior to final acceptance of the work.

MAINTAINING EXISTING AND TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Where applicable, all work, materials and equipment required to keep the existing systems operational shall be considered as included in the contracts final bid price and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. Where the Contractor-installed facilities are damaged prior to final acceptance by the Engineer, the Contractor shall repair or replace such facilities at his expense.

FOUNDATIONS Foundations for traffic signal related equipment shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-2.03, "FOUNDATIONS," of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. All concrete design numbers to be used shall be submitted to the County for approval.

The locations of all traffic signal standards and cabinets shown on the Plans shall be considered approximate. All such locations shall be marked out in the field by the Contractor per the information on the Plans, and are subject to adjustment by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain approval of final locations by the Engineer prior to excavation for foundations.

The Engineer of Work has endeavored to show on the Construction Drawings the approximate locations of all public utilities and facilities which may be encountered during construction of Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting System. However, in some instances, the intended location of traffic signal pole foundations and controller meter pedestal cabinet foundations may be very close to or may conflict with underground utilities as marked out by Underground Service Alert (USA). For all traffic signal pole locations and/or cabinet locations where USA mark-out indicates the possibility of conflict, the Contractor shall:

A. Pothole to determine the exact location of the conflicting substructure(s); B. Provide dimensions precisely locating said underground conflicts; C. Allow at least three full working days for Engineer of Work to provide revised pole/cabinet positioning; and D. Install/pole cabinet foundation per revised positioning, utilizing hand-digging if and where necessary (in the opinion of the Public Works Inspector) to avoid damaging the substructure(s) with powered equipment.

5-49 PART 5/COUNTY

If any existing irrigation facilities are in conflict with the foundation location, the Contractor shall re-route the irrigation facilities outside of the foundation area. Said re-routing shall preserve, to the extent practical, the functionality of the original irrigation system.

All costs for potholing, adjusting locations, coordinating with utility companies to insure that their structures are not threatened, required re-routing of existing irrigation facilities, obtaining approval of the Engineer, and any hand-digging required to install CIDH foundations and controller/service cabinet foundations for compliance with these Special Provisions shall be considered to be included in the contract lump sum price paid for, “Traffic Signal and Lighting System”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

CONDUIT Conduit shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-2.05, "Conduit," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions. Conduit to be installed underground shall be Type 1 or Type 3 unless otherwise specified.

If and where the conduit is to be installed by jacking or water boring, only Type 1 (rigid steel) conduit is acceptable. Type 3 (rigid non-metallic) conduit will be accepted for directional boring method. Insulated bonding bushings will be required on metal conduit.

When a standard coupling cannot be used for joining Type 1 conduit, a UL-listed threaded union coupling conforming to the provisions in Section 86-2.05C, "Installation," of the Standard Specifications, or a concrete-tight split coupling, or concrete-tight set screw coupling shall be used. The conduit in a foundation and between a foundation and the nearest pull box shall be Type 1 or Type 3.

The primary method of conduit installation under all sidewalks, curbs and streets shall be by jacking or boring. Where not feasible due to site conditions the Contractor, with approval of the Engineer, has the option to install conduit under street pavement using the "Trenching in Pavement Method" described in Section 86-2.05C, "Installation," of the Standard Specifications, as amended herein.

The 18th paragraph, Subsection A of Section 86-2.05C, "Installation," of the Standard Specifications is hereby amended to read:

Conduit to be placed by the trenching method shall be Type 3. Conduit shall be placed under existing pavement in a trench approximately 2 inches wider than the outside diameter of the conduit to be installed. Trench shall not exceed 6 inches in width. The top of the installed conduit shall be a minimum of twenty-four (24) inches below finish grade with the roadway and eighteen (18) inches below finish grade elsewhere.

The 18th paragraph, Subsection D of Section 86-2.05C, "Installation," of the Standard Specifications is hereby amended to read:

The conduit shall be placed in the bottom of the trench and the trench shall be backfilled with cement slurry. Cement slurry backfill shall conform to San Diego Regional Standard Drawing G-33 (Type B). Existing asphalt concrete pavement shall be planed and resurfaced per San Diego Regional Standards requirements.

5-50 PART 5/COUNTY If trenching is used for the conduit installation the Contractor will be required to remove and replace existing curb and gutter where the new conduit is installed. The Contractor shall not be allowed to dig under existing curb and gutter for conduit installation. All curb and gutter removed shall be restored within 48 hours of demolition.

After conductors have been installed, the ends of conduits terminating in pull boxes, service equipment enclosures, and controller cabinets shall be sealed with an approved type of sealing compound.

In addition to the conductors called for in the Conductor Schedule or elsewhere on the Plans, all Type 3 conduit runs not receiving the #8 equipment grounding conductor required by Section 86-2.10, "Bonding and Grounding," of the Standard Specifications shall have installed a #14 tracer wire. This wire shall be buried in the terminating pull box and shall terminate in the ground buss in the controller cabinet. Also, in addition to all of the above, all empty conduits to be installed per the Plans shall include a Pull Rope per Section 86-2.05C, “Installation”, paragraph 11.

Conduits will be measured by the linear foot as follows:

1. From center to center of pull boxes 2. From edge of foundation to center of pull box 3. From edge to edge of foundation 4. From end of conduit to center of pull box 5. From end to end of conduit when no pull boxes are used

Full compensation for furnishing and installing all conduit shown on the Plans, including backfill and resurfacing required therefore, and including compliance with all SDG&E requirements for service conduit, shall be considered to be included in the contract price paid per linear foot for, “Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting System”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

PULL BOXES Pull boxes and shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-2.06, "Pull Boxes," of the Standard Specifications, the Plans and these special provisions.

All pull boxes, the locations of which are not shown on the Plans, shall be placed behind the sidewalk or, if the preceding is impractical, in the sidewalk adjacent to the right-of-way.

Clean crushed rock shall be placed in the bottom of all pull boxes as shown in the construction details. Grout shall not be placed in the bottom of pull boxes.

All pull box locations shall be considered approximate. The Contractor shall stake the proposed location of the pull box and or splice vault after verification of underground utilities and obtain approval of the location by the Engineer prior to construction.

The compaction around the box shall not cause the sides to deflect or any part of the box or lid to crack or become dented. The Contractor shall replace all cracked, broken, chipped or damaged pull boxes or lids at no additional cost to the County.

Pull boxes, pull box covers and pull box extensions shall be concrete. Pull boxes shall not be grouted. All pull boxes shall be traffic rated pull boxes.

5-51 PART 5/COUNTY

Full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and installing splice vaults, complete in place, including any excavating or backfilling necessary to complete the work, as shown in the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer shall be considered to be included in the contract price paid per “Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting System” and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

BONDING AND GROUNDING New bonding and grounding shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-2.10, "Bonding and Grounding," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions.

Grounding jumper shall be attached by a 3/16-inch or larger brass bolt in the signal standard or controller pedestal and shall be run to the conduit, ground rod or bonding wire in adjacent pull box. Grounding jumper shall be visible after cap has been poured on the foundation.

CONDUCTORS

Removal of Existing Conductors: The Contractor shall remove the existing twisted wire pair (TWP) interconnect cable from the existing conduits as shown on the Plans.

In the event that the Contractor finds additional cables within the conduit system besides the TWP, called out to be removed on the Plans, the Contractor shall immediately stop work and inform the Engineer so that the Engineer can identify what the additional cables are and whether they must remain or be removed.

The Contractor shall repair all conduits, pull boxes, or any other existing equipment damaged as a result of removing the TWP at no cost to the County. The TWP shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of at an approved off-site location.

The Contractor shall identify and tag all conductors prior to the removal of the existing controller, core drilling of existing foundations, or revising any existing equipment within the existing controller cabinet. This shall be done so that every conductor is reconnected correctly or if damaged replaced and connected correctly to the equipment so that the operations after the controller switch out is completed are the same as the existing operations.

New Conductors: New conductors shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-2.08, "Conductors," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions. Insulation Type THHN or THWN shall be used for individual conductors.

Splices shall be insulated by "Method B" or, at the Contractor's option, splices of conductors shall be insulated with heat-shrink tubing of the appropriate size after thoroughly painting the spliced conductors with electrical insulating coating.

5-52 PART 5/COUNTY Conductors shall be wrapped around projecting end of conduit in pull boxes, as shown on the plans. Cables shall be secured to the projecting end of conduit in pull boxes to prevent pulling of cables without removing the securing device.

Conductors will be measured by the linear foot as follows:

Full compensation for compliance with these Special Provisions for Conductors shall be considered to be included in the contract lump sum price paid for, “Traffic Signal and Lighting System”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

SERVICE New Service shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-2.11, "SERVICE," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

Furnish and install III-BF Service Equipment Enclosure with the features, circuits, and breakers shown on the Plans.

The safety lighting circuit shall contain a 30-amp, two-pole, 240-volt circuit breaker. The safety lighting contactor shall be a 30-amp, two-pole, normally open, mercury type.

The equipment enclosure manufacturer and/or Contractor shall ascertain the current SDG&E requirements for Service Cabinet dimensions and appurtenances and are solely responsible for compliance with same. The enclosure shall be constructed of anodized aluminum.

Upon approval by the Engineer, Contractor shall contact SDG&E for inspection of conduit and trench for the service run conduit at least 5 working days prior to the inspection date. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain SDG&E approval before backfilling. If said approval is not obtained prior to backfilling, Contractor shall provide, at his expense, all necessary materials, equipment and labor to furnish and install the service conductors to the Standards required by SDG&E.

Full compensation for compliance with these Special Provisions for furnishing and installing service shall be considered to be included in the contract lump sum price paid for, “Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting System”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

TRAFFIC SIGNAL MAST ARMS Traffic signal mast arms shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-2.04, "STANDARDS, STEEL PEDESTALS, AND POSTS," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

The 6th paragraph of Section 86-2.04, "STANDARDS, STEEL PEDESTALS, AND POSTS," of the Standard Specifications is hereby amended to read:

5-53 PART 5/COUNTY Changes in configuration of mast arms may be permitted, provided that the mounting height and stability are maintained, and provided that detailed drawings of mast-arm curvature are submitted, subject to the approval of the Engineer.

The 8th paragraph of Section 86-2.04, "STANDARDS, STEEL PEDESTALS, AND POSTS," of the Standard Specifications is hereby amended to read:

All mast arms shall be bent to the approximate configuration shown on the Plans, subject to the following requirements: The curvature of the mast arm shall be distributed evenly over at least 60 percent of the mast arm's total length. When mounted on its standard and fully loaded with all required equipment, the mast arm's angle-to-horizontal shall vary from "theta" (see Standard Plans) to near, but not past, zero (level, horizontal position). Traffic signal mast arms not meeting this requirement will be rejected.

Full compensation for compliance with these Special Provisions for Traffic signal mast arms shall be considered to be included in the contract lump sum price paid for, “Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting System”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

SIGNAL FACES AND SIGNAL HEADS Signal faces, signal heads and auxiliary equipment, as shown on the Plans, and the installation thereof, shall conform to the provisions in Sections 86-4.01, "VEHICLE SIGNAL FACES," 86-4.03, "DIRECTIONAL LOUVERS," 86-4.04, "BACKPLATES," and 86-4.08, "SIGNAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

All new vehicular traffic signal indications (red, yellow and green; arrow and circular) shall be L.E.D. (light emitting diode) signals and shall be 12 inches diameter. All vehicle indications shall have backplates. All signal section housings, visors, louvers, backplates, and mounting assemblies (framework) shall be metal.

All metal signal housings, doors, visors, louvers, backplates, and mounting assemblies/framework shall be electrostatically powder-coated by a County-approved process. The minimum requirements for this process shall be:

1. A 3-5 stage pretreatment consisting of: a. Degrease b. Rinse c. Iron phosphate d. Rinse e. Seal

NOTE: Items a. and c. can be combined, thereby eliminating Items c. and d. and making this a three-stage process.

2. A dry-off cycle for at least ten (10) minutes at 300 degrees to 400 degrees Fahrenheit.

3. Electrostatically applied powder at 75-90 KV.

4. Thermal setting cycle for 20 minutes at 400 degrees Fahrenheit.

5-54 PART 5/COUNTY All parts shall be coated with an ultraviolet-resistant, polyester powder. The only exception is for items of flat black, which can be coated with a self-cleaning flat black epoxy.

Contractor shall furnish manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance with County-approved powder coating process prior to installation of equipment.

Full compensation for compliance with these Special Provisions for signal faces and signal heads shall be considered to be included in the contract lump sum price paid for, “Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting System”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

PAINTING Painting shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-2.16, "PAINTING," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Any and all metal related to signal heads shall be painted inside and out accordingly.

The Contractor and manufacturer shall protect the factory applied coating system referred to in Section 86-2.16 "PAINTING." Any damage to the factory finish of painted equipment shall be touched up with a matching color, at the direction of the Engineer.

Full compensation for compliance with these Special Provisions for applying paint shall be considered to be included in the contract lump sum price paid for, “Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting System”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

L.E.D. VEHICLE SIGNAL INDICATIONS All new red vehicle traffic signal indications, both arrow and circular, shall be 300 mm (12 inch) diameter L.E.D. signals, and shall comply with Section 86-4.02 of the Standard Specifications.

All new red, yellow and green vehicle traffic signal indications, both arrow and circular, shall be 300 mm (12 inch) dia. L.E.D. signals. Contractor shall furnish and install Gelcore L.E.D. signals (or approved equal).

Contractor shall obtain approval of any “or equal” submittals prior to ordering. Approval will be based upon the submitted product being listed on the Caltrans Approved Products List, or upon certification by an independent testing laboratory that the submitted product and manufacturing processes / quality control therefore both meet the requirements of the Caltrans Purchase Specification for L.E.D. Yellow and Green Vehicle Signals. Both the Approved Products List and the Purchase Specification are posted on the Caltrans website.

Full compensation for compliance with these Special Provisions for L.E.D. vehicle signal indications shall be considered to be included in the contract lump sum price paid for, “Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting System”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

L.E.D. PEDESTRIAN SIGNALS All new pedestrian signals shall be Gelcore (or approved equal) L.E.D. Countdown signal modules (both red “Upraised Hand” and white “Walking Person” symbols). Symbols shall be side-by-side and full (not outline) display. Approval will be based upon the submitted product being listed on the Caltrans Approved Products List, or upon certification by an independent testing laboratory that the submitted product and manufacturing processes / quality control both meet the requirements of the Caltrans Purchase Specification for L.E.D. Pedestrian Signals. Both the Approved Products List and the Purchase Specification are posted on the Caltrans website.

5-55 PART 5/COUNTY

Full compensation for compliance with these Special Provisions for L.E.D. Pedestrian Signals shall be considered to be included in the contract lump sum price paid for, “Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting System”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

SIGNAL CABLE Signal cable shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-2.08D, "SIGNAL CABLE," of the Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions. The 5th paragraph of Section 86-2.08D, "SIGNAL CABLE," of the Standard Specifications is hereby amended to read:

“The 3-conductor cable shall be used for pedestrian push buttons and a spare, unless its use for vehicle signals, pedestrian signals, signal spares, or photoelectric control is specifically called out on the Plans.”

Full compensation for compliance with these Special Provisions for signal cable shall be considered to be included in the contract lump sum price paid for, “Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting System”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

FUSED SPLICE CONNECTORS Fused splice connectors shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-2.095, "FUSED SPLICE CONNECTORS," of the Standard Specifications except that connectors shall be installed in the pole base hand hole.

Full compensation for compliance with these Special Provisions for fused splice connectors shall be considered to be included in the contract lump sum price paid for, “Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting System”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

TESTING Testing shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-2.14, "TESTING," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Equipment and materials delivered for testing shall be clearly identified as County of San Diego, and the project location. The Contractor shall notify the County in writing of the date of delivery for testing at least five days prior to delivery.

The last sentence of the first paragraph of Section 86-2.14A, "MATERIALS TESTING," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

“Materials testing, including testing of new controller assembly(ies), will be performed by the contractor. All testing will be performed at the expense of the Contractor. Section 86-2.14B, "FIELD TESTING," is amended to include: Insulation resistance (Megger) test for traffic signal and lighting conductors shall be performed in the following order:

Signals: After conductors are connected to signal head terminals and before connection to controller.

Lighting: Before fuses are installed in fused splice connectors.

Loadside conductors in signal heads shall be disconnected from terminal blocks during the test.

Except for inductive loop detector circuits, the insulation resistance shall not be less than 50 megohms on each signal and lighting circuit.

5-56 PART 5/COUNTY Full compensation for compliance with these Special Provisions for testing shall be considered to be included in the contract lump sum price paid for, “Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting System”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

COLDFIRE – 170 ATC CONTROLLER One (1) controller shall be installed within a standard 332 cabinet at the intersection of Sycuan Road and Dehesa Road

Standard Features

Operating System • Uses a custom BIOS • Application program interface (API) available from McCain for third party software development

Modules (standard, included) • CPU Module • Input Module • Output Module • LCD/Front Panel Module • Power Supply

Microprocessors • CPU Module: Freescale MCF5282CVM66, 32 Bit MCU

Memory • 16MB SDRAM • 64KB SRAM • 32KB Serial EEPROM • 8.5MB Flash memory

Backup real-time clock (RTC) Applicable standards • Compatible with Caltrans TEES standards as applicable to 170 controllers

Crystal control and AC line tracking via software PLL

Interfaces Communication interfaces • RS232 Serial ports (4) of which (1) can be rerouted to FPA • Modem slots (2) • Ethernet port • USB port

Front panel interface • Display: 8 lines x 40 characters • Keyboards: 3 x 4 navigation and 4 x 4 data entry keypads

Cabinet interfaces • Rear connectors C1S, C2S, C20S, C30S, C40S, and T1

5-57 PART 5/COUNTY Software • Bitran Systems, Inc. 233 program.

General Specifications Dimensions: 19 “ W x 7” H x 13” D (rounded to the nearest inch) Form Factor: EIA rack mount compatible Power: 120 VAC, 60 Hz (typical), 40 watts + 5 V Logic ± 0.1 V 2.4 A + 5 V External ± 0.25 V 300 mA + 5 V Front Panel ± 0.25 V 500 mA - 5 V Spare ± 0.25 V 300 mA + 12 V Modem ±0.6 V 1.0 A - 12 V Modem ± 0.6 V 300 mA Environment: Operating Temperature: -37o C to +74o C Humidity: 0 to 95% (non-condensing) Weight: ± 15 lbs (based on final module selection)

Full compensation for furnishing and installing controller and cabinet assemblies shall be considered to be included in the contract price paid for each, “Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting System”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

BATTERY BACK-UP SYSTEM

Description Install an externally-mounted self-contained Tesco Battery Back-Up System (or approved equal) for traffic signals that will provide reliable emergency power in the event of utility power failure or interruption. The system will also function as a power conditioner and/or voltage regulation device.

A BBU System consists of inverter/charger, manual bypass switch, power transfer switch or automatic bypass switch, batteries, wiring, and all necessary hardware and software, and all associated equipment required to operate in a field environment, mounted in a self-contained external cabinet.

The BBU System shall be capable of operating an “LED only” signalized intersection (approx. 500W load) for 4 hours of full runtime when utility power is disabled and under ambient temperatures of 25oC. The BBU System shall provide 3 (three) options for switching the intersection to flash mode of operation, via relay contact connection points. The BBU system shall operate the intersection in the flash mode of operation (approx 300W load) for an additional 2 hours, or as programmed by the end user. BBU system components shall be rated for a minimum 1400VA, 1000W load capacity.

The BBU shall be designed for outdoor applications in accordance with NEMA TS2-2003, Section 2. All components of the BBU system shall be rated to operate under temperature extremes of -34oC to +74oC.

Definitions Automatic Bypass Relay. A unit connected between the inverter/charger, and the load, which can automatically switch power to the controller cabinet service panel from inverter output power to utility line power, in the event of an inverter failure.

5-58 PART 5/COUNTY Battery Back-Up System (BBU System). The battery back-up system includes but is not limited to a manual bypass switch, automatic bypass switch or power transfer switch, inverter/charger, batteries, wiring, external cabinet and all necessary hardware for system operation. Battery Back-Up System Software (BBU System software). All software associated with operation, programming and functional requirements of the BBU system. Battery Monitoring Device. The device which monitors battery temperatures and charge rate of the batteries used in the BBU system. Shall be an ambient sensor internal to the inverter/charger. Batteries. System Batteries shall be 24vdc wired in a fully parallel configuration to allow complete “Hot Swappable” replacement of batteries during an outage, without signal interruption. Boost. When enabled, the BBU inverter/charger shall automatically switch into this mode to raise the utility line voltage when it drops below a preset limit. The limit may be user defined or use manufacturer default settings (typically 100V AC). Buck. When enabled, the unit shall automatically switch into this mode to reduce the utility line voltage when it rises above a preset limit. The limit may be user defined or use manufacturer default settings (typically 135V AC). External Cabinet. The structure which houses the complete system components for the BBU System. Inverter/Charger. The unit Battery Monitoring Device. The device which monitors battery temperatures and charge rate of which converts the DC voltage input into 120 VAC output for the traffic signal cabinet to operate. As a minimum the inverter/charger shall be rated for 1400 VA, 1000 watts. Inverter Line Voltage. The power supplied from the BBU system to the traffic signal cabinet from the BBU System inverter. Manual Bypass. Manual switch that allows user to bypass BBU power to service system equipment. Manual bypass switch switches utility line power directly to cabinet. Signal Operation Mode. A signalized intersection (all LED display) generating no more than 700W load when running in normal operation. Signal Flash Mode. A signalized intersection generating a 300W load when running in the flash mode of operation. Utility Line Voltage. The 120V AC power supplied to the BBU system.

Equipment Provide and install a BBU system that is able to fulfill the following requirements:

Method of Operation The BBU system shall operate using one or more of the following methods:

Buck and Boost Method. When the buck and boost functions are enabled they shall set the upper and lower control limit allowable for the utility line voltage. If the utility line voltage fluctuates above or below the buck and boost values, the BBU system shall raise or lower the voltage by approximately 10-15% of the utility line voltage in an attempt to bring the voltage back into the upper and lower control limits. Buck and boost shall have preset manufacturer defaults.

If the utility line voltage falls above or below the functional capabilities of buck and boost, then the BBU system will transfer power from the utility line voltage to the inverter line voltage.

5-59 PART 5/COUNTY Stand-by Method. The stand-by method shall set upper and lower control limits for the utility line power. If the utility line voltage falls above or below the upper or lower control limits, then the BBU system will transfer power from the utility line voltage to the inverter line voltage.

System Capabilities The BBU system shall be capable of providing 1400VA, 1000W peak load, with a minimum of 83% inverter efficiency, for at least 10 seconds.

When the BBU system is running on battery power, the inverter/charger shall be capable of allowing the transition from normal operating mode, to flash mode, via relay contacts and connection points, based on timed output, “on battery” or “low battery” condition.

The transfer time allowed, from disruption of normal utility line voltage to stabilized inverter line voltage from batteries, shall be from 5-20 milliseconds. The same allowable transfer time shall also apply when switching from inverter line voltage to utility line voltage.

The BBU system shall bypass utility line voltage whenever the utility line voltage is outside of the manufacturer’s default, or a user-programmed voltage range, ±2VAC.

When the utility line power has been restored to a normal operating voltage for more than a user defined setting (default 30 seconds), the BBU system shall transfer from inverter line voltage to utility line voltage. The BBU system shall be equipped to prevent a malfunction feedback to the cabinet or from feeding back to the utility service.

The BBU system shall be compatible with TS1, TS2 and Model 170/2070 controllers and cabinet components for full run-time operation.

The BBU system shall be fully self-contained in an externally mounted cabinet, compatible with Model 170/2070 332 cabinets. Relay contact wiring for each set of NO/NC relay contact closure terminals shall be no less than 6 feet long and #18 AWG wire. Use manufacturer recommendations for size of wire for any cables lengths greater than 10 feet.

The BBU system, including batteries and hardware, shall be easily replaceable and shall not require any special tools for installation.

The BBU system shall operate in automatic “fail-safe” mode. Should the inverter/charger fail, the system will automatically operate from utility line power and bypass the BBU system.

The BBU system with optional communications software shall be capable of logging a minimum of 100 events. Events shall be date- and time-stamp faults with utility line voltage and battery voltages. At the minimum, the BBU system shall log an event when:

• the utility line voltage falls above or below the upper or lower control limits, • the BBU system automatically switches to battery power, and • when self-monitoring BBU system components fail.

Displays, Controls, Diagnostics and Maintenance The BBU system shall include a front panel led display. The BBU system software shall be programmable via RS232, or 10/100 LAN connection, by means of a laptop direct connection, or via optional Ethernet/IP addressable interface. A RS232 port shall be provided on the inverter/charger. The BBU system software shall be provided for the operational needs of the

5-60 PART 5/COUNTY BBU system. The user/operator shall be able to access all system software via the Ethernet and RS232 ports. The user shall be able to read logged events and change programmable parameters via laptop or local area network via the Ethernet port.

System software shall be upgradeable via the RS232 port, or local area network via the Ethernet port. The system shall include the optional Ethernet/IP addressable interface.

Inverter/Charger The inverter/charger is the unit that provides the voltage regulation; power conditioning of utility line power; convert the DC voltage input into 120 VAC output for the traffic signal cabinet to operate; provides emergency backup power upon loss of utility power and provides for temperature compensated battery charging. As a minimum the inverter/charger shall be rated for 1400 VA / 1000 watts. Provide a minimum of 3 sets of normally open (NO) and normally closed (NC) single-pole double-throw dry contact relay closures on the front face of the inverter/charger and labeled so as to identify each contact. The relay closures shall consist a set of NO/NC contact closures that shall be energized whenever the unit switches to battery power (contact shall be labeled or marked as “On Battery” or equivalent) and a second set of NO/NC contact closures shall be energized whenever the battery approaches approximately 40% remaining capacity (contact shall be labeled or marked as “Low battery” or equivalent”), which will determine when the unit will switch from normal operation to flash. A third set of NO/NC contact closures shall be energized after a user settable time after the unit switches to battery power. The contact may be labeled “Timer. The remaining relays shall be user definable.

Operating temperature range for both the inverter/charger and power transfer relay shall be - 34°C to +74°C. When battery power is used, the BBU system output voltage shall be between 110VAC and 125VAC, pure sine wave output, ≤ 3% THD, 60Hz ± 3Hz.

Manual Bypass Switch The manual bypass switch shall be provided as a separate unit external to the inverter/charger unit. The manual bypass switch shall consist of housing, two position switch, all components shall be rated at a minimum of 240VAC / 30 amp. The manual bypass switch shall be 2 position and allow the user to switch utility line power directly to the cabinet service panel. The switch positions will provide the following functions. In the “BYPASS” position the inverter is bypassed, utility power is removed from the BBU and passed directly to the signal power panel. In the “NORMAL” position the inverter / switch is powered and the signal circuits are supplied by the output of the inverter. When the manual bypass switch is in the “Bypass” position the user may replace the inverter/charger without interrupting power to the intersection.

Automatic Bypass / Relay These requirements are for BBU systems provided with an automatic bypass relay. The automatic bypass relay will operate such that the inverter/charger input is supplied with power from the utility line and the cabinet power panel is supplied with power from the output of the inverter/charger. In the event of inverter/charger failure, battery failure, or complete battery discharge, or other loss of power from the output of the inverter/charger, the automatic bypass relay shall revert to the NC (de-energized) state, where utility line power is connected to the cabinet service panel.

Batteries Provide batteries from the same manufacturer/vendor of the BBU system. Individual batteries shall be 24VDC type, and shall be easily replaceable and commonly available for purchase.

5-61 PART 5/COUNTY Battery configuration shall consist of a quantity of six (6) 24V batteries arranged in a parallel configuration. Individual batteries shall not weigh more than 26lbs. Batteries shall be deep- discharge, sealed prismatic lead-calcium based, valve-regulated lead-acid AGM (Absorbed Glass Mat). Batteries shall operate over a temperature range of -34°C to +74°C. Batteries shall indicate maximum recharge data and recharging cycles, and manufacturer defaults on the inverter/charger shall not allow the recharging process to exceed the batteries maximum values. Battery interconnect wiring shall connect to the inverter unit via modular harness with red and black cabling that terminates into heavy duty 50A rated “keyed” finger safe “Anderson” type connectors. Harness shall allow batteries to be quickly and easily connected in any order and shall be keyed to ensure proper polarity and circuit configuration. A fuse, sized accordingly with system requirements and to protect against currents exceeding each battery current rating shall be provided within 3 inches of the negative and positive leads of each battery. Insulated covers shall be provided at the connection points (post) as to prevent accidental shorting.

Battery Monitoring System The BBU system shall use a temperature-compensated battery charging system. The internal temperature sensor shall be used to monitor the temperature and regulate the charge rate of the batteries. Should the temperature sensor fail, the inverter/charger shall not allow the BBU system to overcharge the batteries. Recharge time for the batteries to obtain 80% or more of full battery charge capacity shall not exceed 10 hours at 21°C (70°F). Batteries shall not be charged when battery temperature exceeds 50°C ±3°C.

System Housing External BBU Cabinet The external cabinet shall be NEMA type 3R all-aluminum with stainless-steel hardware, or approved equivalent. The external cabinet shall be compatible with 332/ 336/ NEMA cabinets. The batteries, inverter, transfer switches, manual bypass and all associated hardware shall be housed in the external cabinet. The external cabinet shall be equipped with proper ventilation, electric fan, and air filter in accordance with TS2 standards. External cabinets will be equipped with a door opening to the entire cabinet. The door shall be provided with the same lock mechanism as required for standard traffic signal cabinet. In addition, a padlock clasp will be provided. Cabinet dimensions shall not exceed 46” H x 20” W x 10” D.

Documentation Operation and maintenance manuals shall be provided. The operation manual shall include a block diagram schematic of all system hardware components. The manual shall include instructions for programming and viewing software features. The manual shall include all uploading/downloading (communications protocol) requirements via RS232 or Ethernet port. Board level schematics shall be provided when requested. Battery documentation and replacement information shall be provided.

Warranty, Maintenance and Support The manufacturer shall provide a 2 year full replacement warranty on all components of the BBU system including batteries. Batteries shall be warranted for full replacement for 2 years. Batteries shall be defined as bad if they are not able to deliver 80% of battery rating.

Full compensation for compliance with these Special Provisions for furnishing and installing the battery back-up system shall be considered to be included in the contract lump sum price paid for, “Traffic Signal and Lighting System”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

5-62 PART 5/COUNTY EMERGENCY VEHICLE PRE-EMPT SYSTEMS Contractor shall furnish and install Emergency Vehicle Pre-Empt (E.V.P.E.) system(s) as directed by the Plans. EVPE system must have laptop programmability. Emergency vehicle preemption equipment and software installed in traffic signalized intersections shall be the Global Traffic Technologies (GTT) Opticom Preemption System (or approved equal). All equipment and software shall be new and obtained from the local authorized GTT Opticom Dealer.

System Components to be furnished and installed on this project shall include optical detectors, mounting clamps, phase selectors, system racks (if necessary), cables and system software as shown on the plans or listed in the special provisions.

The encoded 700 series Opticom (or approved equal) shall employ optical communication to identify the presence and classification of designated priority vehicles and to cause the traffic signal controller to advance to and/or hold a desired traffic signal display selected from phases normally available. The matched set of components which make up the system will cause the existing traffic controller to be manipulated upon recognition of the signal from the vehicle emitter. This communication is effective to the optical detectors at or near the intersection over a line-of-sight path of up to at least 2500 feet under clear atmospheric conditions.

The system shall operate on a first come, first served basis or on a selected priority basis. The system shall be designed to yield to other priority demands such as railroad, draw bridge, etc. The system shall interface with existing traffic signal controllers without compromising normal operation or existing safety provisions. The Priority Control System shall consist of an encoded optical emitter, optical detector cable, and encoded type phase selectors.

To assure desired performance, the system shall provide the synergy of all principle components, matched and proven through integrated testing and extensive functional experience. Phase selection shall be activated by an optical transmitted encoded signal of 14.035 or 9.639Hz, with modulation, from a single light source or upon the actuation of a test switch or remote call signal to the phase selector.

The system shall provide for up to three optical detectors to be connected to each channel to provide continuous line-of-sight contact between the optical emitter and the optical detector units.

Optical Detector The optical detector Models, 711, 721, 722 shall be a lightweight, weatherproof device capable of sensing and transforming pulsed optical energy into electrical signals usable by the phase selection equipment. The unit shall be high-impact polycarbonate construction with non- corrosive hardware. The unit shall be designed for simple mounting at or near an intersection on mast arm, pedestal, or pipe.

The unit shall be available in three optical inputs and electrical output configurations to accept:

* M-722 Opticom Detector receives Optical signals from two directions and outputs two discrete electrical signal. * M-721 Opticom Detectors receives Optical signals from two directions and outputs a single electrical signal. * M-711 Opticom Detectors receives Optical signal from a single direction and outputs a single electrical signal.

5-63 PART 5/COUNTY The Optical Detector shall be mounted on the mast arm using an approved mounting clamp. Placement of the optical detector shall be determined in the field by the engineer, or as shown on plans. Contractor shall be responsible for relocating Optical Detector(s) if contractor fails to notify Engineer prior to timing and turn-on of signals.

Mounting Clamps The Pelco Ab-0155 is an approved mounting clamp for the optical detectors. The contractor shall furnish and install mounting brackets as shown on plans.

Encoded Phase Selector The contractor shall furnish and install the Encoded phase selector M-752, (2) channel device or the M-754 (4) Channel device sufficient for intended operation. The phase selector (s) shall be intended for use with California / New York 170, 2070 and NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) controllers.

The following information hall be stored in the activity log for each valid Opticom signal received Class, Code, Priority, Direction, Call Duration, Final Greens, Final Green duration and the time call ended in real time.

The 700 series phase selector shall be capable of locking out unauthorized emitter signals.

System Card Rack The contractor shall furnish and install an M-560 System card rack (If necessary) sufficient for up to 2 encoded phase selectors. The GTT system card rack and any electronics, wiring and devices required to interface with the traffic signal controller and the detector units in the controller at each intersection.

Detector Cable The Optical detector cable shall be durable, shielded 3- conductor cable with a drain wire. It shall conform to the requirements of the manufacturer of the system.

It shall be the responsibility of the contractor or agency, that the authorized dealer of the emergency preemption equipment shall be present for the traffic signal lighting function test. To insure installation and functioning of the equipment, the representative from the dealer shall be certified and factory trained on the latest edition of GTT Opticom equipment and software. The dealer shall provide a test vehicle with the latest 700 series emitter to test and verify satisfactory operation of the equipment, to insure a secure system with proper vehicle codes and classifications of emergency vehicles.

Substantiated Warranty The E.V.P.E. equipment must have a warranty, such that, provided the priority control system has been properly installed, operated and maintained, component parts of a matched system that prove to be defective in workmanship and / or material during the first (5) years from the date of shipment from the manufacture will be covered in a documented system-protection plan, plus provide an added (5) year maintenance coverage for repair or replacement at a fixed charge for a total of (10) years of product coverage.

Prior to E.V.P.E. detector installation, the contractor shall schedule a meeting with a representative of the E.V.P.E. system manufacturer, to evaluate detector placement. Contractor shall retain flexibility to change mounting locations of E.V.P.E. detectors per suggestions of this representative, and shall do so if so directed by the Engineer. Emergency Vehicle Pre-empt

5-64 PART 5/COUNTY System cable shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for their system and shall be included in the cost of the system.

Full compensation for compliance with these Special Provisions for furnishing and installing the emergency vehicle pre-emption system shall be considered to be included in the contract lump sum price paid for, “Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting System”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

VIDEO DETECTION SYSTEMS Specification for a Rack Mounted Video Detection Single Point Interface Ethernet Device with MPEG4/H.264 Video Streaming

This specification sets forth the minimum requirements for a module that provides a single point interface to multiple rack-mounted video detection units. This module shall also have the capability to stream up to 4 simultaneous video streams over an Ethernet interface.

Functional Capabilities The interface device shall provide capabilities to enable multiple rack-mounted video detection processors to be locally and remotely accessed from a single point via one set of user interface devices. User interface devices are defined as a pointing device (mouse or track-ball) and video monitor. Up to four video detection processor chains (video detection processor and extension modules) shall be accommodated.

The device shall allow the operator to switch video output display for any of the attached rack- mounted video detection processors by pressing a momentary switch or by using the remote access software. Local user access to video detection programming shall be limited to the detection processor unit that is currently being displayed on the monitor.

All local programming and setup parameters for the video detection processor shall be user accessible through the interface unit without requiring the user to swap user interface cables between video detection processors. Remote access to the device shall be through the built-in Ethernet port or EIA-232 port via access software running on a Microsoft Windows based personal computer. An internet browser-based remote access firmware shall also be available for remote setup and diagnostics of the interface unit.

The interface unit shall support streaming video technology using MPEG4 and H.264 standards to allow the user to monitor video detection imagery over the Ethernet interface. Motion JPEG streaming video shall not be allowed. The user shall be able to select which video input to be displayed on the output video monitor by repeatedly depressing the menu button.

The user shall be able to select a quad view of all of the four cameras simultaneously on the output video monitor by depressing the menu button. The interface unit shall allow four independent streams, one from each video detection processor, to be transported via Ethernet to four independent streaming video players simultaneously in CIF resolution. The interface unit shall also have a browser interface that allows the user to configure the module. The browser interface shall also allow the user to view the streaming video on the browser interface. The browser interface shall allow the user to select the resolution of the displayed streamed video.

The interface unit shall support the streaming and display of D1, CIF, QCIF, VGA and QVGA video resolutions in a single stream or four concurrent streams in CIF resolution. The interface unit shall allow the user to select a quad-view of all four input video signals to be shown on the

5-65 PART 5/COUNTY browser interface. The interface unit shall allow the user to manage the unit’s Ethernet bandwidth usage by allowing the user to select the maximum bandwidth limit between 256 kbps and 7.0 Mbps. The browser interface shall allow the user to change the unit’s Ethernet network settings of IP address, subnet mask and default gateway. The interface unit shall allow the user to upload new application firmware through the use of the browser interface.

Access to the interface unit shall be under password control and the browser interface shall allow the user to change the password. The interface unit shall have the capability to perform IP port redirecting between the remote management software and each attached video detection processor. A unique IP port number shall be assigned for each video detection interface. The port number shall not be identical to the web browser interface of 80.

Interface Device Hardware The interface device shall be specifically designed to mount in a standard TS-1, TS-2, and 170 type detector rack, using the edge connector to obtain power. No adapters shall be required to mount the interface device in a standard detector rack.

The interface device shall occupy no more than two slots in the detector rack and shall provide a loop-type handle for easy installation and removal. The interface device shall be powered by 12 or 24 volts DC and shall not consume more than 6.25 watts. The unit shall automatically compensate for the different input voltages and shall be hot-swappable. The interface device shall operate in a temperature range from -35°C to +74°C and a humidity range from 0% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing.

Video Ports - The interface unit shall accommodate a maximum of four composite video inputs and one video output. Video inputs and video output shall be made via BNC connectors to ensure secure connections. RCA or other straight friction plug-in type connections shall not be allowed. Video inputs shall use a vendor supplied “octopus” cable to accommodate the four video inputs. Provisions shall be made to accommodate the mating cable to utilize jack screws for securing the octopus cable.

The interface unit shall accommodate either monochrome or color video signals conforming to NTSC or PAL video standards. The interface unit shall automatically sense the video input signal and configure the video output port to either NTSC or PAL standards. Each video input signal shall be separately sensed to allow mixed video signals. The interface unit shall interface with up to four video detection processors using RJ-45 interface connectors. The interface unit shall support the use of USB pointing devices. The unit shall support either a USB mouse or trackball. Pointing devices shall not require vendor specific pointing device software drivers.

An EIA-232 communications port shall be provided for local and remote access. The connector for this port shall be a 9-pin “D” subminiature connector on the front of the interface unit. Provisions shall be made to accommodate mating cables to utilize jack screws for securing cables.

Hi-intensity LED status lights shall be provided to facilitate system monitoring. Indicators shall be provided to show the status of the internal processor, video lock and indication of which video input is being monitored.

An Ethernet port shall be integrated within the interface unit. The Ethernet port shall conform to 802.3 Ethernet specifications and shall auto-sense between 10 and 100 Mbps data rates.

5-66 PART 5/COUNTY Industry standard TCP/IP (UDP and TCP packets) protocol shall be supported. The Ethernet connection shall be made through a RJ-45 connector.

Advanced Wide Dynamic Range Color Video Detection Camera Spec. w/o Connectors

General This specification sets forth the minimum requirements for cameras that are to be used by video detection systems. The camera shall incorporate the following advanced features:

• Specifically designed for vehicle video detection applications. • Optimized to work with Iteris advanced detection algorithms. • Higher definition increase in horizontal and vertical lines imprives color and clarity. • Quick-click connectors and adjustable camera mount streamline installation and minimize setup time-No Crimping tools required. • Zoom and focus can be adjusted from the ground from Lens adjustment module. • High performance in the most challenging lighting conditions. • Advanced proportional heater enhances performance in even the most adverse weather.

Video Detection Camera Video detection cameras used for traffic detection shall be furnished by the video detection processor (VDP) supplier and shall be qualified by the supplier to ensure proper system operation. The camera shall produce a useable video image of the bodies of vehicles under all roadway lighting conditions, regardless of time of day. The minimum range of scene luminance over which the camera shall produce a useable video image shall be the minimum range from nighttime to daytime, but not less than the range 1.0 lux to 10,000 lux.

The imager luminance signal to noise ratio (S/N) shall be more than 50 dB. In harsh backlit conditions, vehicles can be detected flawlessly with >100dB of dynamic range.

The camera shall be digital signal processor (DSP) based and shall use a CCD sensing element and shall output color video with resolution of not less than 540 TV lines. The CCD imager shall have a minimum effective area of 811(h) x 508(v) pixels. The camera shall include an electronic shutter control based upon average scene luminance and shall be equipped with an auto-iris lens that operates in tandem with the electronic shutter. The camera shall utilize automatic white balance.

The camera shall include a variable focal length lens with variable focus that can be adjusted, without opening up the camera housing, to suit the site geometry by means of a portable interface device designed for that purpose and manufactured by the detection system supplier.

The horizontal field of view shall be adjustable from 5.4 to 50.7 degrees. This camera configuration may be used for the majority of detection approaches in order to minimize the setup time and spares required by the user. The lens shall have a 27x zoom. The lens shall also have an auto-focus feature with a manual override to facilitate ease of setup.

The camera shall incorporate the use of preset positioning that store zoom and focus positioning information. The camera shall have the capability to recall the previously stored preset upon application of power. The camera electronics shall include automatic gain control (AGC) to produce a satisfactory image at night.

5-67 PART 5/COUNTY The camera shall be housed in a weather-tight sealed enclosure. The enclosure shall be made of 6061 anodized aluminum. The housing shall be field rotatable to allow proper alignment between the camera and the traveled road surface.

The camera enclosure shall be equipped with a sunshield. The sunshield shall include a provision for water diversion to prevent water from flowing in the camera's field of view. The camera enclosure with sunshield shall be less than 6" diameter, less than 18" long, and shall weigh less than 6 pounds when the camera and lens are mounted inside the enclosure.

The enclosure shall be design so that the pan, tilt and rotation of the camera assembly can be accomplished independently without affecting the other settings.

The camera enclosure shall include a proportionally controlled Indium Tin Oxide heater design that maximizes heat transfer to the lens. The output power of the heater shall vary with temperature, to assure proper operation of the lens functions at low temperatures and prevent moisture condensation on the optical faceplate of the enclosure.

The glass face on the front of the enclosure shall have an anti-reflective coating to minimize light and image reflections.

The glass face shall also employ a special coating to minimize the buildup of environmental debris such as dirt and water.

When mounted outdoors in the enclosure, the camera shall operate satisfactorily in a temperature range from -34 °C to +60 °C and a humidity range from 0% RH to 100% RH. Measurement of satisfactory video shall be based upon VDP system operation.

The camera shall be powered by120-240VAC50/60 Hz. Power consumption shall be 30 watts or less under all conditions.

Recommended camera placement height shall be 33 feet (or 10 meters) above the roadway, and over the traveled way on which vehicles are to be detected. For optimum detection the camera should be centered above the traveled roadway. The camera shall view approaching vehicles at a distance not to exceed 350 feet for reliable detection (height to distance ratio of 10:100). Camera placement and field of view (FOV) shall be unobstructed and as noted in the installation documentation provided by the supplier.

The camera shall provide 2 options for set up, diagnostic testing, and viewing of video. A lens adjustment module (LAM) supplied by the VDP supplier, when connected directly to the camera shall allow set up, diagnostic testing, and viewing of video while the camera is installed on a mast arm or pole. The (LAM) shall also allow set up, diagnostic testing, and viewing of the video from the cabinet when connected to the coaxial cable.

The video signal shall be fully isolated from the camera enclosure and power cabling. Cable terminations at the camera for video and power shall not require crimping tools. No BNC or other connector shall be used for the coaxial video cable termination at the camera.

The power connection at the camera shall use connector terminations that only require the use of wire strippers and a standard screwdriver. No special crimping tools or other types of terminations shall be used. A weather-proof protective cover shall be provided shall be

5-68 PART 5/COUNTY provided to protect all terminations at the camera. No special tooling shall be required to remove or install the protective cap.

Installation The coaxial cable to be used between the camera and the VDP in the traffic cabinet shall be Belden 8281. This cable shall be suitable for installation in conduit or overhead with appropriate span wire. A BNC plug connector shall be used at the cabinet end. The coaxial video cable shall be stripped and terminated at the camera and cabinet per manufacturers’ instructions (no BNC or other connector shall be used at the camera). The coaxial cable, BNC connector used at the cabinet termination, and crimping tool shall be approved by the supplier of the video detection system. The manufacturer's instructions must be followed to ensure proper connection.

The power cabling shall be 16 AWG three conductor cable with a minimum outside diameter of 0.325 inch and a maximum diameter of 0.490 inch. The power cable shall be terminated at the camera per manufacturers’ instructions and shall only require standard wire strippers and a screw driver for installation (no special connectors or crimping tools shall be used for installation). The cabling shall comply with the National Electric Code, as well as local electrical codes. Cameras may acquire power from the luminaire if necessary.

The video detection camera shall be installed by factory-certified installers as recommended by the supplier and documented in installation materials provided by the supplier. Proof of factory certification shall be provided.

Limited Warranty The supplier shall provide a limited three-year warranty on the video detection camera. See suppliers standard warranty included in the Terms and Conditions of Sale documentation.

During the warranty period, technical support shall be available from the supplier via telephone within 4 hours of the time a call is made by a user, and this support shall be available from factory-certified personnel or factory-certified installers.

Maintenance and Support The supplier shall maintain an adequate inventory of parts to support maintenance and repair of the video detection camera. These parts shall be available for delivery within 30 days of placement of an acceptable order at the supplier's then current pricing and terms of sale for said parts.

The supplier shall maintain an ongoing program of technical support for the video detection system. This technical support shall be available via telephone, or via personnel sent to the installation site upon placement of an acceptable order at the supplier's then current pricing and terms of sale for on-site technical support services. Installation or training support shall be provided by a factory-authorized representative and shall be a minimum IMSA-Level II Traffic Signal Technician certified.

Full compensation for compliance with these Special Provisions for Vehicle Detection Systems shall be considered to be included in the contract lump sum price paid for, “Traffic Signal and Lighting System”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

5-69 PART 5/COUNTY FLASHING BEACONS Install two (2) hardwired flashing beacons with signal ahead (W3-3) signs, along Dehesa Road near the intersection of Sycuan Road, as shown on plans.

Flashing beacons shall conform to Section 86-4.05, "Flashing Beacons,” of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

The Contractor shall furnish and install a Type 9B sign frame.

Full compensation for compliance with these Special Provisions for flashing beacons shall be considered to be included in the contract lump sum price paid for, “Traffic Signal and Lighting System”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

INDUCTIVE LOOP DETECTORS Loop detectors shall conform to the requirements in "Traffic Signal Control Equipment Specifications" issued by the State of California Department of Transportation and all addenda thereto current at the time of project advertising, the provisions of Section 86-5.01, "VEHICLE DETECTORS" and these Special Provisions.

Type E (6 ft. dia.) detector loops which are adjacent to limit lines shall have four (4) windings of loop wire each. Loop wires shall be Type 2. Loop detector lead in cable shall be Type B. Inductive loop detector sensor units shall be of the two-channel type, manufactured by either the I.C.C. Company or the E.D.I. Company. The type of sealant shall be Hot-Melt Rubberized Asphalt Sealant.

Bicycle detector loops shall be 3-foot by 6-foot Type Q, unless shown sized otherwise on the Plans. Contractor shall have the option of installing two 3' diameter circular loops in lieu of each 3'x6' Type Q (bicycle) detector loop shown on the plans, at no extra cost to the County. Both 3' diameter loops shall be connected to the same DLC at the pull box. The loops shall be separated by 4' in lieu of typical 10' spacing. Each loop shall have four windings.

Full compensation for compliance with these Special Provisions for Inductive Loop Detectors shall be considered, if such Loop Detection is needed for any reason during the course of the project, to be included in the contract lump sum price paid for, “Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting System” and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

Inductive Loop Detector Installation Loop detector installation shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-5.01A(5), "INSTALLATION DETAILS," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

Detector loop saw slots shall be laid out and painted on the roadway by Contractor. Obtain County approval prior to saw-cutting. The additional length of loop wire between loop and lead in cable shall be twisted together into a pair (at least 2 turns per foot) before being placed in the slot and conduit to termination pull box.

Where sawed slots cross two different types of pavement material or a concrete- or slurry- backfilled conduit trench, or two different panels of P.C.C. pavement, a 3/4-inch PVC pipe shall be installed across the joint, as shown in "Curb Termination Details Type B" on Standard Plan ES-5E, to contain the loop conductors and act as an expansion/deflection fitting. Splices in loop detector circuits shall not be allowed.

5-70 PART 5/COUNTY Full compensation for compliance with these Special Provisions for Inductive Loop Detector Installation shall be considered, if such Loop Detection is needed for any reason during the course of the project, to be included in the contract lump sum price paid for, “Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting System”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

LUMINAIRES Luminaires shall be designed for roadway lighting and shall be made by a manufacturer who is now regularly engaged in the manufacture of street lighting luminaires. Luminaires shall be designed for 250-watt high pressure sodium lamps equivalent L.E.D. (unless otherwise indicated on the plans) and shall be constructed to provide ANSI Type III, short distribution, for cutoff luminaires. Weight of the luminaire shall not exceed 55 pounds.

Luminaires shall be completely assembled and furnished with a lamp and photoelectric control unit. Each luminaire shall consist of a housing, reflector, flat lens, lamp socket (mogul base), an integral ballast mounted on removable ballast tray, capacitor, starter and heavy duty terminal block.

Luminaire housing shall be made of corrosion resistant die-cast aluminum (0.0625-inch minimum thickness), divided into optical and power compartments that are individually accessible for service and maintenance. Both compartments shall be sealed with a heat- resisting gasket and shall be watertight. Painted exterior surfaces shall be finished with a fused coating of electrostatically applied polyester powder paint or other ultraviolet inhibiting film. Color shall be aluminum gray.

Luminaires shall be furnished with an optical assembly removable without the use of special tools. Luminaires shall include an integral twist-lock type receptacle for a photoelectric cell control, in accordance with the latest EEI-NEMA standards, adjustable with respect to north and pre-wired to the terminal block.

Luminaires shall be designed for horizontal mounting, with a horizontal burning lamp, and shall have a slip-fitted mounting bracket capable of attaching to a two-inch (2") pipe without the need for special mounting parts. A high temperature neoprene, or approved equal, sealing ring shall be installed in the pipe tendon opening to prevent entry of water and insects in the power and optical compartments. Luminaires shall be installed in a horizontal position with leveling and clamping to the mast arm pipe accomplished by tightening mounting bolts, which are externally or internally accessible. Bolts shall be minimum 5/8" x 2" size and either stainless steel or cadmium plated steel.

The luminaire power unit assembly shall consist of an integral ballast, capacitor, starter and heavy-duty terminal block. The power unit assembly shall be mounted on a separate component of the luminaire to facilitate replacement.

The lamp socket shall be of high temperature, flame retardant material with self-wiping contacts or other equally durable material. The socket shall be rated for 660 watts and 1,000 volts. Position of the lamp socket shall maintain the lamp in the correct position relative to the reflector to achieve designed light distribution pattern.

Each luminaire shall, at a mounting height of 34 feet, maintain a minimum of 0.2 foot-candles at a distance of at least 90 feet each side, along the longitudinal roadway line below the luminaire, and a minimum of 0.35 foot-candles at a transverse roadway distance from the luminaire equal to 1.5 times the luminaire mounting height, unless noted otherwise on the plans.

5-71 PART 5/COUNTY

Certified luminaire performance data shall be furnished as part of the equipment list and drawings as specified in Section 86-1.04, “Equipment List and Drawings,” of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. This data shall include complete photometric test data in the form of isolux charts, at a scale of one inch equals 20 feet, for the luminaire and lamp size indicated on the plans.

Alternate data may be in the form of horizontal foot-candle values recorded on a 15 foot x 15 foot grid extending 90 feet longitudinally each side of the light source, and 15 feet behind and 90 feet in front of the light source, for the luminaire and lamp size and mounting height indicated on the plans.

The horizontal foot-candle levels in the data submitted shall equal or exceed the levels specified in the Special Provisions. Failure to meet the referenced values will be justification for disapproval of the luminaires.

The photometric test shall be performed and certified by a recognized, independent testing laboratory. Subsequent to the Contractor’s installation of any luminaires, field checks may be performed at random by the Engineer and calculated according to the Illuminating Engineering Society “Guide for Photometric Measurement of Roadway Lighting Installation (LM-50)” approved in July, 1974. Failure to meet or exceed the referenced values during field checks will be justification for replacement by the Contractor.

Lamps Lamps shall be 250-watt high pressure sodium vapor (unless otherwise indicated on the plans), with clear glass bulbs, suitable for use in street lighting, and designed to operate in a horizontal position. The rated average life shall be 24,000 hours or more and the initial lumen output shall be 30,000 lumens or more.

Ballasts Ballasts shall be component type, consisting of precision wound coils and welded magnetic steel laminations assembled together and impregnated with baked on insulating, weather-proof varnish and metal-cased hermetically sealed capacitor, suitable for use on multiple distribution circuits with 60HZ, 120 or 240 volt rating. A single multi-circuit connector shall be provided for quick disconnection of ballast tray.

The power factor shall be not less than 90 percent when the ballast is operated at nominal line voltage. Lamp wattage regulation spread, at any lamp voltage from nominal through life, shall not vary by more than +/- 6 percent for +/- 10 percent input voltage. The lamp current crest factor shall not exceed 1.8 at nominal line voltage. Ballast losses shall not exceed 24 percent at nominal line voltage.

The operating sound pressure noise level shall not exceed the ambient noise level by more than five (5) decibels at a distance of 30 feet when measured by a sound level meter conforming to the American Standards for Sound Level Meters. Where the ambient noise level is less, a minimum of 40 decibels shall be assumed.

Photoelectric Control Unit The photoelectric control unit shall consist of a photoelectric cell in a weatherproof housing which plugs into an EEI-NEMA twist-lock receptacle integral with the luminaire and shall be installed with the photocell window facing North.

5-72 PART 5/COUNTY

The control unit shall contain a cadmium-sulfide photoelectric cell suitable for operation with 120 or 240 volt line supply, with surge protection to prevent damage, and made to fail in the "ON" position (blue cap). The unit shall have a rated load capacity of 1,000 volt-amperes minimum, with a normal power consumption of not more than 10 watts.

The response level of the unit to changing light levels shall remain stable throughout the life of the unit. The "Turn-on" level shall be between 1 and 5 foot-candles; the "Turn-off" level shall be between 1 1/2 and 5 times the "Turn-on" level.

Full compensation for compliance with these Special Provisions for Luminaires shall be considered to be included in the contract lump sum price paid for, “Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting System”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

TRAFFIC-SIGNAL-MOUNTED SIGNS AND MOUNTING BRACKETS Mast arm mounted street name signs and left turn control signs shall be furnished and installed, or relocated, by the Contractor per the Plans.

Left or U-Turn Control Signs Left turn control signs to be furnished and installed shall be of the size and series shown on the Plans. The signs shall be installed prior to signal turn on.

Mounting Brackets for Turn Control Signs Brackets for mounting left turn control signs shall be in accordance with Detail U of Standard Plan Sheet ES-7N, or as otherwise approved by the Engineer.

Full compensation for compliance with these Special Provisions for furnishing, installing and/or relocating signs and brackets that are shown on the plans to be mounted on traffic signal equipment shall be considered to be included in the contract lump sum price paid for, “Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting System”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

STREET NAME SIGNS Street name signs shall be single face, reflectorized street name signs and shall conform to the provisions in the current “Specifications for Aluminum Single Sheet Ground Mounted and Laminated Panel Signs”, and these Special Provisions.

Signs shall conform to the County of San Diego Street Name Sign Standard Plan which is contained in Part VIII of these Contract Documents.

Sign panels shall have a white reflective legend and border on a green reflective background to match Caltrans standard colors. The sign perimeter shall have a one-inch wide white border. Letters shall be 6-inch uppercase and 4.5-inch lowercase Highway Gothic, with style and spacing as established by Caltrans. The arrow dimensions shall conform to the February 1995 CalTrans Sign Specifications (Appendix Page 10 of 11) for a standard one line horizontal arrow for directional signs having 4-inch uppercase, 4-inch capital letter size. All white reflective sign film used shall be 3M Scotchlite Reflective Sheeting Diamond Grade VIP 3990 or approved equal. For the white reflective sign film to be considered as an approved equal, it shall have initial retroreflective brightness and a warranty that equals or exceeds that of 3M Scotchlite Reflective Sheeting Diamond Grade VIP 3990. All green electronic cuttable transparent overlay film shall be 3M Scotchlite Electronic Cuttable Film Green 1177, or approved equal.

5-73 PART 5/COUNTY There shall be no mixing of sign film type when fabricating the background or the overlay on an individual sign blade. Sign fabrication and installation shall conform with the sign film manufacturer’s requirements in order to ensure that any claims made to the sign film manufacturer will be honored under their warranty.

Sign placement shall conform to the County of San Diego Traffic Signal Street Name Sign Typical Mounting Detail and the site plans which are contained in Part VIII of these Contract Documents. Signs shall preferably be mounted on the traffic signal poles as shown in the mounting detail. If mounting the sign on the signal pole is not feasible due to signal configuration or poor sight distance, the sign shall be mounted on the mast arm per the direction of the Engineer.

Signs shall be mounted with a 5-degree tilt from vertical toward oncoming traffic for easy reading. Signs shall be mounted so that the sign text is level. Reflectorized street name signs shall be furnished with a sign mounting assembly. The mounting assembly shall be an Astro Sign-Brac band mount assembly or approved equal. Each sign mounting assembly shall be complete with all necessary bolts, nuts, etc., to attach the reflectorized street name sign to the bracket and the bracket to the traffic signal pole or mast arm.

The sign mounting assembly shall consist of a minimum 46-inch long formed aluminum tube having a hole center to center minimum distance of 42-inches and ends formed to mount flush with the sign panel. In addition, the sign mounting assembly shall have a cost aluminum sign- mounting bracket to attach to the aluminum tube and traffic signal pole or mast arm. The sign mounting assembly shall be universally adjustable and suitable for signal pole or mast arm mounting.

The sign mounting bracket shall be provided with two Type 201 Stainless Steel Bands to fasten the bracket to the supporting traffic signal pole or mast arm and shall be easily adjustable to fit the signal pole or mast arm without special tools or equipment.

The bracket shall attach to the sign by means of a formed tube section with stainless steel cap screws, flat washers, lockwashers, and hex head nuts in such a manner as to not damage the message side of the sign and shall be painted to match. The formed tube shall be extruded from 6063-T5 aluminum. The sign mounting bracket shall be cast from aluminum alloy 713.

The Type 201 Stainless steel band shall have a minimum width of 5/8-inch, a minimum thickness of 0.045-inch, and a minimum tensile strength of 100,000 psi. Each band shall be complete with screw buckle. All aluminum parts shall have an alodine 1,200 finish, or approved equal. One mounting bracket assembly shall be used per 16 square feet of sign area, or portion thereof.

Full compensation for compliance with these Special Provisions for supplying and installing reflectorized street name signs, including all hardware complete in place, shall be considered to be included in the contract lump sum price paid for, “Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting System”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

SIGNING Signing shall be in accordance with Section 56, “SIGNS”, of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Contractor shall remove and salvage, relocate, and/or furnish and install traffic signs as directed on the Plans.

5-74 PART 5/COUNTY Sign panels shall conform to current “Approved Sign Specification Sheets” published by the State of California, Department of Transportation. Sign panels shall be aluminum alloy 6061-T6 or 5052-H38, aluminum thickness 0.063”. Retroreflective sheeting for sign panels shall be Type II.

All new signs that are to be installed on new posts, and all existing signs that are to be relocated (except to street light poles), shall be permanently mounted per San Diego Regional Standard Drawing M-45 (included in Part VIII of these contract documents) and anchored in concrete. All new signs, and all existing signs to be relocated, that are to be mounted on street light poles shall be mounted using 2 – ¾” stainless steel clamps and ¼” stainless steel capscrews. Bottom of signs shall be a minimum of seven (7) feet above adjacent ground / sidewalk.

Full compensation for compliance with these Special Provisions for removing and salvaging existing signs, and for furnishing and installing new signs shall be considered to be included in the contract lump sum price paid for, “Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting System”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

AS-BUILT DRAWINGS Description The work under this item consists of preparing and documenting as-built drawings of all existing and installed traffic signal and street lighting equipment and shall conform to the requirements of these special provisions.

The documentation shall be included in two phases: (A) current as-built red lines made to the construction plans as the work is being completed, and (B) final as-built redlines and all other communications documentation materials.

Project Documentation: Concurrent as-built documentation of the work shall be kept current (no longer than 14 calendar days behind actual work period) throughout the duration of the project. This concurrent documentation shall be provided by the contractor prior to project acceptance.

The documentation includes as a minimum:

• Construction red line plans noting the actual as-built condition • Equipment assembly drawings • Electrical schematics, wiring and logic diagrams • System connection diagrams • Factory issued manuals • Detailed shop drawings • Certifications • Warrantees • Instruction sheets • Parts lists

Documentation shall also include manufacturer’s equipment documentation for all Contractor furnished items. Acceptable factory manuals must contain technical, diagnostic, and maintenance (preventive and troubleshooting) information. Advertising brochures and catalog cuts will not be accepted.

5-75 PART 5/COUNTY Construction Requirements The Contractor shall modify the plan sheets to reflect any variations in equipment locations and requirements shown on the Plans. The final document submitted by the contractor shall be a complete set of plan sheets (excluding schematics, details, assignment tables, structural drawings, etc). Two sets of drawings on electronic media approved by the Engineer with an additional two printed copies shall be furnished.

Full compensation for compliance with these Special Provisions for furnishing said As-Built Drawings for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in providing electrical system As-Built Drawings, complete in place, including manuals, plotting, copying and delivering as as-built drawings, as shown in the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer shall be considered to be included in the contract lump sum price paid for, “Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting System”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

GUARANTY AND GUARANTY BOND The Contractor shall furnish a Guaranty and a Guaranty Bond to the Owner on the forms included in the Contract Documents guaranteeing the entire system for the period of time and mount shown therein.

Both the Guaranty and the Guaranty Bond, properly executed, shall be filed with the Owner before the final payment is made.

Full compensation for furnishing said Guaranty and Guaranty Bond shall be considered as included in the total contract bid price and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

25. THERMOPLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKING

A durable, retroreflective pavement marking material suitable for use as roadway, intersection, commercial or private pavement delineation and markings.

The markings must be a resilient white, yellow, or other color thermoplastic product with uniformly distributed glass beads throughout the entire cross sectional area. The markings must be resistant to the detrimental effects of motor fuels, lubricants, hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, etc. Lines, legends and symbols are capable of being affixed to bituminous and/or portland cement concrete pavements by the use of the normal heat of a propane torch. Other colors shall be available as required.

The markings must be capable of conforming to pavement contours, breaks and faults through the action of traffic at normal pavement temperatures. The markings shall have resealing characteristics, such that it is capable of fusing with itself and previously applied thermoplastic when heated with the torch.

The markings shall not have minimum ambient and road temperature requirements for application, storage, or handling.

MANUFACTURING CONTROL AND ISO CERTIFICATION The manufacturer must be ISO 9001:2008 certified and provide proof of current certification. The scope of the certification shall include manufacture of preformed thermoplastic marking materials.

5-76 PART 5/COUNTY

MATERIAL Must be composed of an ester modified rosin resistant to degradation by motor fuels, lubricants etc. in conjunction with aggregates, pigments, binders and glass beads which have been factory produced as a finished product, and meets the requirements of the current edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways. The thermoplastic material conforms to AASHTO designation M249, with the exception of the relevant differences due to the material being supplied in a preformed state.

Graded Glass Beads: The material must contain a minimum of thirty percent (30%) intermixed graded glass beads by weight. The intermixed beads shall be conforming to AASHTO designation M247, with minimum 80% true spheres and minimum refractive index of 1.50.

The material must have factory applied coated surface beads in addition to the intermixed beads at a rate of 1 lb. (± 10%) per 10 sq. ft. These factory applied coated surface beads shall have a minimum of 90% true spheres, minimum refractive index of 1.50, and meet the following gradation.

Size Gradation Retained, % Passing, % US Mesh μm 12 1700 0 - 2% 98 - 100% 14 1400 0 - 3.5% 96.5 - 100% 16 1180 2 - 25% 75 - 98% 18 1000 28 - 63% 37 - 72% 20 850 63 - 72% 28 - 37% 30 600 67 - 77% 23 - 33% 50 300 89 - 95% 5 - 11% 80 200 97-100% 0 - 3%

Pigments:

White: The material shall be manufactured with sufficient titanium dioxide pigment to meet FHWA Docket No. FHWA-99-6190 Table 5 and Table 6 as revised and corrected.

Red, Blue, and Yellow: The material shall be manufactured with sufficient pigment to meet FHWA Docket No. FHWA-99-6190 Table 5 and Table 6 as revised and corrected. The yellow pigments must be organic and must be heavy-metal free.

Other Colors: The pigments must be heavy-metal free.

Heating indicators: The top surface of the material (same side as the factory applied surface beads) shall have regularly spaced indents. These indents shall act as a visual cue during application that the material has reached a molten state so satisfactory adhesion and proper bead embedment has been achieved and a post-application visual cue that the installation procedures have been followed.

Skid Resistance: The surface, with properly applied and embedded surface beads, must provide a minimum resistance value of 45 BPN when tested according to ASTM E 303.

5-77 PART 5/COUNTY Thickness: The material must be supplied at a minimum thickness of 125 mils (3.15 mm).

Versatility: As an option, turn arrows and combination arrows may come without surface applied glass beads, thus facilitating the use of those arrows as either left or right indicators, thereby reducing inventory requirements.

Environmental Resistance: The material must be resistant to deterioration due to exposure to sunlight, water, salt or adverse weather conditions and impervious to oil and gasoline.

Retroreflectivity: The material, when applied in accordance with manufacturer’s guidelines, must demonstrate a uniform level of sufficient nighttime retroreflection when tested in accordance to ASTM E 1710. The applied material must have an initial minimum intensity reading of 500 mcd·m-2·lx-1 for white & 300 mcd·m-2·lx-1 for yellow as measured with an LTL-2000 or LTL-X Retroreflectometer.

Note: Initial retroreflection is affected by the amount of heat applied during installation. When ambient temperatures are such that greater amounts of heat are required for proper installation, initial retroreflection levels may be affected.

APPLICATION Asphalt: The materials shall be applied using the propane torch method, or by a spray application typically intended for long line or other template related tasks. The material must be able to be applied without minimum requirements for ambient and road temperatures and without any preheating of the pavement to a specific temperature. The material must be able to be applied without the use of a thermometer. The pavement shall be clean, dry and free of debris. Supplier must enclose application instructions.

Portland Cement Concrete: The same application procedure shall be used as described under Section 4.1. However, a compatible primer sealer shall be applied before application to assure proper adhesion.

PACKAGING The preformed thermoplastic markings shall be placed in protective plastic film with cardboard stiffeners where necessary to prevent damage in transit. Linear material must be cut to a maximum of 3' long pieces. Legends and symbols must also be supplied in flat pieces. The cartons in which packed shall be non-returnable and shall not exceed 40" in length and 25" in width, and be labeled for ease of identification. The weight of the individual carton must not exceed seventy (70) pounds. A protective film around the box must be applied in order to protect the material from rain or premature aging.

TECHNICAL SERVICES The successful bidder shall provide technical services as required.

PERFORMANCE The preformed thermoplastic markings shall meet state specifications and be approved for use by the appropriate state agency.

The contract price paid per square foot for thermoplastic pavement marking shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals required for thermoplastic pavement markings, as shown on the plans. No additional compensation will be

5-78 PART 5/COUNTY allowed therefor.

26. PAINTED TRAFFIC STRIPES AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS

Painted traffic stripes (traffic lines) and pavement markings (legends) shall conform to the provisions in Section 84-1, "General," and Section 84-3, "Painted Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markings," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Paint for traffic stripes and pavement markings shall be lead free, Rapid Dry Water Borne, white and yellow paint, except for crosswalks which shall be thermoplastic. Solvent borne paint shall not be used. A Certificate from the paint manufacturer, stating the paint is lead free and not solvent borne, shall be provided to the Engineer prior to commencement of striping operations. Samples of paint will be collected randomly in the field for testing by the Engineer. If the paint is found to contain lead or any lead compound, the Contractor shall, at its own expense, neatly and thoroughly remove any and all lead or lead compound bearing markings (both stripes and pavement markings) from the road surface. Any waste material generated as a result of the aforesaid removal operation shall be considered as Hazardous Material and shall be disposed of, at the Contractor’s expense, in conformance to all applicable State and Federal laws. Certification of said disposal shall be provided to the Engineer. In the event air pollution control requirements change, the Contractor shall use a lead free paint product that conforms to the most current State Specifications that satisfy the requirements. Copies of State Specifications for Traffic Paint and Glass Beads may be obtained from the State of California Transportation Laboratory, P.O. Box 19128-0, Sacramento, CA 95819, Telephone: (916) 227-7000. Paint for traffic stripes and pavement marking shall be applied in two coats in accordance with Section 84-3.05, “Application,” of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Glass beads shall be applied with both coats of paint. The first coat of paint for traffic stripes and limit lines shall be applied the same day immediately following completion of pavement rolling or where there is no new pavement, as directed by the Engineer. The second coat of paint for traffic stripes and limit lines may be applied the same day if the first coat of paint is dry. If the first coat of paint is not dry, the second coat of paint shall be applied no later than five calendar days following application of the first coat. Pavement markings (both coats), except for limit lines, shall be completed no later than five calendar days following completion of pavement rolling or where there is no new pavement, as directed by the Engineer. Stencils for pavement markings shall conform to the current edition of the Standard Plans of the State of California, Department of Transportation. Stencils shall be approved by the Engineer prior to use on the contract. Pavement markers, where required, shall not be applied until all traffic striping has been completed. In the event traffic striping or pavement marking is not applied within the time restraints specified in this contract, the Owner may suspend or cease construction operations until such time all required traffic striping and pavement marking has been performed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safe traffic operation through the work area.

The contract price paid per linear foot for paint traffic stripe (2-coat) shall include full

5-79 PART 5/COUNTY compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals required for paint traffic stripe, as shown on the plans. No additional compensation will be allowed therefor. The contract price paid per square foot for paint pavement marking (2-coat) shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals required for paint traffic markings, as shown on the plans. No additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

27. PAVEMENT MARKERS

Pavement markers shall conform to the provisions in Section 85, "Pavement Markers," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. All references herein to the term “reflective” pavement markers shall refer to the term “retroreflective” pavement markers as the term is used in the Standard Specifications. For the purposes of this project, the two terms are considered interchangeable. All Reflective Pavement Markers used in this contract shall be Stimsonite Model 911 (4x4), glass faced, abrasion resistant markers or an approved equal. The Department of Transportation of California (Caltrans) maintains a trade name list of approved and pre-qualified and tested signing and delineation materials and products. Glass faced, abrasion resistant reflective pavement markers not listed on the Caltrans list of Approved Traffic Products shall not be used in the work. A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished as specified in Section 6-1.07, "Certificates of Compliance,” of the Standard Specifications for reflective pavement markers. Said certificate shall also certify that the reflective pavement markers conform to the prequalified testing and approval of Caltrans, Division of Traffic Operations and were manufactured in accordance with the approved quality control program. Pavement marker height shall be 0.70-inch minimum. "Low profile" type markers will not be accepted. The control lines for placing markers shall be the existing traffic stripes, or a theoretical extension thereof, or as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor will not be required to place markers on roads that are not striped. Markers shall be installed in accordance with Standard Plans A20A, A20B, A20C and RSP A20D (contained in Part VII of these Contract Documents), and these Special Provisions. Markers shall not be placed on new asphalt concrete surfacing until the surfacing has been opened to public traffic for a period of not less than seven (7) days when hot melt bituminous adhesive is used, and not less than fourteen (14) days when epoxy adhesive is used. Placement of pavement markers shall be completed within twenty-one (21) days of application of asphalt concrete surfacing, or where there is no new pavement, as directed by the Engineer. Markers shall not be placed in the following locations, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer:

1. On raised medians. 2. Adjacent to raised medians which are not supplemented by left-edge striping. 3. Adjacent to right-edge striping. 4. On roads that are not striped.

5-80 PART 5/COUNTY Markers adjacent to channelizing lines shall be placed in accordance with Detail 38 of Standard Plan A20D.

Full compensation for pavement marker (retroreflective) shall be considered as included in the contract by the unit as determined from actual count in place, and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals complete in place as shown on the plans. No additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

28. REMOVE TRAFFIC STRIPE AND PAVEMENT MARKING

Traffic stripe and pavement marking removal shall conform to the provisions in Section 15, "Existing Highway Facilities," of the Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions.

Traffic stripes and pavement marking shall be removed at the locations shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer.

Attention is directed to "Water Pollution Control" of these special provisions.

Surfaces from which traffic stripes and pavement marking have been removed shall be resealed utilizing an asphaltic emulsion and sand.

When removal is being performed in areas adjacent to traffic, people or property, the Contractor shall provide suitable safety devices and take appropriate action to prevent damage or injury to same.

Nothing in these special provisions shall relieve the Contractor from his responsibilities as provided in Section 7-1.09, "Public Safety," of the Standard Specifications.

Collected material from the removal of painted traffic stripe and pavement marking shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 7-1.13, "Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right of Way," of the Standard Specifications.

Full compensation for resealing all surfaces with asphaltic emulsion and sand and for collecting and disposing of material deposited on the pavement as a result of the removal of painted traffic stripe and pavement marking shall be considered as included in the contract price paid per square foot for remove painted traffic stripe and pavement marking, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

29. FIELD ORDERS

Field orders are to facilitate minor changes to the contract approved by the Engineer in the field.

The Engineer is authorized to approve field orders for changes necessary for the successful completion and function of the project and within the dollar limit established in the bid schedule.

The Engineer will prepare a field order form for each approved change. The field order form shall describe the reason the change is required, the work to be performed and the amount of compensation to be paid the Contractor. It shall also contain the Contractor's signature acknowledging that the compensation constitutes full payment for the work to be performed.

5-81 PART 5/COUNTY

PART VI

SPECIAL PROVISIONS - AMENDMENTS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

7/14 6-1 PART 6/COUNTY AMENDMENTS TO MAY 2006 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS UPDATED JUNE 6, 2008

SECTION 0: GLOBAL REVISIONS

Issue Date: July 31, 2007

Global revisions are changes to contract documents not specific to a section of the Standard Specifications.

• In each contract document at each occurrence:

1. Except where existing asphalt concrete is described, replace "asphalt concrete" with "hot mix asphalt" 2. Except where existing AC is described, replace "AC" with "HMA" where AC means asphalt concrete

SECTION 1: DEFINITIONS AND TERMS

Issue Date: January 18, 2008

Section 1-1.01, "General," of the Standard Specifications is amended by adding the following:

• The Department is gradually changing the style and language of the specifications. The new style and language includes:

1. Use of:

1.1. Imperative mood 1.2. Introductory modifiers 1.3. Conditional clauses

2. Elimination of:

2.1. Language variations 2.2. Definitions for industry-standard terms 2.3. Redundant specifications 2.4. Needless cross-references

• The use of this new style does not change the meaning of a specification not yet using this style. • The specifications are written to the Bidder before award and the Contractor after. Before award, interpret sentences written in the imperative mood as starting with "The Bidder must" and interpret "you" as "the Bidder" and "your" as "the Bidder's." After award, interpret

7/14 6-2 PART 6/COUNTY sentences written in the imperative mood as starting with "The Contractor must" and interpret "you" as "the Contractor" and "your" as "the Contractor's." • Unless an object or activity is specified to be less than the total, the quantity or amount is all of the object or activity. • All items in a list apply unless the items are specified as choices. • Interpret terms as defined in the Contract documents. A term not defined in the Contract documents has the meaning defined in Means Illustrated Construction Dictionary, Condensed Version, Second Edition.

The 1st table in Section 1-1.02, "Abbreviations," of the Standard Specifications is amended by adding:

SSPC The Society for Protective Coatings

Section 1, "Definitions and Terms," of the Standard Specifications is amended by adding the following sections:

1-1.082 BUSINESS DAY • Day on the calendar except Saturday or holiday.

1-1.084 CALIFORNIA MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES • The California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (California MUTCD) is issued by the Department of Transportation and is the Federal Highway Administration's MUTCD 2003 Edition, as amended for use in California.

1-1.125 DEDUCTION • Amount of money permanently taken from progress payment and final payment. Deductions are cumulative and are not retentions under Pub Cont Code § 7107.

1-1.205 FEDERAL-AID CONTRACT • Contract that has a Federal-aid project number on the cover of the Notice to Contractors and Special Provisions.

1-1.245 HOLIDAY 1. Every Sunday 2. January 1st, New Year's Day 3. 3rd Monday in January, Birthday of Martin Luther King, Jr. 4. February 12th, Lincoln's Birthday 5. 3rd Monday in February, Washington's Birthday 6. March 31st, Cesar Chavez Day 7. Last Monday in May, Memorial Day 8. July 4th, Independence Day 9. 1st Monday in September, Labor Day 10. 2nd Monday in October, Columbus Day 7/14 6-3 PART 6/COUNTY 11. November 11th, Veterans Day 12. 4th Thursday in November, Thanksgiving Day 13. Day after Thanksgiving Day 14. December 25th, Christmas Day

• If January 1st, February 12th, March 31st, July 4th, November 11th, or December 25th falls on a Sunday, the Monday following is a holiday. If November 11th falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday is a holiday. Interpret "legal holiday" as "holiday."

1-1.475 WITHHOLD • Money temporarily or permanently taken from progress payment. Withholds are cumulative and are not retentions under Pub Cont Code § 7107.

Section 1-1.255, "Legal Holidays," of the Standard Specifications is deleted.

Section 1-1.265, "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices," of the Standard Specifications is deleted.

Section 1-1.266, "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices California Supplement," of the Standard Specifications is deleted.

Section 1-1.39 "State," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

1-1.39 STATE • The State of California, including its agencies, departments, or divisions, whose conduct or action is related to the work.

SECTION 3: AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT

Issue Date: August 17, 2007

Section 3-1.025, "Insurance Policies," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

3-1.025 INSURANCE POLICIES • The successful bidder shall submit:

1. Copy of its commercial general liability policy and its excess policy or binder until such time as a policy is available, including the declarations page, applicable endorsements, riders, and other modifications in effect at the time of contract execution. Standard ISO form No. CG 0001 or similar exclusions are allowed if not inconsistent with Section 7-1.12, "Indemnification and Insurance." Allowance of additional exclusions is at the discretion of the Department.

7/14 6-4 PART 6/COUNTY 2. Certificate of insurance showing all other required coverages. Certificates of insurance, as evidence of required insurance for the auto liability and any other required policy, shall set forth deductible amounts applicable to each policy and all exclusions that are added by endorsement to each policy. The evidence of insurance shall provide that no cancellation, lapse, or reduction of coverage will occur without 10 days prior written notice to the Department. 3. A declaration under the penalty of perjury by a certified public accountant certifying the accountant has applied Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) guidelines confirming the successful bidder has sufficient funds and resources to cover any self-insured retentions if the self-insured retention is $50,000 or higher.

• If the successful bidder uses any form of self-insurance for workers compensation in lieu of an insurance policy, it shall submit a certificate of consent to self-insure in accordance with the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code.

Section 3-1.03, "Execution of Contract," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

3-1.03 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT • The contract shall be signed by the successful bidder and returned, together with the contract bonds and the documents identified in Section 3-1.025, "Insurance Policies," within 10 business days of receiving the contract for execution.

Section 3-1.04, "Failure to Execute Contract," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

3-1.04 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT • Failure of the lowest responsible bidder, the second lowest responsible bidder, or the third lowest responsible bidder to execute the contract as required in Section 3-1.03, "Execution of Contract," within 10 business days of receiving the contract for execution shall be just cause for the forfeiture of the proposal guaranty. The successful bidder may file with the Department a written notice, signed by the bidder or the bidder's authorized representative, specifying that the bidder will refuse to execute the contract if it is presented. The filing of this notice shall have the same force and effect as the failure of the bidder to execute the contract and furnish acceptable bonds within the time specified.

Section 3-1.05, "Return of Proposal Guaranties," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

3-1.05 RETURN OF PROPOSAL GUARANTIES • The Department keeps the proposal guaranties of the 1st, 2nd and 3rd lowest responsible bidders until the contract has been executed. The other bidders' guaranties, other than bidders' bonds, are returned upon determination of the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd apparent lowest bidders, and their bidders' bonds are of no further effect.

7/14 6-5 PART 6/COUNTY

SECTION 4: SCOPE OF WORK

Issue Date: August 17, 2007

Section 4-1.01, "Intent of Plans and Specifications," of the Standard Specifications is amended by adding the following:

• Nothing in the specifications voids the Contractor's public safety responsibilities.

SECTION 5: CONTROL OF WORK

Issue Date: February 1, 2008

Section 5, "Control of Work," of the Standard Specifications is amended by adding the following sections:

5-1.005 GENERAL • Failure to comply with any specification part is a breach of the contract and a waiver of your right to time or payment adjustment. • After contract approval, submit documents and direct questions to the Engineer. Orders, approvals, and requests to the Contractor are by the Engineer. • The Engineer furnishes the following in writing:

1. Approvals 2. Notifications 3. Orders

• The Contractor must furnish the following in writing:

1. Assignments 2. Notifications 3. Proposals 4. Requests, sequentially numbered 5. Subcontracts 6. Test results

• The Department rejects a form if it has any error or any omission. • Convert foreign language documents to English. • Use contract administration forms available at the Department's Web site. • If the last day for submitting a document falls on a Saturday or holiday, it may be submitted on the next business day with the same effect as if it had been submitted on the day specified.

7/14 6-6 PART 6/COUNTY 5-1.015 RECORD RETENTION, INSPECTION, COPYING, AND AUDITING • Retain project records and make them available for inspection, copying, and auditing by State representatives from bid preparation through:

1. Final payment 2. Resolution of claims, if any

• For at least 3 years after the later of these, retain and make available for inspection, copying, and auditing cost records by State representatives including:

1. Records pertaining to bid preparation 2. Overhead 3. Payroll records and certified payroll 4. Payments to suppliers and subcontractors 5. Cost accounting records 6. Records of subcontractors and suppliers

• Maintain the records in an organized way in the original format, electronic and hard copy, conducive to professional review and audit. • Before contract acceptance, the State representative notifies the Contractor, subcontractor, or supplier 5 days before inspection, copying, or auditing. • If an audit is to start more than 30 days after contract acceptance, the State representative notifies the Contractor, subcontractor, or supplier when the audit is to start.

Section 5-1.01, "Authority of Engineer," of the Standard Specifications is amended by adding:

• Failure to enforce a contract provision does not waive enforcement of any contract provision.

Section 5-1.04, "Coordination and Interpretation of Plans, Standard Specifications, and Special Provisions," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

5-1.04 CONTRACT COMPONENTS • A component in one contract part applies as if appearing in each. The parts are complementary and describe and provide for a complete work. • If a discrepancy exists:

1. The governing ranking of contract parts in descending order is:

1.1. Special provisions 1.2. Project plans 1.3. Revised Standard Plans 1.4. Standard Plans

7/14 6-7 PART 6/COUNTY 1.5. Amendments to the Standard Specifications 1.6. Standard Specifications 1.7. Project information

2. Written numbers and notes on a drawing govern over graphics 3. A detail drawing governs over a general drawing 4. A detail specification governs over a general specification 5. A specification in a section governs over a specification referenced by that section

• If a discrepancy is found or confusion arises, request correction or clarification.

Section 5-1.07, "Lines and Grades," of the Standard Specifications is replaced with the following:

5-1.07 LINES AND GRADES • The Engineer places stakes and marks under Chapter 12, "Construction Surveys," of the Department's Surveys Manual. • Submit your request for Department-furnished stakes:

1. On a Request for Construction Stakes form. Ensure:

1.1. Requested staking area is ready for stakes 1.2. You use the stakes in a reasonable time

2. A reasonable time before starting an activity using the stakes

• Establish priorities for stakes and note priorities on the request. • Preserve stakes and marks placed by the Engineer. If the stakes or marks are destroyed, the Engineer replaces them at the Engineer's earliest convenience and deducts the cost.

Section 5-1.116, "Differing Site Conditions," is amended to read:

5-1.116 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS (23 CFR 635.109) 5-1.116A Contractor's Notification • Promptly notify the Engineer if you find either of the following:

1. Physical conditions differing materially from either of the following:

1.1. Contract documents 1.2. Job site examination

2. Physical conditions of an unusual nature, differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the work provided for in the contract

7/14 6-8 PART 6/COUNTY

• Include details explaining the information you relied on and the material differences you discovered. • If you fail to notify the Engineer promptly, you waive the differing site condition claim for the period between your discovery of the differing site condition and your notification to the Engineer. • If you disturb the site after discovery and before the Engineer's investigation, you waive the differing site condition claim.

5-1.116B Engineer's Investigation and Decision • Upon your notification, the Engineer investigates job site conditions and:

1. Notifies you whether to resume affected work 2. Decides whether the condition differs materially and is cause for an adjustment of time, payment, or both

5-1.116C Protests • You may protest the Engineer's decision by:

1. Submitting an Initial Notice of Potential Claim within 5 business days after receipt of the Engineer's notification 2. Complying with claim procedures

• The Initial Notice of Potential Claim must detail the differences in your position from the Engineer's determination and support your position with additional information, including additional geotechnical data. Attach to the Initial Notice of Potential Claim a certification stating that you complied with Section 2-1.03, "Examination of Plans, Specifications, Contract, and Site of Work." • Promptly submit supplementary information when obtained.

SECTION 6: CONTROL OF MATERIALS

Issue Date: August 17, 2007

Section 6-1.05, "Trade Names and Alternatives," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

6-1.05 Specific Brand or Trade Name and Substitution • A reference to a specific brand or trade name establishes a quality standard and is not intended to limit competition. You may use a product that is equal to or better than the specified brand or trade name if approved. • Submit a substitution request within a time period that:

1. Follows Contract award 2. Allows 30 days for review

7/14 6-9 PART 6/COUNTY 3. Causes no delay

• Include substantiating data with the substitution request that proves the substitution:

1. Is of equal or better quality and suitability 2. Causes no delay in product delivery and installation

Section 6, "Control of Materials," of the Standard Specifications is amended by adding the following sections:

6-1.085 BUY AMERICA (23 CFR 635.410) • For a Federal-aid contract, furnish steel and iron materials to be incorporated into the work that are produced in the United States except:

1. Foreign pig iron and processed, pelletized, and reduced iron ore may be used in the domestic production of the steel and iron materials [60 Fed Reg 15478 (03/24/1995)] 2. If the total combined cost of the materials does not exceed the greater of 0.1 percent of the total bid or $2,500, material produced outside the United States may be used

• Production includes:

1. Processing steel and iron materials, including smelting or other processes that alter the physical form or shape (such as rolling, extruding, machining, bending, grinding, and drilling) or chemical composition 2. Coating application, including epoxy coating, galvanizing, and painting, that protects or enhances the value of steel and iron materials

• For steel and iron materials to be incorporated into the work, submit a Certificate of Compliance under Section 6-1.07, "Certificates of Compliance," of the Standard Specifications that certifies all production processes occurred in the United States except for the above exceptions.

6-1.087 BUY AMERICA (PUB RES CODE § 42703(d)) • Furnish crumb rubber to be incorporated into the work that is produced in the United States and is derived from waste tires taken from vehicles owned and operated in the United States. • For crumb rubber to be incorporated into the work, submit a Certificate of Compliance under Section 6-1.07, "Certificates of Compliance," of the Standard Specifications that certifies only crumb rubber manufactured in the United States and derived from waste tires taken from vehicles owned and operated in the United States is used.

The 7th and 8th paragraph of Section 6-2.01, "General," of the Standard Specifications are amended to read:

7/14 6-10 PART 6/COUNTY • Upon the Contractor's written request, the Department tests materials from an untested local source. If satisfactory material from that source is used in the work, the Department does not charge the Contractor for the tests; otherwise, the Department deducts the test cost.

The 2nd sentence of the 7th paragraph of Section 6-2.02, "Possible Local Material Sources," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The Department deducts the charges for the removed material.

SECTION 7: LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

Issue Date: May 2, 2008

Section 7-1.01, "Laws To Be Observed," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

7-1.01 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED • Comply with laws, regulations, orders, decrees, and permits applicable to the project. Indemnify and defend the State against any claim or liability arising from the violation of a law, regulation, order, decree, or permit by you or your employees. Immediately report to the Engineer in writing a discrepancy or inconsistency between the contract and a law, regulation, order, decree, or permit.

The 3rd listed requirement of the 1st paragraph of Section 7-1.01A(2), "Prevailing Wage," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

3. Upon becoming aware of the subcontractor's failure to pay the specified prevailing rate of wages to the subcontractor's workers, the Contractor must diligently take corrective action to stop or rectify the failure, including withholding sufficient funds due the subcontractor for work performed on the public works project.

The 2nd paragraph of Section 7-1.01A(2), "Prevailing Wage," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Pursuant to Section 1775 of the Labor Code, the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement must notify the Contractor on a public works project within 15 days of the receipt by the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement of a complaint of the failure of a subcontractor on that public works project to pay workers the general prevailing rate of per diem wages. If the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement determines that employees of a subcontractor were not paid the general prevailing rate of per diem wages and if the Department did not withhold sufficient money under the contract to pay those employees the balance of wages owed under the general prevailing rate of per diem wages, the Contractor must withhold an amount of moneys due the subcontractor sufficient to pay those employees the general prevailing rate of per diem wages if

7/14 6-11 PART 6/COUNTY requested by the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement. The Contractor must pay any money withheld from and owed to a subcontractor upon receipt of notification by the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement that the wage complaint has been resolved. If notice of the resolution of the wage complaint has not been received by the Contractor within 180 days of the filing of a valid notice of completion or acceptance of the public works project, whichever occurs later, the Contractor must pay all moneys withheld from the subcontractor to the Department. The Department withholds these moneys pending the final decision of an enforcement action.

The 2nd paragraph of Section 7-1.01A(3), "Payroll Records," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The Department withholds the penalties specified in subdivision (g) of Labor Code § 1776 for noncompliance with the requirements in Section 1776.

The 4th paragraph of Section 7-1.01A(3), "Payroll Records," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The Department withholds for delinquent or inadequate payroll records (Labor Code § 1771.5). If the Contractor has not submitted an adequate payroll record by the month's 15th day for the period ending on or before the 1st of that month, the Department withholds 10 percent of the monthly progress estimate, exclusive of mobilization. The Department does not withhold more than $10,000 or less than $1,000.

The 5th paragraph of Section 7-1.01A(3), "Payroll Records," of the Standard Specifications is deleted.

Section 7-1.01A(6), "Workers' Compensation," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

7-1.01A(6) (Blank)

The fourth sentence of the second paragraph of Section 7-1.02, "Load Limitations," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Trucks used to haul treated base, portland cement concrete, or hot mix asphalt shall enter onto the base to dump at the nearest practical entry point ahead of spreading equipment.

Section 7-1.02, "Load Limitations," of the Standard Specifications is amended by adding the following paragraph after the 4th paragraph:

• Loads imposed on existing, new, or partially completed structures shall not exceed the load carrying capacity of the structure or any portion of the structure as determined by AASHTO LRFD with interims and California Amendments, Design 7/14 6-12 PART 6/COUNTY Strength Limit State II. The compressive strength of concrete (f'c) to be used in computing the load carrying capacity shall be the smaller of the following:

1. Actual compressive strength at the time of loading 2. Value of f'c shown on the plans for that portion of the structure or 2.5 times the value of fc (extreme fiber compressive stress in concrete at service loads) shown on the plans for portions of the structure where no f'c is shown

The first sentence of the eighth paragraph of Section 7-1.09, "Public Safety," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Signs, lights, flags, and other warning and safety devices and their use shall conform to the requirements set forth in Part 6 of the California MUTCD.

The sixteenth paragraph of Section 7-1.09, "Public Safety," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• When vertical clearance is temporarily reduced to 15.5 feet or less, low clearance warning signs shall be placed in accordance with Part 2 of the California MUTCD and as directed by the Engineer. Signs shall conform to the dimensions, color, and legend requirements of the California MUTCD and these specifications except that the signs shall have black letters and numbers on an orange retroreflective background. W12-2P signs shall be illuminated so that the signs are clearly visible.

The last sentence of the 2nd paragraph of Section 7-1.11, "Preservation of Property," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The cost of the repairs must be borne by the Contractor and will be deducted.

Section 7-1.12, "Indemnification and Insurance," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

7-1.12 INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE • The Contractor's obligations regarding indemnification of the State of California and the requirements for insurance shall conform to the provisions in Section 3-1.025, "Insurance Policies," and Sections 7-1.12A, "Indemnification," and 7-1.12B, "Insurance," of this Section 7-1.12.

7-1.12A Indemnification • The Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and save harmless the State, including its officers, employees, and agents (excluding agents who are design professionals) from any and all claims, demands, causes of action, damages, costs, expenses, actual attorneys' fees, losses or liabilities, in law or in equity (Section 7-1.12A Claims) arising out of or in connection with the Contractor's performance of this contract for:

7/14 6-13 PART 6/COUNTY 1. Bodily injury including, but not limited to, bodily injury, sickness or disease, emotional injury or death to persons, including, but not limited to, the public, any employees or agents of the Contractor, the State, or any other contractor; and 2. Damage to property of anyone including loss of use thereof; caused or alleged to be caused in whole or in part by any negligent or otherwise legally actionable act or omission of the Contractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Contractor or anyone for whose acts the Contractor may be liable.

• Except as otherwise provided by law, these requirements apply regardless of the existence or degree of fault of the State. The Contractor is not obligated to indemnify the State for Claims arising from conduct delineated in Civil Code Section 2782 and to Claims arising from any defective or substandard condition of the highway that existed at or before the start of work, unless this condition has been changed by the work or the scope of the work requires the Contractor to maintain existing highway facilities and the Claim arises from the Contractor's failure to maintain. The Contractor's defense and indemnity obligation shall extend to Claims arising after the work is completed and accepted if the Claims are directly related to alleged acts or omissions by the Contractor that occurred during the course of the work. State inspection is not a waiver of full compliance with these requirements. • The Contractor's obligation to defend and indemnify shall not be excused because of the Contractor's inability to evaluate liability or because the Contractor evaluates liability and determine that the Contractor is not liable. The Contractor shall respond within 30 days to the tender of any Claim for defense and indemnity by the State, unless this time has been extended by the State. If the Contractor fails to accept or reject a tender of defense and indemnity within 30 days, in addition to any other remedy authorized by law, the Department may withhold such funds the State reasonably considers necessary for its defense and indemnity until disposition has been made of the Claim or until the Contractor accepts or rejects the tender of defense, whichever occurs first. • With respect to third-party claims against the Contractor, the Contractor waives all rights of any type to express or implied indemnity against the State, its officers, employees, or agents (excluding agents who are design professionals). • Nothing in the Contract is intended to establish a standard of care owed to any member of the public or to extend to the public the status of a third-party beneficiary for any of these indemnification specifications.

7-1.12B Insurance 7-1.12B(1) General • Nothing in the contract is intended to establish a standard of care owed to any member of the public or to extend to the public the status of a third-party beneficiary for any of these insurance specifications.

7-1.12B(2) Casualty Insurance • The Contractor shall procure and maintain insurance on all of its operations with companies acceptable to the State as follows:

7/14 6-14 PART 6/COUNTY

1. The Contractor shall keep all insurance in full force and effect from the beginning of the work through contract acceptance. 2. All insurance shall be with an insurance company with a rating from A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A- or better and a Financial Size Category of VII or better. 3. The Contractor shall maintain completed operations coverage with a carrier acceptable to the State through the expiration of the patent deficiency in construction statute of repose set forth in Code of Civil Procedure Section 337.1.

7-1.12B(3) Workers' Compensation and Employer's Liability Insurance • In accordance with Labor Code Section 1860, the Contractor shall secure the payment of worker's compensation in accordance with Labor Code Section 3700. • In accordance with Labor Code Section 1861, the Contractor shall submit to the Department the following certification before performing the work:

I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract.

• Contract execution constitutes certification submittal. • The Contractor shall provide Employer's Liability Insurance in amounts not less than:

1. $1,000,000 for each accident for bodily injury by accident 2. $1,000,000 policy limit for bodily injury by disease 3. $1,000,000 for each employee for bodily injury by disease

• If there is an exposure of injury to the Contractor's employees under the U.S. Longshoremen's and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act, the Jones Act, or under laws, regulations, or statutes applicable to maritime employees, coverage shall be included for such injuries or claims.

7-1.12B(4) Liability Insurance 7-1.12B(4)(a) General • The Contractor shall carry General Liability and Umbrella or Excess Liability Insurance covering all operations by or on behalf of the Contractor providing insurance for bodily injury liability and property damage liability for the following limits and including coverage for:

1. Premises, operations, and mobile equipment 2. Products and completed operations 3. Broad form property damage (including completed operations) 4. Explosion, collapse, and underground hazards 5. Personal injury

7/14 6-15 PART 6/COUNTY 6. Contractual liability

7-1.12B(4)(b) Liability Limits/Additional Insureds • The limits of liability shall be at least the amounts shown in the following table:

Total Bid For Each Aggregate for General Umbrella or Occurrence1 Products/Completed Aggregate2 Excess Liability3 Operation ≤$1,000,000 $1,000,000 $2,000,000 $2,000,000 $5,000,000 >$1,000,000 ≤$5,000,000 $1,000,000 $2,000,000 $2,000,000 $10,000,000 >$5,000,000 ≤$25,000,000 $2,000,000 $2,000,000 $4,000,000 $15,000,000 >$25,000,000 $2,000,000 $2,000,000 $4,000,000 $25,000,000 1. Combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage. 2. This limit shall apply separately to the Contractor's work under this contract. 3. The umbrella or excess policy shall contain a clause stating that it takes effect (drops down) in the event the primary limits are impaired or exhausted.

• The Contractor shall not require certified Small Business subcontractors to carry Liability Insurance that exceeds the limits in the table above. Notwithstanding the limits specified herein, at the option of the Contractor, the liability insurance limits for certified Small Business subcontractors of any tier may be less than those limits specified in the table. For Small Business subcontracts, "Total Bid" shall be interpreted as the amount of subcontracted work to a certified Small Business. • The State, including its officers, directors, agents (excluding agents who are design professionals), and employees, shall be named as additional insureds under the General Liability and Umbrella Liability Policies with respect to liability arising out of or connected with work or operations performed by or on behalf of the Contractor under this contract. Coverage for such additional insureds does not extend to liability:

1. Arising from any defective or substandard condition of the roadway which existed at or before the time the Contractor started work, unless such condition has been changed by the work or the scope of the work requires the Contractor to maintain existing roadway facilities and the claim arises from the Contractor's failure to maintain; 2. For claims occurring after the work is completed and accepted unless these claims are directly related to alleged acts or omissions of the Contractor that occurred during the course of the work; or 3. To the extent prohibited by Insurance Code Section 11580.04

• Additional insured coverage shall be provided by a policy provision or by an endorsement providing coverage at least as broad as Additional Insured (Form B) endorsement form CG 2010, as published by the Insurance Services Office (ISO), or other form designated by the Department.

7/14 6-16 PART 6/COUNTY 7-1.12B(4)(c) Contractor's Insurance Policy is Primary • The policy shall stipulate that the insurance afforded the additional insureds applies as primary insurance. Any other insurance or self-insurance maintained by the State is excess only and shall not be called upon to contribute with this insurance.

7-1.12B(5) Automobile Liability Insurance • The Contractor shall carry automobile liability insurance, including coverage for all owned, hired, and nonowned automobiles. The primary limits of liability shall be not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit each accident for bodily injury and property damage. The umbrella or excess liability coverage required under Section 7-1.12B(4)(b) also applies to automobile liability.

7-1.12B(6) Policy Forms, Endorsements, and Certificates • The Contractor shall provide its General Liability Insurance under Commercial General Liability policy form No. CG0001 as published by the Insurance Services Office (ISO) or under a policy form at least as broad as policy form No. CG0001.

7-1.12B(7) Deductibles • The State may expressly allow deductible clauses, which it does not consider excessive, overly broad, or harmful to the interests of the State. Regardless of the allowance of exclusions or deductions by the State, the Contractor is responsible for any deductible amount and shall warrant that the coverage provided to the State is in accordance with Section 7-1.12B, "Insurance."

7-1.12B(8) Enforcement • The Department may assure the Contractor's compliance with its insurance obligations. Ten days before an insurance policy lapses or is canceled during the contract period, the Contractor shall submit to the Department evidence of renewal or replacement of the policy. • If the Contractor fails to maintain any required insurance coverage, the Department may maintain this coverage and withhold or charge the expense to the Contractor or terminate the Contractor's control of the work in accordance with Section 8-1.08, "Termination of Control." • The Contractor is not relieved of its duties and responsibilities to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the State, its officers, agents, and employees by the Department's acceptance of insurance policies and certificates. • Minimum insurance coverage amounts do not relieve the Contractor for liability in excess of such coverage, nor do they preclude the State from taking other actions available to it, including the withholding of funds under this contract.

7-1.12B(9) Self-Insurance • Self-insurance programs and self-insured retentions in insurance policies are subject to separate annual review and approval by the State. • If the Contractor uses a self-insurance program or self-insured retention, the Contractor shall provide the State with the same protection from liability and defense of 7/14 6-17 PART 6/COUNTY suits as would be afforded by first-dollar insurance. Execution of the contract is the Contractor's acknowledgement that the Contractor will be bound by all laws as if the Contractor were an insurer as defined under Insurance Code Section 23 and that the self-insurance program or self-insured retention shall operate as insurance as defined under Insurance Code Section 22.

SECTION 8: PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS

Issue Date: August 17, 2007

The 2nd paragraph of Section 8-1.02, "Assignment," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• If the Contractor assigns the right to receive contract payments, the Department accepts the assignment upon the Engineer's receipt of a notice. Assigned payments remain subject to deductions and withholds described in the contract. The Department may use withheld payments for work completion whether payments are assigned or not.

SECTION 9: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Issue Date: August 17, 2007

The last sentence of the 1st paragraph of Section 9-1.02, "Scope of Payment," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read: • Neither the payment of any estimate nor of any retained percentage or withhold relieves the Contractor of any obligation to make good any defective work or material.

The 6th paragraph of Section 9-1.03C, "Records," of the Standard Specifications is deleted.

The 2nd sentence of the 14th paragraph of Section 9-1.04, "Notice of Potential Claim," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Administrative disputes are disputes of administrative deductions or withholds, contract item quantities, contract item adjustments, interest payments, protests of contract change orders as provided in Section 4-1.03A, "Procedure and Protest," and protests of the Weekly Statement of Working Days as provided in Section 8-1.06, "Time of Completion."

Section 9-1.05, "Stop Notices," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

9-1.05 STOP NOTICE WITHHOLDS • The Department may withhold payments to cover claims filed under Civ Code § 3179 et seq.

7/14 6-18 PART 6/COUNTY Section 9, "Measurement and Payment," of the Standard Specifications is amended by adding the following sections:

9-1.053 PERFORMANCE FAILURE WITHHOLDS • During each estimate period you fail to comply with a contract part, including submittal of a document as specified, the Department withholds a part of the progress payment. The documents include quality control plans, schedules, traffic control plans, and water pollution control submittals. • For 1 performance failure, the Department withholds 25 percent of the progress payment but does not withhold more than 10 percent of the total bid. • For multiple performance failures, the Department withholds 100 percent of the progress payment but does not withhold more than 10 percent of the total bid. • The Department returns performance-failure withholds in the progress payment following the correction of noncompliance.

9-1.055 PENALTY WITHHOLDS • Penalties include fines and damages that are proposed, assessed, or levied against you or the Department by a governmental agency or citizen lawsuit. Penalties are also payments made or costs incurred in settling alleged permit violations of Federal, State, or local laws, regulations, or requirements. The cost incurred may include the amount spent for mitigation or correcting a violation. • If you or the Department is assessed a penalty, the Department may withhold the penalty amount until the penalty disposition has been resolved. The Department may withhold penalty funds and notify you within 15 days of the withhold. If the penalty amount is less than the amount being withheld from progress payments for retentions, the Department will not withhold the penalty amount. • If the penalty is resolved for less than the amount withheld, the Department pays interest at a rate of 6 percent per year on the excess withhold. If the penalty is not resolved, the withhold becomes a deduction. • Instead of the withhold, you may provide a bond payable to the Department of Transportation equal to the highest estimated liability for any disputed penalties proposed.

9-1.057 PROGRESS WITHHOLDS FOR FEDERAL-AID CONTRACTS • Section 9-1.057, "Progress Withholds for Federal-Aid Contracts," applies to a Federal-aid contract. • The Department withholds 10 percent of a partial payment for noncompliant progress. Noncompliant progress occurs when:

1. Total days to date exceed 75 percent of the revised contract working days 2. Percent of working days elapsed exceeds the percent of value of work completed by more than 15 percent

7/14 6-19 PART 6/COUNTY • The Engineer determines the percent of working days elapsed by dividing the total days to date by the revised contract working days and converting the quotient to a percentage. • The Engineer determines the percent of value of work completed by summing payments made to date and the amount due on the current progress estimate, dividing this sum by the current total estimated value of the work, and converting the quotient to a percentage. These amounts are shown on the Progress Payment Voucher. • When the percent of working days elapsed minus the percent of value of work completed is less than or equal to 15 percent, the Department returns the withhold in the next progress payment.

The 3rd paragraph of Section 9-1.06, "Partial Payments," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• For a non-Federal-aid project, the Department retains 10 percent of the estimated value of the work done and 10 percent of the value of materials estimated to have been furnished and delivered and unused or furnished and stored as part security for the fulfillment of the contract by the Contractor, except that at any time after 20 percent of the work has been completed, if the Engineer finds that satisfactory progress is being made, the Department may reduce the total amount being retained from payment pursuant to the above requirements to 5 percent of the total estimated value of the work and materials and may also reduce the amount retained from any of the remaining partial payments to 5 percent of the estimated value of the work and materials. In addition, on any partial payment made after 95 percent of the work has been completed, the Department may reduce the amount retained from payment pursuant to the requirements of this Section 9-1.06, to such lesser amount as the Department determines is adequate security for the fulfillment of the balance of the work and other requirements of the contract, but in no event is that amount reduced to less than 125 percent of the estimated value of the work yet to be completed as determined by the Engineer. The reduction is made only upon the request of the Contractor and must be approved in writing by the surety on the performance bond and by the surety on the payment bond. The approval of the surety must be submitted to the Disbursing Officer of the Department; the signature of the person executing the approval for the surety must be properly acknowledged and the power of attorney authorizing the person to give that consent must either accompany the document or be on file with the Department. The retentions specified in this paragraph are those defined in Pub Cont Code § 7107(b).

The 1st sentence of the 4th paragraph of Section 9-1.06, "Partial Payments," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The Department shall pay monthly to the Contractor, while carrying on the work, the balance not retained, as aforesaid, after deducting therefrom all previous payments and all sums to be deducted or withheld under the provisions of the contract.

7/14 6-20 PART 6/COUNTY The title and 1st and 2nd paragraphs of Section 9-1.065, "Payment of Withheld Funds," of the Standard Specifications are amended to read:

9-1.065 RELEASE OF RETAINED FUNDS • The Department releases retained funds if you:

1. Request release of the retention (Pub Cont Code § 10263) in writing 2. Deposit securities equivalent to the funds you want released into escrow with the State Treasurer or with a bank acceptable to the Department 3. Are the beneficial owner of and receive interest on the deposited securities substituted for the retained funds

The 2nd sentence Section 9-1.07A, "Payment Prior to Proposed Final Estimate," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The Department pays the balance due less previous payments, deductions, withholds, and retentions under the provisions of the contract and those further amounts that the Engineer determines to be necessary pending issuance of the proposed final estimate and payment thereon.

The 1st paragraph of Section 9-1.07B, "Final Payment and Claims," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• After acceptance by the Director, the Engineer makes a proposed final estimate of the total amount payable to the Contractor, including an itemization of the total amount, segregated by contract item quantities, extra work, and other basis for payment, and shows each deduction made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted, withheld, or retained under the provisions of the contract. Prior estimates and payments are subject to correction in the proposed final estimate. The Contractor must submit written approval of the proposed final estimate or a written statement of claims arising under or by virtue of the contract so that the Engineer receives the written approval or statement of claims no later than close of business of the 30th day after receiving the proposed final estimate. The Contractor's receipt of the proposed final estimate must be evidenced by postal receipt. The Engineer's receipt of the Contractor's written approval or statement of claims must be evidenced by postal receipt or the Engineer's written receipt if delivered by hand.

SECTION 12: CONSTRUCTION AREA TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES

Issue Date: October 6, 2006

The first sentence of the second paragraph of Section 12-1.01, "Description," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Attention is directed to Part 6 of the California MUTCD.

7/14 6-21 PART 6/COUNTY

Section 12-2.01, "Flaggers," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

12-2.01 FLAGGERS • Flaggers while on duty and assigned to traffic control or to give warning to the public that the highway is under construction and of any dangerous conditions to be encountered as a result thereof, shall perform their duties and shall be provided with the necessary equipment in conformance with Part 6 of the California MUTCD. The equipment shall be furnished and kept clean and in good repair by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense.

The first paragraph of Section 12-3.01, "General," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• In addition to the requirements in Part 6 of the California MUTCD, all devices used by the Contractor in the performance of the work shall conform to the provisions in this Section 12-3.

The second sentence of the first paragraph of Section 12-3.06, "Construction Area Signs," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Construction area signs are shown in or referred to in Part 6 of the California MUTCD.

The first sentence of the fourth paragraph of Section 12-3.06, "Construction Area Signs," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• All construction area signs shall conform to the dimensions, color and legend requirements of the plans, Part 6 of the California MUTCD and these specifications.

The first sentence of the eighth paragraph of Section 12-3.06, "Construction Area Signs," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Used signs with the specified sheeting material will be considered satisfactory if they conform to the requirements for visibility and legibility and the colors conform to the requirements in Part 6 of the California MUTCD.

SECTION 19: EARTHWORK

Issue Date: July 31, 2007

Section 19-1.03, "Grade Tolerance," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Immediately prior to placing subsequent layers of material thereon, the grading plane shall conform to one of the following:

7/14 6-22 PART 6/COUNTY

A. When hot mix asphalt is to be placed on the grading plane, the grading plane at any point shall not vary more than 0.05-foot above or below the grade established by the Engineer. B. When subbase or base material to be placed on the grading plane is to be paid for by the ton, the grading plane at any point shall not vary more than 0.10-foot above or below the grade established by the Engineer. C. When the material to be placed on the grading plane is to be paid for by the cubic yard, the grading plane at any point shall be not more than 0.05-foot above the grade established by the Engineer.

The first paragraph of Section 19-3.025C, "Soil Cement Bedding," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Cementitious material used in soil cement bedding shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-2.01, "Cementitious Materials." Supplementary cementitious material will not be required.

The fourth paragraph of Section 19-3.025C, "Soil Cement Bedding," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The aggregate, cementitious material, and water shall be proportioned either by weight or by volume. Soil cement bedding shall contain not less than 282 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard. The water content shall be sufficient to produce a fluid, workable mix that will flow and can be pumped without segregation of the aggregate while being placed.

The first paragraph of Section 19-3.062, "Slurry Cement Backfill," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Slurry cement backfill shall consist of a fluid, workable mixture of aggregate, cementitious material, and water.

The fifth paragraph of Section 19-3.062, "Slurry Cement Backfill," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Cementitious material shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-2.01, "Cementitious Materials." Supplementary cementitious material will not be required.

The eighth paragraph of Section 19-3.062, "Slurry Cement Backfill," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The aggregate, cementitious material, and water shall be proportioned either by weight or by volume. Slurry cement backfill shall contain not less than 188 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard. The water content shall be sufficient to produce a fluid, workable mix that will flow and can be pumped without segregation of the aggregate while being placed. 7/14 6-23 PART 6/COUNTY

SECTION 20: EROSION CONTROL AND HIGHWAY PLANTING

Issue Date: August 17, 2007

Section 20-2.03, "Soil Amendment," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

20-2.03 SOIL AMENDMENT • Soil amendment shall comply with the requirements in the California Food and Agricultural Code. • Soil amendment producers shall comply with the following:

1. Be fully permitted to produce compost as specified under the California Integrated Waste Management Board, Local Enforcement Agencies and any other State and Local Agencies that regulate Solid Waste Facilities. If exempt from State permitting requirements, the composting facility must certify that it follows guidelines and procedures for production of compost meeting the environmental health standards of Title 14, California Code of Regulations, Division 7, Chapter 3.1, Article 7. 2. Be a participant in United States Composting Council's Seal of Testing Assurance program.

• Soil amendment shall be composted and may be derived from any single, or mixture of any of the following feedstock materials:

1. Green material consisting of chipped, shredded, or ground vegetation; or clean processed recycled wood products 2. Biosolids 3. Manure 4. Mixed food waste

• Soil amendment feedstock materials shall be composted to reduce weed seeds, pathogens and deleterious materials as specified under Title 14, California Code of Regulations, Division 7, Chapter 3.1, Article 7, Section 17868.3. • Soil amendment shall not be derived from mixed municipal solid waste and must be reasonably free of visible contaminates. Soil amendment must not contain paint, petroleum products, pesticides or any other chemical residues harmful to animal life or plant growth. Soil amendment must not possess objectionable odors. • Metal concentrations in soil amendment must not exceed the maximum metal concentrations listed in Title 14, California Code of Regulations, Division 7, Chapter 3.1, Section 17868.2. • Soil amendment must comply with the following:

7/14 6-24 PART 6/COUNTY Physical/Chemical Requirements Property Test Method Requirement pH *TMECC 04.11-A, Elastometric pH 1:5 Slurry 6.0–8.0 Method, pH Units Soluble Salts TMECC 04.10-A, Electrical Conductivity 1:5 Slurry 0-10.0 Method dS/m (mmhos/cm) Moisture Content TMECC 03.09-A, Total Solids & Moisture at 70+/- 5 30–60 deg C, % Wet Weight Basis Organic Matter TMECC 05.07-A, Loss-On-Ignition Organic Matter 30–65 Content Method (LOI), % Dry Weight Basis Maturity TMECC 05.05-A, Germination and Vigor Seed Emergence 80 or Above Seedling Vigor 80 or Above % Relative to Positive Control Stability TMECC 05.08-B, Carbon Dioxide Evolution Rate 8 or below mg CO2-C/g OM per day Particle Size TMECC 02.02-B Sample Sieving for Aggregate Size 95% Passing 5/8 inch Classification % Dry Weight Basis 70% Passing 3/8 inch Pathogen TMECC 07.01-B, Fecal Coliform Bacteria < 1000 MPN/gram dry wt. Pass Pathogen TMECC 07.01-B, Salmonella < 3 MPN/4 grams dry wt. Pass Physical TMECC 02.02-C, Man Made Inert Removal and Contaminants Classification: Plastic, Glass and Metal, % > 4mm fraction Combined Total: < 1.0 Physical TMECC 02.02-C, Man Made Inert Removal and Contaminants Classification: Sharps (Sewing needles, straight pins and hypodermic None Detected needles), % > 4mm fraction *TMECC refers to "Test Methods for the Examination of Composting and Compost," published by the United States Department of Agriculture and the United States Compost Council (USCC).

• Prior to application, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a copy of the soil amendment producer's Compost Technical Data Sheet and a copy of the compost producers STA certification. The Compost Technical Data Sheet shall include laboratory analytical test results, directions for product use, and a list of product ingredients. • Prior to application, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Certificate of Compliance in conformance with the provisions in Section 6-1.07, "Certificates of Compliance," of the Standard Specifications.

The last 3 paragraphs of Section 20-2.10, "Seed," of the Standard Specifications are deleted.

The last paragraph of Section 20-3.04A, "General," of the Standard Specifications is deleted.

Section 20-4.055, "Pruning," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

7/14 6-25 PART 6/COUNTY 20-4.055 PRUNING • Pruning of plants shall be consistent with American National Standards Institute (ANSI), "Tree, Shrub and Other Woody Plant Maintenance Standard Practices," ANSI 300 (Part 1)-2001 and "Best Management Practices Tree Pruning," 2002 (ISBN 1- 881956318), published by the International Society of Arboriculture, P.O. Boc 3129, Champaign, IL 61826.

SECTION 25: AGGREGATE SUBBASES

Issue Date: February 16, 2007

The first paragraph of Section 25-1.02A, "Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 Aggregate Subbases," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Aggregate must be clean and free from organic matter and other deleterious substances. Aggregate must consist of any combination of:

1. Broken stone 2. Crushed gravel 3. Natural rough surfaced gravel 4. Sand 5. Up to 100 percent of any combination of processed:

5.1. Asphalt concrete 5.2. Portland cement concrete 5.3. Lean concrete base 5.4. Cement treated base

The first paragraph of Section 25-1.02B, "Class 4 Aggregate Subbase," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Aggregate must be clean and free from organic matter and other deleterious substances. Aggregate must consist of any combination of:

1. Broken stone 2. Crushed gravel 3. Natural rough surfaced gravel 4. Sand 5. Up to 100 percent of any combination of processed:

5.1. Asphalt concrete 5.2. Portland cement concrete 5.3. Lean concrete base 5.4. Cement treated base

7/14 6-26 PART 6/COUNTY SECTION 26: AGGREGATE BASE

Issue Date: February 16, 2007

The first paragraph of Section 26-1.02A, "Class 2 Aggregate Base," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Aggregate must be clean and free from organic matter and other deleterious substances. Aggregate must consist of any combination of:

1. Broken stone 2. Crushed gravel 3. Natural rough surfaced gravel 4. Sand 5. Up to 100 percent of any combination of processed:

5.1. Asphalt concrete 5.2. Portland cement concrete 5.3. Lean concrete base 5.4. Cement treated base

The first paragraph of Section 26-1.02B, "Class 3 Aggregate Base," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Aggregate must be clean and free from organic matter and other deleterious substances. Aggregate must consist of any combination of:

1. Broken stone 2. Crushed gravel 3. Natural rough surfaced gravel 4. Sand 5. Up to 100 percent of any combination of processed:

5.1. Asphalt concrete 5.2. Portland cement concrete 5.3. Lean concrete base 5.4. Cement treated base

SECTION 27: CEMENT TREATED BASES

Issue Date: July 31, 2007

The first paragraph of Section 27-1.02, "Materials," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

7/14 6-27 PART 6/COUNTY • Cement shall be Type II portland cement conforming to the provisions in Section 90-2.01A, "Cement."

The third paragraph of Section 27-1.02, "Materials," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Aggregate for use in Class A cement treated base shall be of such quality that when mixed with cement in an amount not to exceed 5 percent by weight of the dry aggregate and compacted at optimum moisture content, the compressive strength of a sample of the compacted mixture shall not be less than 750 pounds per square inch at 7 days, when tested by California Test 312.

The fourth paragraph of Section 27-1.02, "Materials," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Aggregate for use in Class B cement treated base shall have a Resistance (R-value) of not less than 60 before mixing with cement and a Resistance (R-value) of not less than 80 after mixing with cement in an amount not to exceed 2.5 percent by weight of the dry aggregate.

The ninth paragraph of Section 27-1.07, "Compacting," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• When surfacing material is hot mix asphalt, the low areas shall be filled with hot mix asphalt conforming to the requirements for the lowest layer of hot mix asphalt to be placed as surfacing. This filling shall be done as a separate operation prior to placing the lowest layer of surfacing, and full compensation for this filling will be considered as included in the contract price paid for cement treated base and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

SECTION 28: LEAN CONCRETE BASE

Issue Date: July 31, 2007

The first paragraph of Section 28-1.02, "Materials," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Cement shall be Type II portland cement conforming to the provisions in Section 90-2.01A, "Cement."

The sixth paragraph of Section 28-1.02, "Materials," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Aggregate shall be of such quality that, when mixed with cement in an amount not to exceed 300 pounds per cubic yard, and tested in conformance with the

7/14 6-28 PART 6/COUNTY requirements in California Test 548, the compressive strength of a sample will be not less than 700 pounds per square inch at 7 days.

The second paragraph of Section 28-1.06, "Spreading, Compacting and Shaping," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• In advance of curing operations, lean concrete base to be surfaced with hot mix asphalt shall be textured with a drag strip of burlap, a broom or a spring steel tine device which will produce scoring in the finished surface. The scoring shall be parallel with the centerline or transverse thereto. The operation shall be performed at a time and in a manner to produce the coarsest texture practical for the method used.

The second paragraph of Section 28-1.08, "Surfaces Not Within Tolerance," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Hardened lean concrete base with a surface lower than 0.05-foot below the grade established by the Engineer shall be removed and replaced with lean concrete base which complies with these specifications, or if permitted by the Engineer, the low areas shall be filled with pavement material as follows:

1. When pavement material is hot mix asphalt, the low areas shall be filled with hot mix asphalt conforming to the requirements for the lowest layer of hot mix asphalt to be placed as pavement. This shall be done as a separate operation prior to placing the lowest layer of pavement, and full compensation for this filling will be considered as included in the contract price paid per cubic yard for lean concrete base and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 2. When pavement material is portland cement concrete, the low areas shall be filled with pavement concrete at the time and in the same operation that the pavement is placed. Full compensation for this filling will be considered as included in the contract price paid per cubic yard for lean concrete base and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

SECTION 29: TREATED PERMEABLE BASES

Issue Date: July 31, 2007

The second paragraph of Section 29-1.02B, "Cement Treated Permeable Base," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Cement shall be Type II portland cement conforming to the provisions in Section 90-2.01A, "Cement."

The first paragraph of Section 29-1.04A, "Asphalt Treated Permeable Base," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

7/14 6-29 PART 6/COUNTY • Aggregates and asphalt for asphalt treated permeable base shall be stored, proportioned and mixed in the same manner provided for storing, proportioning and mixing aggregates and asphalt for hot mix asphalt in Section 39-1.08, "Production," except as follows:

1. The aggregate need not be separated into sizes. 2. The temperature of the aggregate before adding the asphalt binder shall be not less than 275° F nor more than 325° F. 3. Asphalt treated permeable base stored in excess of 2 hours shall not be used in the work. 4. The aggregate shall be combined with 2.5 percent paving asphalt by weight of the dry aggregate. After testing samples of the Contractor's proposed aggregate supply, the Engineer may order an increase or decrease in the asphalt content. If an increase or decrease is ordered, and the increase or decrease exceeds the specified amount by more than 0.1-percent by weight of the dry aggregate, the compensation payable to the Contractor for the asphalt treated permeable base will be increased or decreased on the basis of the total increase or decrease in asphalt. 5. The asphalt content of the asphalt mixture will be determined, at the option of the Engineer, by extraction tests in conformance with the requirements in California Test 310 or 362, or will be determined in conformance with the requirements in California Test 379. The bitumen ratio pounds of asphalt per 100 pounds of dry aggregate shall not vary by more than 0.5-pound of asphalt above or 0.5-pound of asphalt below the amount designated by the Engineer. Compliance with this requirement will be determined either by taking samples from trucks at the plant or from the mat behind the paver before rolling. If the sample is taken from the mat behind the paver, the bitumen ratio shall be not less than the amount designated by the Engineer, less 0.7-pound of asphalt per 100 pounds of dry aggregate.

The second paragraph of Section 29-1.04B, "Cement Treated Permeable Base," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Cement treated permeable base shall contain not less than 287 pounds of cement per cubic yard.

The first paragraph of Section 29-1.05, "Spreading and Compacting Asphalt Treated Permeable Base," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Asphalt treated permeable base shall be spread and compacted as specified for hot mix asphalt under the "Method" construction process in Section 39, "Hot Mix Asphalt," and these specifications.

The second paragraph of Section 29-1.07, "Surfaces Not Within Tolerance," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Hardened treated permeable base with a surface lower than 0.05-foot below the grade established by the Engineer shall be removed and replaced with treated

7/14 6-30 PART 6/COUNTY permeable base which complies with these specifications, or if permitted by the Engineer, the low areas shall be filled with pavement material as follows:

1. When pavement material is hot mix asphalt, the low areas shall be filled with hot mix asphalt conforming to the requirements for the lowest layer of hot mix asphalt to be placed as pavement. This shall be done as a separate operation prior to placing the lowest layer of pavement. 2. When pavement material is portland cement concrete, the low areas shall be filled with pavement concrete at the time and in the same operation in which the pavement is placed. 3. Full compensation for filling low areas will be considered as included in the contract price paid per cubic yard for treated permeable base and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

SECTION 37: BITUMINOUS SEALS

Issue Date: August 17, 2007

The fourth through sixth paragraphs in Section 37-1.03, "Maintaining Traffic," of the Standard Specifications are amended to read:

• On 2-lane two-way roadways, W8-7 "LOOSE GRAVEL" signs and W13-1 (35) speed advisory signs shall be furnished and placed adjacent to both sides of the traveled way where screenings are being spread on a traffic lane. The first W8-7 sign in each direction shall be placed where traffic first encounters loose screenings, regardless of which lane the screenings are being spread on. The W13-1 (35) signs need not be placed in those areas with posted speed limits of less than 40 MPH. The signs shall be placed at maximum 2,000-foot intervals along each side of the traveled way and at public roads or streets entering the seal coat area as directed by the Engineer. • On multilane roadways (freeways, expressways and multilane conventional highways) where screenings are being spread on a traffic lane, W8-7 "LOOSE GRAVEL" signs and W13-1 (35) speed advisory signs shall be furnished and placed adjacent to the outside edge of the traveled way nearest to the lane being worked on. The first W8-7 sign shall be placed where the screenings begin with respect to the direction of travel on that lane. The W13-1 (35) signs need not be placed in those areas with posted speed limits of less than 40 MPH. The signs shall be placed at maximum 2,000-foot intervals along the edge of traveled way and at on-ramps, public roads or streets entering the seal coat area as directed by the Engineer. • The W8-7 and W13-1 signs shall be maintained in place at each location until final brooming of the seal coat surface at that location is completed. The W8-7 and W13-1 signs shall conform to the provisions for construction area signs in Section 12, "Construction Area Traffic Control Devices." The signs may be set on temporary portable supports with the W13-1 below the W8-7 or on barricades with the W13-1 sign alternating with the W8-7 sign.

7/14 6-31 PART 6/COUNTY The second paragraph of Section 37-1.07, "Finishing," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Rollers shall be oscillating type pneumatic-tired rollers. A minimum of 2 pneumatic-tired rollers conforming to the provisions in Section 39-3.03 "Spreading and Compacting Equipment," shall be furnished.

The second paragraph in Section 37-1.09, "Payment," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The above prices and payments shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in applying seal coat, complete in place, including furnishing, placing, maintaining, and removing W8-7 and W13-1 signs, when required, and temporary supports or barricades for the signs, as shown on the plans, and as specified in these specifications and the special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

SECTION 39: HOT MIX ASPHALT [CALTRANS HMA REVISIONS TO SECTION 39 NOT USED BY OWNER]

SECTION 40: PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT

Issue Date: January 5, 2007

Section 40-1.015, "Cement Content," is deleted.

Section 40-1.05, "Proportioning," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Aggregate and cementitious material proportioning shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-5, "Proportioning."

The first paragraph in Section 40-1.105, "Exit Ramp Termini," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Concrete pavement shall be constructed at the ends of exit ramps when required by the plans or the special provisions. Texturing for exit ramp termini shall be by means of heavy brooming in a direction normal to ramp centerline. The hardened surface shall have a coefficient of friction not less than 0.35 as determined by California Test 342. Minimum cementitious material content of concrete in pavement for exit ramp termini shall be 590 pounds per cubic yard.

The first paragraph in Section 40-1.14, "Payment," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

7/14 6-32 PART 6/COUNTY • The contract price paid per cubic yard for concrete pavement shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials (including cementitious material in the amount specified), tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in constructing the portland cement concrete pavement, complete in place, as shown on the plans, and as specified in these specifications and the special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

SECTION 41: PAVEMENT SUBSEALING AND JACKING

Issue Date: January 5, 2007

The second paragraph of Section 41-1.02, "Materials," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Cement for grout shall be Type II portland cement conforming to the provisions in Section 90-2.01A, "Cement."

The third paragraph of Section 41-1.02, "Materials," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Fly ash shall conform to the requirements in AASHTO Designation: M 295 for either Class C or for Class F. The brand of fly ash used in the work shall conform to the provisions for approval of admixture brands in Section 90-4.03, "Admixture Approval."

The fifth paragraph of Section 41-1.02, "Materials," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Chemical admixtures and calcium chloride may be used. Chemical admixtures in the grout mix shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-4, "Admixtures." Calcium chloride shall conform to ASTM Designation: D 98.

SECTION 49: PILING

Issue Date: June 6, 2008

The 4th paragraph of Section 49-1.03, "Determination of Length," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Modification to the specified installation methods and specified pile tip elevation will not be considered at locations where settlement, tension demands, or lateral load demands control design pile tip elevations or when the plans state that specified pile tip elevation shall not be revised.

The first sentence of the sixth paragraph of Section 49-1.03, "Determination of Length," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

7/14 6-33 PART 6/COUNTY

• Indicator compression pile load testing shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation: D 1143-81.

The first sentence of the seventh paragraph of Section 49-1.03, "Determination of Length," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Indicator tension pile load testing shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation: D 3689-90.

The 9th paragraph of Section 49-1.03, "Determination of Length," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The Contractor shall furnish piling of sufficient length to obtain the specified tip elevation shown on the plans or specified in the special provisions.

The sixth paragraph in Section 49-1.04, "Load Test Piles," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The Contractor may use additional cementitious material in the concrete for the load test and anchor piles.

The 1st paragraph of Section 49-6.01, "Measurement," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The length of timber, steel, and precast prestressed concrete piles, and of cast- in-place concrete piles consisting of driven shells filled with concrete, shall be measured along the longest side, from the tip elevation shown on the plans to the plane of pile cutoff.

Section 49-6.02, "Payment," of the Standard Specifications is amended by adding the following:

• When pile tips are revised by the Engineer for timber, steel, and precast prestressed concrete piles, and for cast-in-place concrete piles consisting of driven shells filled with concrete, the additional length required, including all materials, equipment, and labor for furnishing, splicing, and installing the piling, will be paid for as extra work as provided in Section 4-1.03D, "Extra Work." • All remedial work required to achieve the required nominal resistance, including suspending driving operations above the required tip elevation and redriving piles at a later time, when directed by the Engineer, will be paid for as extra work as provided in Section 4-1.03D, "Extra Work."

SECTION 50: PRESTRESSING CONCRETE

Issue Date: April 4, 2008 7/14 6-34 PART 6/COUNTY

The 2nd paragraph in Section 50-1.07, "Ducts," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Ducts shall be fabricated with either welded or interlocked seams. Galvanizing of the welded seam will not be required. Ducts shall have sufficient strength to maintain their correct alignment during placing of concrete. Joints between sections of duct shall be positive metallic connections which do not result in angle changes at the joints. Waterproof tape shall be used at the connections. Ducts shall be bent without crimping or flattening. Transition couplings connecting the ducts to anchoring devices shall be either ferrous metal or polyolefin. Ferrous metal transition couplings need not be galvanized.

The 3rd paragraph in Section 50-1.05, "Prestressing Steel," of the Standard Specifications is amended by deleting item A.

The seventh paragraph in Section 50-1.07, "Ducts," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• All ducts with a total length of 400 feet or more shall be vented. Vents shall be placed at intervals of not more than 400 feet and shall be located within 6 feet of every high point in the duct profile. Vents shall be 1/2 inch minimum diameter standard pipe or suitable plastic pipe. Connections to ducts shall be made with metallic or plastic structural fasteners. Plastic components, if selected, shall not react with the concrete or enhance corrosion of the prestressing steel and shall be free of water soluble chlorides. The vents shall be mortar tight, taped as necessary, and shall provide means for injection of grout through the vents and for sealing the vents. Ends of vents shall be removed one inch below the roadway surface after grouting has been completed.

Item B of the eleventh paragraph in Section 50-1.08, "Prestressing," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

B. When the concrete is designated by class or cementitious material content, either the concrete compressive strength shall have reached the strength shown on the plans at the time of stressing or at least 28 days shall have elapsed since the last concrete to be prestressed has been placed, whichever occurs first.

The second and third paragraphs in Section 50-1.09, "Bonding and Grouting," of the Standard Specifications are amended to read:

• Grout shall consist of cement and water and may contain an admixture if approved by the Engineer. • Cement shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-2.01A, "Cement."

The first paragraph in Section 50-1.11, "Payment," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read: 7/14 6-35 PART 6/COUNTY

• No separate payment will be made for pretensioning precast concrete members. Payment for pretensioning precast concrete members shall be considered as included in the contract price paid for furnish precast members as provided for in Section 51, "Concrete Structures."

SECTION 51: CONCRETE STRUCTURES

Issue Date: May 2, 2008

The first sentence of the eleventh paragraph of Section 51-1.05, "Forms," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Form panels for exposed surfaces shall be furnished and placed in uniform widths of not less than 3 feet and in uniform lengths of not less than 6 feet, except at the end of continuously formed surfaces where the final panel length required is less than 6 feet.

The first sentence of the eleventh paragraph of Section 51-1.06C, "Removing Falsework," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Falsework for box culverts and other structures with decks lower than the roadway pavement and with span lengths of 14 feet or less shall not be released until the last placed concrete has attained a compressive strength of 1,600 psi, provided that curing of the concrete is not interrupted.

The 6th paragraph of Section 51-1.11, "Construction Methods," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Construction methods and equipment employed by the Contractor shall conform to the provisions in Section 7-1.02, "Load Limitations."

The fourth paragraph in Section 51-1.12D, "Sheet Packing, Preformed Pads, and Board Fillers," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Expanded polystyrene shall be a commercially available polystyrene board. Expanded polystyrene shall have a minimum flexural strength of 35 psi determined in conformance with the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 203 and a compressive yield strength of between 16 and 40 psi at 5 percent compression. Surfaces of expanded polystyrene against which concrete is placed shall be faced with hardboard. Hardboard shall be 1/8 inch minimum thickness, conforming to ANSI A135.4, any class. Other facing materials may be used provided they furnish equivalent protection. Boards shall be held in place by nails, waterproof adhesive, or other means approved by the Engineer.

7/14 6-36 PART 6/COUNTY The 3rd paragraph of Section 51-1.12F, "Sealed Joints," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Type A and AL joint seals shall consist of a groove in the concrete that is filled with field-mixed silicone sealant.

The table in the 6th paragraph of Section 51-1.12F, "Sealed Joints," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

Movement Rating (MR) Seal Type MR ≤ 1 inch Type A or Type B 1 inch < MR ≤ 2 inches Type B 2 inches < MR ≤ 4 inches Joint Seal Assembly (Strip Seal) MR > 4 inches Joint Seal Assembly (Modular Unit) or Seismic Joint

The 1st paragraph of Section 51-1.12F(3)(a), "Type A and AL Seal, " of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The sealant must consist of a 2-component silicone sealant that will withstand up to ±50 percent movement.

The 2nd paragraph of Section 51-1.12F(3)(a), "Type A and AL Seal," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Silicone sealants must be tested under California Test 435 and must comply with the following:

Specification Requirement Modulus at 150 percent elongation 8–75 psi Recovery 21/32 inch max. Notch Test Notched or loss of bond 1/4 inch, max. Water Resistance Notched or loss of bond 1/4 inch, max. Ultraviolet Exposure No more than slight checking or ASTM Designation: G 154, Table cracking. X2.1,Cycle 2. Cone Penetration 4.5-12.0 mm

The 3rd paragraph of Section 51-1.12F(3)(a), "Type A and AL Seal," of the Standard Specifications is deleted.

The 8th paragraph of Section 51-1.12F(3)(a), "Type A and AL Seal," of the Standard Specifications is deleted.

7/14 6-37 PART 6/COUNTY The 10th paragraph of Section 51-1.12F(3)(a), "Type A and AL Seal," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• A Certificate of Compliance accompanied by a certified test report must be furnished for each batch of silicone sealant in conformance with the provisions in Section 6-1.07, "Certificates of Compliance."

The 2nd paragraph of Section 51-1.12F(3)(b), "Type B Seal," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The preformed elastomeric joint seal must conform to the requirements in ASTM D 2628 and the following:

1. The seal must consist of a multichannel, nonporous, homogeneous material furnished in a finished extruded form. 2. The minimum depth of the seal measured at the contact surface must be at least 95 percent of the minimum uncompressed width of the seal as designated by the manufacturer. 3. When tested in conformance with the requirements in California Test 673 for Type B seals, joint seals must provide a movement rating (MR) of not less than that shown on the plans. 4. The top and bottom edges of the joint seal must maintain continuous contact with the sides of the groove over the entire range of joint movement. 5. The seal must be furnished full length for each joint with no more than 1 shop splice in any 60-foot length of seal. 6. The Contractor must demonstrate the adequacy of the procedures to be used in the work before installing seals in the joints. 7. One field splice per joint may be made at locations and by methods approved by the Engineer. The seals are to be manufactured full length for the intended joint, then cut at the approved splice section and rematched before splicing. The Contractor must submit splicing details prepared by the joint seal manufacturer for approval before beginning splicing work. 8. Shop splices and field splices must have no visible offset of exterior surfaces and must show no evidence of bond failure. 9. At all open ends of the seal that would admit water or debris, each cell must be filled to a depth of 3 inches with commercial quality open cell polyurethane foam or closed by other means subject to approval by the Engineer.

The 7th paragraph of Section 51-1.12F(3)(b), "Type B Seal," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The joint seal must be installed full length for each joint with equipment that does not twist or distort the seal, elongate the seal longitudinally, or otherwise cause damage to the seal or to the concrete forming the groove.

7/14 6-38 PART 6/COUNTY The first sentence of the eleventh paragraph of Section 51-1.12F(3)(b), "Type B Seal," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Samples of the prefabricated joint seals, not less than 3 feet in length, will be taken by the Engineer from each lot of material.

The fourth and fifth sentences of the sixth paragraph of Section 51-1.12H(1), "Plain and Fabric Reinforced Elastomeric Bearing Pads," of the Standard Specifications are amended to read:

• Each ply of fabric shall have a breaking strength of not less than 800 pounds per inch of width in each thread direction when 3" x 36" samples are tested on split drum grips. The bond between double plies shall have a minimum peel strength of 20 pounds per inch.

The hardness (Type A) requirement in the table in the eighth paragraph of Section 51-1.12H(1), "Plain and Fabric Reinforced Elastomeric Bearing Pads," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

Hardness (Type A) D 2240 with 2kg mass. 55 ±5

The first sentence of subparagraph A of the first paragraph of Section 51-1.12H(2), "Steel Reinforced Elastomeric Bearings," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The bearings shall consist of alternating steel laminates and internal elastomer laminates with top and bottom elastomer covers. Steel laminates shall have a nominal thickness of 0.075 inch (14 gage).

The first paragraph in Section 51-1.135, "Mortar," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Mortar shall be composed of cementitious material, sand, and water proportioned and mixed as specified in this Section 51-1.135.

The third paragraph in Section 51-1.135, "Mortar," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The proportion of cementitious material to sand, measured by volume, shall be one to 2 unless otherwise specified.

The third sentence of the fourth paragraph of Section 51-1.17, "Finishing Bridge Decks," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

7/14 6-39 PART 6/COUNTY • The surfaces shall have a profile trace showing no high points in excess of 0.25 inch, and the portions of the surfaces within the traveled way shall have a profile count of 5 or less in any 100-foot section.

Section 51-1.17, "Finishing Bridge Decks," of the Standard Specifications is amended by adding the following subsection:

51-1.17A DECK CRACK TREATMENT • The Contractor shall use all means necessary to minimize the development of shrinkage cracks. • The Contractor shall remove all equipment and materials from the deck and clean the surface as necessary for the Engineer to measure the surface crack intensity. Surface crack intensity will be determined by the Engineer after completion of concrete cure, before prestressing, and before the release of falsework. In any 500 square foot portion of deck within the limits of the new concrete deck, should the intensity of cracking be such that there are more than 16 feet of cracks whose width at any location exceeds 0.02 inch, the deck shall be treated with methacrylate resin. The area of deck to be treated shall have a width that extends for the entire width of new deck inside the concrete barriers and a length that extends at least 5 feet beyond the furthest single continuous crack outside the 500 square foot portion, measured from where that crack exceeds 0.02 inch in width, as determined by the Engineer. • Deck crack treatment shall include furnishing, testing, and application of methacrylate resin and sand. If grinding is required, deck treatment shall take place before grinding.

51-1.17A(1) Submittals • Before starting deck treatment, the Contractor shall submit plans in conformance with Section 5-1.02, "Plans and Working Drawings," for the following:

1. Public safety plan for the use of methacrylate resin 2. Placement plan for the construction operation

• The plans shall identify materials, equipment, and methods to be used. • The public safety plan for the use of methacrylate resin shall include details for the following:

1. Shipping 2. Storage 3. Handling 4. Disposal of residual methacrylate resin and the containers

• The placement plan for construction shall include the following:

7/14 6-40 PART 6/COUNTY 1. Schedule of deck treatment for each bridge. The schedule shall be consistent with "Maintaining Traffic" of the special provisions and shall include time for the Engineer to perform California Test 342. 2. Methods and materials to be used, including the following:

2.1. Description of equipment for applying the resin 2.2. Description of equipment for applying the sand 2.3. Gel time range and final cure time for the resin

• If the measures proposed in the safety plan are inadequate to provide for public safety associated with the use of methacrylate resin, the Engineer will reject the plan and direct the Contractor to revise the plan. Directions for revisions will be in writing and include detailed comments. The Engineer will notify the Contractor of the approval or rejection of a submitted or revised plan within 15 days of receipt of that plan. • In the event the Engineer fails to complete the review within the time allowed, and if, in the opinion of the Engineer, completion of the work is delayed or interfered with by reason of the Engineer's delay in completing the review, the Contractor will be compensated for any resulting loss, and an extension of time will be granted, in the same manner as provided for in Section 8-1.09, "Right of Way Delays."

51-1.17A(2) Materials • Before using methacrylate resin, a Material Safety Data Sheet shall be submitted for each shipment of resin. • Methacrylate resin shall be low odor and have a high molecular weight. Before adding initiator, the resin shall have a maximum volatile content of 30 percent when tested in conformance with the requirements in ASTM Designation: D 2369, and shall conform to the following:

PROPERTY REQUIREMENT TEST METHOD * Viscosity 25 cP, maximum, ASTM D 2196 (Brookfield RVT with UL adaptor, 50 RPM at 77°F * Specific Gravity 0.90 minimum, ASTM D 1475 at 77°F * Flash Point 180°F, minimum ASTM D 3278

* Vapor Pressure 1.0 mm Hg, ASTM D 323 maximum, at 77°F Tack-free Time 400 minutes, Specimen prepared maximum at 25°C per California Test 551 PCC Saturated 3.5 MPa, minimum California Test 551 Surface-Dry Bond at 24 hours and Strength 21±1°C * Test shall be performed before adding initiator.

7/14 6-41 PART 6/COUNTY 51-1.17A(3) Testing • The Contractor shall allow 20 days for sampling and testing by the Engineer of the methacrylate resin before proposed use. If bulk resin is to be used, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing at least 15 days before the delivery of the bulk resin to the job site. Bulk resin is any resin stored in containers in excess of 55 gallons. • Before starting production treatment, the Contractor shall treat a test area of approximately 500 square feet that is within the project limits and at a location approved by the Engineer. When available the test area shall be outside of the traveled way. Weather and pavement conditions during the test treatment shall be similar to those expected on the deck. Equipment used for testing shall be similar to those used for deck treating operations. • During test and production deck treatment, test tiles shall be used to evaluate the resin cure time. The Contractor shall coat at least one 4" x 4" commercial quality smooth glazed tile for each batch of methacrylate resin. The coated tile shall be placed adjacent to the corresponding treated area. Sand shall not be applied to the test tiles. • The acceptance criteria for a treated area is as follows:

1. The test tiles are dry to the touch. 2. The treated deck surface is tack free (non-oily). 3. The sand cover adheres and resists brushing by hand. 4. Excess sand has been removed by vacuuming or sweeping. 5. The coefficient of friction is at least 0.35 when tested in conformance with California Test 342.

• Deck treatment on the test area shall demonstrate that the methods and materials meet the acceptance criteria and that the production work will be completed within the specified time for maintaining traffic. • If a test or production area fails to meet the acceptance criteria, as determined by the Engineer, the treatment will be rejected, and the treatment shall be removed and replaced until the area complies with the acceptance criteria.

51-1.17A(4) Construction • Equipment shall be fitted with suitable traps, filters, drip pans, or other devices as necessary to prevent oil or other deleterious material from being deposited on the deck. • Before deck treatment with methacrylate resin, the bridge deck surface shall be cleaned by abrasive blasting, and all loose material shall be blown from visible cracks using high-pressure air. Concrete curing seals shall be cleaned from the deck surface to be treated, and the deck shall be dry when blast cleaning is performed. If the deck surface becomes contaminated at any time before placing the resin, the deck surface shall be cleaned by abrasive blasting. • Where abrasive blasting is being performed within 10 feet of a lane occupied by public traffic, the residue including dust shall be removed immediately after contact between the abrasive and the surface being treated. The removal shall be by a vacuum attachment operating concurrently with the abrasive blasting operation.

7/14 6-42 PART 6/COUNTY • A compatible promoter/initiator system shall be capable of providing the resin gel time range shown on the placement plan. Gel time shall be adjusted to compensate for the changes in temperature throughout treatment application. • Resin shall be applied by machine and by using a two-part resin system with a promoted resin for one part and an initiated resin for the other part. This two-part resin system shall be combined at equal volumes to the spray bars through separate positive displacement pumps. Combining of the 2 components shall be by either static in-line mixers or by external intersecting spray fans. The pump pressure at the spray bars shall not be great enough to cause appreciable atomization of the resin. Compressed air shall not be used to produce the spray. A shroud shall be used to enclose the spray bar apparatus. • At the Contractor's option, manual application may be used. For manual application, (1) the quantity of resin mixed with promoter and initiator shall be limited to 5 gallons at a time, and (2) the resin shall be distributed by squeegees and brooms within 10 minutes after application. • The Contractor shall apply methacrylate resin only to the specified area. Barriers, railing, joints, and drainage facilities shall be adequately protected to prevent contamination by the treatment material. Contaminated items shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. • The relative humidity shall be less than 90 percent at the time of treatment. The prepared area shall be dry and the surface temperature shall be at least 50°F and not more than 100°F when the resin is applied. The rate of application of promoted/initiated resin shall be approximately 90 square feet per gallon; the exact rate shall be determined by the Engineer. • The deck surfaces to be treated shall be completely covered with resin so the resin penetrates and fills all cracks. The resin shall be applied within 5 minutes after complete mixing. A significant increase in viscosity shall be cause for rejection. Excess material shall be redistributed by squeegees or brooms within 10 minutes after application. For textured deck surfaces, including grooved surfaces, excess material shall be removed from the texture indentations. • After the resin has been applied, at least 20 minutes shall elapse before applying sand. The sand shall be commercial quality dry blast sand. At least 95 percent of the sand shall pass the No. 8 sieve and at least 95 percent shall be retained on the No. 20 sieve. The sand shall be applied at a rate of approximately 2 pounds per square yard or until refusal as determined by the Engineer. • Traffic will not be allowed on treated areas until the acceptance criteria has been met as determined by the Engineer.

The second paragraph in Section 51-1.18C, "Class 2 Surface Finish (Gun Finish)," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• When Class 2 surface finish (gun finish) is specified, ordinary surface finish shall first be completed. The concrete surfaces shall then be abrasive blasted to a rough texture and thoroughly washed down with water. While the washed surfaces are damp, but not wet, a finish coating of machine applied mortar, approximately 1/4 inch thick, shall be applied in not less than 2 passes. The coating shall be pneumatically applied 7/14 6-43 PART 6/COUNTY and shall consist of either (1) sand, cementitious material, and water mechanically mixed prior to its introduction to the nozzle, or (2) premixed sand and cementitious material to which water is added prior to its expulsion from the nozzle. The use of admixtures shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer as provided in Section 90, "Portland Cement Concrete." Unless otherwise specified, supplementary cementitious materials will not be required. The proportion of cementitious material to sand shall be not less than one to 4, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Sand shall be of a grading suitable for the purpose intended. The machines shall be operated and the coating shall be applied in conformance with standard practice. The coating shall be firmly bonded to the concrete surfaces on which it is applied.

The fifth paragraph in Section 51-1.18C, "Class 2 Surface Finish (Gun Finish)," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• When surfaces to be finished are in pedestrian undercrossings, the sand shall be silica sand and the cementitious material shall be standard white portland cement.

Section 51-1.23, "Payment," of the Standard Specifications is amended by adding the following:

• Full compensation for deck crack treatment, including execution of the public safety plan, shall be considered as included in the contract price paid per cubic yard for structural concrete, bridge, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

SECTION 52: REINFORCEMENT

Issue Date: December 7, 2007

The table in the eleventh paragraph of Section 52-1.07, "Placing," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

Height Zone (H) Wind Pressure Value (Feet above ground) (psf) H ≤ 30 20 30 < H ≤ 50 25 50 < H ≤ 100 30 H > 100 35

The table in the second paragraph of Section 52-1.08B(1), "Mechanical Splices," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

7/14 6-44 PART 6/COUNTY Reinforcing Bar Number Total Slip 4 0.010-inch 5 0.010-inch 6 0.010-inch 7 0.014-inch 8 0.014-inch 9 0.014-inch 10 0.018-inch 11 0.018-inch 14 0.024-inch 18 0.030-inch

The subparagraph under the sixth paragraph of Section 52-1.08B(2), "Butt Welded Splices," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The minimum preheat and interpass temperatures shall be 400º F for Grade 40 bars and 600º F for Grade 60 bars. Immediately after completing the welding, at least 6 inches of the bar on each side of the splice shall be covered by an insulated wrapping to control the rate of cooling. The insulated wrapping shall remain in place until the bar has cooled below 200º F.

Item A of the 3rd paragraph of Section 52-1.08C, "Service Splice and Ultimate Butt Splice Testing Requirements," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

A. Proper facilities, including a calibrated tensile testing machine capable of breaking the largest size of reinforcing bar to be tested.

The 5th paragraph of Section 52-1.08C, "Service Splice and Ultimate Butt Splice Testing Requirements," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Prequalification and production sample splices and testing shall conform to California Test 670 and these specifications.

The 6th paragraph of Section 52-1.08C, "Service Splice and Ultimate Butt Splice Testing Requirements," of the Standard Specifications is deleted.

The 5th paragraph of Section 52-1.08C(2)(a), "Production Test Requirements for Service Splices," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• If 3 or more sample splices from a production test conform to the provisions in this Section 52-1.08C(2), "Service Splice Test Criteria," all splices in the lot represented by this production test will be considered acceptable.

The 2nd paragraph of Section 52-1.08C(3), "Ultimate Butt Splice Test Criteria," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

7/14 6-45 PART 6/COUNTY • A minimum of 1 control bar shall be removed from the same bar as, and adjacent to, all ultimate prequalification, production, and quality assurance sample splices. The lengths of control bars shall conform to the lengths specified for sample splices in California Test 670. The portion of adjacent bar remaining in the work shall also be identified with weatherproof markings that correspond to its adjacent control bar.

The 2nd sentence of the 6th paragraph of Section 52-1.08C(3), "Ultimate Butt Splice Test Criteria," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• In addition, necking of the bar, as defined in California Test 670, shall occur at rupture regardless of whether the bar breaks inside or outside the affected zone.

SECTION 53: SHOTCRETE

Issue Date: November 2, 2007

The third paragraph in Section 53-1.01, "Description," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The dry-mix process shall consist of delivering dry mixed aggregate and cementitious material pneumatically or mechanically to the nozzle body and adding water and mixing the materials in the nozzle body. The wet-mix process shall consist of delivering mixed aggregate, cement, and water pneumatically to the nozzle and adding any admixture at the nozzle.

The first through fourth paragraphs in Section 53-1.02, "Materials," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Cementitious material, fine aggregate, and mixing water shall conform to the provisions in Section 90, "Portland Cement Concrete." • Shotcrete to be mixed and applied by the dry-mix process shall consist of one part cementitious material to not more than 4.5 parts fine aggregate, thoroughly mixed in a dry state before being charged into the machine. Measurement may be either by volume or by weight. The fine aggregate shall contain not more than 6 percent moisture by weight. • Shotcrete to be mixed and applied by the wet-mix process shall consist of cementitious material, fine aggregate, and water and shall contain not less than 632 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard. A maximum of 30 percent pea gravel may be substituted for fine aggregate. The maximum size of pea gravel shall be such that 100 percent passes the 1/2 inch screen and at least 90 percent passes the 3/8 inch screen. • Admixtures may be added to shotcrete and shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-4, "Admixtures."

Item C of the third paragraph in Section 53-1.04, "Placing Shotcrete," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read: 7/14 6-46 PART 6/COUNTY

C. Aggregate and cementitious material that have been mixed for more than 45 minutes shall not be used unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer.

Section 53-1.07, "Measurement," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Quantities of shotcrete will be measured by the cubic yard computed from measurements, along the slope, of actual areas placed and the theoretical thickness shown on the plans. The Department does not pay for shotcrete placed outside the dimensions shown on the plans or to fill low foundation.

Section 53-1.08, "Payment," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The contract price paid per cubic yard for shotcrete shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in placing shotcrete, including preparing the foundation, wire reinforcement, structure backfill, joint filling material, and if required by the plans, drains with sacked pervious backfill material, as shown on the plans, as specified in these specifications and the special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

SECTION 55: STEEL STRUCTURES

Issue Date: May 2, 2008

The 3rd paragraph of Section 55-1.05, "Falsework," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Construction methods and equipment employed by the Contractor shall conform to the provisions in Section 7-1.02, "Load Limitations."

The CVN impact value for Grade HPS 50W in the table in the fifth paragraph of Section 55-2.01, "Description," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

Grade HPS 50W* (4 inches and under in 20 at 10º F thickness)

The first paragraph in Section 55-3.05, "Flatness of Faying and Bearing Surfaces," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Surfaces of bearing and base plates and other metal surfaces that are to come in contact with each other or with ground concrete surfaces or with asbestos sheet packing shall be flat to within 1/32-inch tolerance in 12 inches and to within 1/16-inch tolerance overall. Surfaces of bearing and base plates and other metal bearing surfaces that are to come in contact with preformed fabric pads, elastomeric bearing pads, or mortar shall be flat to within 1/8-inch tolerance in 12 inches and to within 3/16-inch tolerance overall. 7/14 6-47 PART 6/COUNTY

Item B of the first paragraph of Section 55-3.10, "Fastener Threads," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

B. Internal threads shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation: A 563.

The third paragraph in Section 55-3.19, "Bearings and Anchorages," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Immediately before setting bearing assemblies or masonry plates directly on ground concrete surfaces, the Contractor shall thoroughly clean the surfaces of the concrete and the metal to be in contact and shall apply a coating of nonsag polysulfide or polyurethane caulking conforming to the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 920 to contact areas to provide full bedding.

The fifth paragraph in Section 55-3.19, "Bearings and Anchorages," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Mortar to be placed below masonry plates or bearing plates of the bearing assemblies and in anchor bolt sleeves or canisters shall conform to the provisions in Section 51-1.135, "Mortar," except that the proportion of cementitious material to sand shall be 1:3.

Item D of the first paragraph of Section 55-4.01, "Measurement," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

D. To determine the pay quantities of galvanized metal, the weight to be added to the calculated weight of the base metal for the galvanizing will be determined from the table of weights of zinc coatings specified in ASTM Designation: A 153/A 153M.

SECTION 56: SIGNS

Issue Date: March 16, 2007

The fifth paragraph in Section 56-1.03, "Fabrication," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Clips, eyes, or removable brackets shall be affixed to all signs and all posts and shall be used to secure the sign during shipping and for lifting and moving during erection as necessary to prevent damage to the finished galvanized or painted surfaces. Brackets on tubular sign structures shall be removed after erection. Details of the devices shall be shown on the working drawings.

The fourth paragraph of Section 56-1.10, "Payment," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

7/14 6-48 PART 6/COUNTY • The contract price paid per pound for install sign structure of the type or types designated in the Engineer's Estimate shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in installing sign structures, complete in place, including installing anchor bolt assemblies, removable sign panel frames, and sign panels and performing any welding, painting or galvanizing required during installation, as shown on the plans, as specified in these specifications and the special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

The fourth paragraph in Section 56-2.03, "Construction," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Backfill material for metal posts shall consist of minor concrete conforming to the provisions in Section 90-10, "Minor Concrete," and shall contain not less than 463 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard.

SECTION 59: PAINTING

Issue Date: May 1, 2006

The third paragraph of Section 59-2.12, "Painting," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Contact surfaces of stiffeners, railings, built up members or open seam exceeding 6 mils in width that would retain moisture, shall be caulked with polysulfide or polyurethane sealing compound conforming to the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O, or other approved material.

The fourth paragraph of Section 59-2.12, "Painting," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The dry film thickness of the paint will be measured in place with a calibrated Type 2 magnetic film thickness gage in conformance with the requirements in SSPC-PA 2, "Measurement of Dry Coating Thickness with Magnetic Gages," of the "SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings," except that there shall be no limit to the number or location of spot measurements to verify compliance with specified thickness requirements.

SECTION 64: PLASTIC PIPE

Issue Date: July 31, 2007

The first paragraph of Section 64-1.06, "Concrete Backfill," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

7/14 6-49 PART 6/COUNTY • At locations where pipe is to be backfilled with concrete as shown on the plans, the concrete backfill shall be constructed of minor concrete or Class 4 concrete conforming to the provisions in Section 90, "Portland Cement Concrete." Minor concrete shall contain not less than 380 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard. The concrete to be used will be designated in the contract item or shown on the plans.

The third paragraph of Section 64-1.06, "Concrete Backfill," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The surface of the concrete backfill shall be broomed with a heavy broom to produce a uniform rough surface if hot mix asphalt is to be placed directly thereon.

SECTION 65: REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE

Issue Date: July 31, 2007

The first paragraph of Section 65-1.02, "Materials," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Cementitious material and aggregate shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-2, "Materials" except that mortar strengths relative to Ottawa sand and grading requirements shall not apply to the aggregate. Use of supplemental cementitious material shall conform to AASHTO Designation: M 170.

Subparagraph "c" of the eleventh paragraph of Section 65-1.02A(1) "Circular Reinforced Concrete Pipe (Designated or Selected by Class)," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

c. Cementitious material and aggregate for non-reinforced concrete pipe shall conform to the provisions in Section 65-1.02, "Materials."

The first paragraph of Section 65-1.035, "Concrete Backfill," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• At locations where pipe is to be backfilled with concrete as shown on the plans, the concrete backfill shall be constructed of minor concrete or Class 4 concrete in conformance with the provisions in Section 90, "Portland Cement Concrete." Minor concrete shall contain not less than 380 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard. The concrete to be used will be designated in the contract item.

The third paragraph of Section 65-1.035, "Concrete Backfill," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The surface of the concrete backfill shall be broomed with a heavy broom to produce a uniform rough surface if hot mix asphalt is to be placed directly thereon.

7/14 6-50 PART 6/COUNTY The first subparagraph of the second paragraph of Section 65-1.06, "Joints," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Cement Mortar.- Mortar shall be composed of one part cementitious material and 2 parts sand by volume. Supplementary cementitious material will not be required.

SECTION 66: CORRUGATED METAL PIPE

Issue Date: July 31, 2007

The first paragraph of Section 66-1.045, "Concrete Backfill," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• At locations where pipe is to be backfilled with concrete as shown on the plans, the concrete backfill shall be constructed of minor concrete or Class 4 concrete conforming to the provisions in Section 90, "Portland Cement Concrete." Minor concrete shall contain not less than 380 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard. The concrete to be used will be designated in the contract item or shown on the plans.

The third paragraph of Section 66-1.045, "Concrete Backfill," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The surface of the concrete backfill shall be broomed with a heavy broom to produce a uniform rough surface if hot mix asphalt is to be placed directly thereon.

SECTION 68: SUBSURFACE DRAINS

Issue Date: July 31, 2007

The first and second paragraphs of Section 68-3.02D, "Miscellaneous," of the Standard Specifications are amended to read:

• Concrete for splash pads shall be produced from minor concrete conforming to the provisions in Section 90-10, "Minor Concrete." Minor concrete shall contain not less than 470 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard. • Mortar placed where edge drain outlets and vents connect to drainage pipe and existing drainage inlets shall conform to the provisions in Section 51-1.135, "Mortar."

The thirteenth paragraph of Section 68-3.03, "Installation," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Cement treated permeable material, which is not covered with hot mix asphalt within 12 hours after compaction of the permeable material, shall be cured by either sprinkling the material with a fine spray of water every 4 hours during daylight hours or covering the material with a white polyethylene sheet, not less than 6 mils thick. The

7/14 6-51 PART 6/COUNTY above curing requirements shall begin at 7:00 a.m. on the morning following compaction of the cement treated permeable material and continue for the next 72 hours or until the material is covered with hot mix asphalt, whichever is less. The cement treated permeable material shall not be sprayed with water during the first 12 hours after compacting, but may be covered with the polyethylene sheet during the first 12 hours or prior to the beginning of the cure period.

The seventeenth and eighteenth paragraphs of Section 68-3.03, "Installation," of the Standard Specifications are amended to read:

• Hot mix asphalt for backfilling trenches in existing paved areas shall be produced from commercial quality aggregates and asphalt and mixed at a central mixing plant. The aggregate shall conform to the 3/4 inch grading, or the 1/2 inch grading for Type A and Type B hot mix asphalt specified in Section 39-1.02E, "Aggregate." The amount of asphalt binder to be mixed with the aggregate shall be between 4 percent and 7 percent by weight of the dry aggregate, as determined by the Engineer. • Hot mix asphalt backfill shall be spread and compacted in approximately 2 equal layers by methods that will produce a hot mix asphalt surfacing of uniform smoothness, texture and density. Each layer shall be compacted before the temperature of the mixture drops below 250º F. Prior to placing the hot mix asphalt backfill, a tack coat of asphaltic emulsion conforming to the provisions in Section 94, "Asphaltic Emulsions," shall be applied to the vertical edges of existing pavement at an approximate rate of 0.05-gallon per square yard.

The twentieth paragraph of Section 68-3.03, "Installation," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Type A pavement markers conforming to the details shown on the plans and the provisions in Section 85, "Pavement Markers," shall be placed on paved shoulders or dikes at outlet, vent and cleanout locations as directed by the Engineer. The waiting period for placing pavement markers on new hot mix asphalt surfacing will not apply.

Section 68-3.05, "Payment," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The contract price paid per linear foot for plastic pipe (edge drain) of the size or sizes shown in the Engineer's Estimate shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in installing edge drains complete in place, including excavation (and removal of any concrete deposits that may occur along the lower edge of the concrete pavement in Type 1 installations) and hot mix asphalt backfill for Type 1 edge drain installation, tack coat, filter fabric, and treated permeable material, as shown on the plans, as specified in these specifications and the special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. • The contract price paid per linear foot for plastic pipe (edge drain outlet) of the size or sizes shown in the Engineer's Estimate shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in installing edge drain outlets, vents and cleanouts complete in place, 7/14 6-52 PART 6/COUNTY including outlet and vent covers, expansion plugs, pavement markers, concrete splash pads, connecting outlets and vents to drainage facilities, and excavation and backfill [aggregate base, hot mix asphalt, tack coat, and native material] for outlets, vents, and cleanouts to be installed in embankments and existing shoulders, as shown on the plans, as specified in these specifications and the special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

SECTION 69: OVERSIDE DRAINS

Issue Date: July 31, 2007

The first paragraph of Section 69-1.01, "Description," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• This work shall consist of furnishing and installing entrance tapers, pipe downdrains, tapered inlets, flume downdrains, anchor assemblies, reducers, slip joints and hot mix asphalt overside drains to collect and carry surface drainage down the roadway slopes as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer and as specified in these specifications and the special provisions.

Section 69-1.02D, "Asphalt Concrete," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

69-1.02D Hot Mix Asphalt • Hot mix asphalt for overside drains shall conform to the provisions in Section 39-1.13, "Miscellaneous Areas."

Section 69-1.04, "Asphalt Concrete Overside Drains," is amended to read:

69-1.04 HOT MIX ASPHALT OVERSIDE DRAINS • Hot mix asphalt overside drains shall be constructed as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. The hot mix asphalt shall be placed in conformance with the provisions in Section 39-1.13, "Miscellaneous Areas."

The second paragraph of Section 69-1.06, "Payment," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Quantities of hot mix asphalt placed for overside drains will be paid for as provided in Section 39-5, "Measurement and Payment," for hot mix asphalt placed in miscellaneous areas.

SECTION 70: MISCELLANEOUS FACILITIES

Issue Date: January 5, 2007

7/14 6-53 PART 6/COUNTY The second paragraph of Section 70-1.02C, "Flared End Sections," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Precast concrete flared end sections shall conform to the requirements for Class III Reinforced Concrete Pipe in AASHTO Designation: M 170M. Cementitious materials and aggregate shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-2, "Materials," except that mortar strengths relative to Ottawa sand and grading requirements shall not apply to the aggregate. Use of supplementary cementitious material shall conform to the requirements in AASHTO Designation: M 170. The area of steel reinforcement per meter of flared end section shall be at least equal to the minimum steel requirements for circular reinforcement in circular pipe for the internal diameter of the circular portion of the flared end section. The basis of acceptance of the precast concrete flared end section shall conform to the requirements of Section 5.1.2 of AASHTO Designation: M 170.

The first paragraph of Section 70-1.02H, "Precast Concrete Structures," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Precast concrete pipe risers and pipe reducers, and precast concrete pipe sections, adjustment rings and tapered sections for pipe energy dissipators, pipe inlets and pipe manholes shall conform to the requirements in AASHTO Designation: M 199M/M 199, except that the cementitious material and aggregate shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-2, "Materials," except that mortar strengths relative to Ottawa sand and grading requirements shall not apply to the aggregate. Use of supplementary cementitious material shall conform to the requirements in AASHTO Designation: M 170.

The second paragraph of Section 70-1.03, "Installation," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Cutoff walls for precast concrete flared end sections shall be constructed of minor concrete conforming to the provisions in Section 90-10, "Minor Concrete." Minor concrete shall contain not less than 470 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard.

SECTION 73: CONCRETE CURBS AND SIDEWALKS

Issue Date: July 31, 2007

The second subparagraph of the second paragraph of Section 73-1.01, "Description," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

2. Minor concrete shall contain not less than 463 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard except that when extruded or slip-formed curbs are constructed using 3/8-inch maximum size aggregate, minor concrete shall contain not less than 548 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard.

7/14 6-54 PART 6/COUNTY The fifteenth paragraph of Section 73-1.06, "Sidewalk, Gutter Depression, Island Paving, Curb Ramp (Wheelchair Ramp) and Driveway Construction," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Where hot mix asphalt or portland cement concrete pavements are to be placed around or adjacent to manholes, pipe inlets or other miscellaneous structures in sidewalk, gutter depression, island paving, curb ramps or driveway areas, the structures shall not be constructed to final grade until after the pavements have been constructed for a reasonable distance on each side of the structures.

SECTION 75: MISCELLANEOUS METAL

Issue Date: January 18, 2008

The 13th paragraph of Section 75-1.03, "Miscellaneous Bridge Metal," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Concrete anchorage devices shall be mechanical expansion or resin capsule types installed in drilled holes or cast-in-place insert types. The anchorage devices shall be selected from the Department's Pre-Qualified Products List at: http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/esc/approved_products_list

• The anchorage devices shall be a complete system, including threaded studs, hex nuts, and cut washers. Thread dimensions for externally threaded concrete anchorage devices prior to zinc coating, shall conform to the requirements in ANSI Standard: B1.1 having Class 2A tolerances or ANSI Standard: B1.13M having Grade 6g tolerances. Thread dimensions for internally threaded concrete anchorage devices shall conform to the requirements in ASTM A 563.

The 18th paragraph of Section 75-1.03, "Miscellaneous Bridge Metal," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Mechanical expansion anchors shall, when installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and these specifications and tested in conformance with the requirements in California Test 681, withstand the application of a sustained tension test load of at least the following values for at least 48 hours with a movement not greater than 0.035 inch:

7/14 6-55 PART 6/COUNTY

Stud Diameter Sustained Tension Test Load (inches) (pounds) *3/4 5,000 5/8 4,100 1/2 3,200 3/8 2,100 1/4 1,000 * Maximum stud diameter permitted for mechanical expansion anchors.

• Resin capsule anchors shall, when installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and these specifications and tested in conformance with the requirements in California Test 681, withstand the application of a sustained tension test load of at least the following values for at least 48 hours with a movement not greater than 0.010 inch:

Stud Diameter Sustained Tension Test Load (inches) (pounds) 1-1/4 31,000 1 17,900 7/8 14,400 3/4 5,000 5/8 4,100 1/2 3,200 3/8 2,100 1/4 1,000

• At least 25 days before use, the Contractor shall submit one sample of each resin capsule anchor per lot to the Transportation Laboratory for testing. A lot of resin capsule anchors is 100 units, or fraction thereof, of the same brand and product name.

The 20th paragraph of Section 75-1.03, "Miscellaneous Bridge Metal," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The Pre-Qualified Products List for concrete anchorage devices has been developed from data previously furnished by suppliers or manufacturers for each type and size. Approval of additional anchorage device types and sizes is contingent upon the Contractor submitting to the Engineer one sample of each type of concrete anchorage device, manufacturer's installation instructions, and certified results of tests, either by a private testing laboratory or the manufacturer, indicating compliance with the above requirements.

The twenty-fourth paragraph of Section 75-1.03, "Miscellaneous Bridge Metal," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

7/14 6-56 PART 6/COUNTY

• Sealing compound, for caulking and adhesive sealing, shall be a polysulfide or polyurethane material conforming to the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O.

The 1st sentence of the 3rd paragraph of Section 75-1.035, "Bridge Joint Restrainer Units." of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

Cables shall be 3/4 inch preformed, 6 x 19, wire strand core or independent wire rope core (IWRC), galvanized in conformance with the requirements in Federal Specification RR-W-410, right regular lay, manufactured of improved plow steel with a minimum breaking strength of 23 tons.

Item C of the fourth paragraph of Section 75-1.035, "Bridge Joint Restrainer Units," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

C. Nuts shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation: A 563 including Appendix X1, except lubrication is not required.

The twelfth paragraph in Section 75-1.035, "Bridge Joint Restrainer Units," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Concrete for filling cable drum units shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-10, "Minor Concrete," or at the option of the Contractor, may be a mix with 3/8-inch maximum size aggregate and not less than 675 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard.

The sixth paragraph of Section 75-1.05, "Galvanizing," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Galvanizing of iron and steel hardware and nuts and bolts, when specified or shown on the plans, shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation: A 153/A 153M, except whenever threaded studs, bolts, nuts, and washers are specified to conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation: A 307, A 325, A 449, A 563, or F 436 and zinc coating is required, they shall be hot-dip zinc coated or mechanically zinc coated in conformance with the requirements in the ASTM Designations. Unless otherwise specified, galvanizing shall be performed after fabrication.

The eighth paragraph of Section 75-1.05, "Galvanizing," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Tapping of nuts or other internally threaded parts to be used with zinc coated bolts, anchor bars or studs shall be done after galvanizing and shall conform to the requirements for thread dimensions and overtapping allowances in ASTM Designation: A 563.

7/14 6-57 PART 6/COUNTY SECTION 80: FENCES

Issue Date: January 5, 2007

The fourth paragraph of Section 80-3.01F, "Miscellaneous," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Portland cement concrete for metal post and brace footings and for deadmen shall be minor concrete conforming to the provisions in Section 90-10, "Minor Concrete." Minor concrete shall contain not less than 470 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard.

The fourth paragraph of Section 80-4.01C, "Miscellaneous," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Portland cement concrete for metal post and for deadmen shall be produced from minor concrete conforming to the provisions in Section 90-10, "Minor Concrete." Minor concrete shall contain not less than 470 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard.

SECTION 83: RAILINGS AND BARRIERS

Issue Date: August 17, 2007

The seventh paragraph in Section 83-1.02, "Materials and Construction," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Mortar shall conform to the provisions in Section 51-1.135, "Mortar," and shall consist of one part by volume of cementitious material and 3 parts of clean sand.

The 1st sentence of the 8th subparagraph of the 24th paragraph of Section 83-1.02B, "Metal Beam Guard Railing," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

Anchor cable shall be 3/4 inch preformed, 6 x 19, wire strand core or independent wire rope core (IWRC), galvanized in conformance with the requirements in Federal Specification RR-W-410, right regular lay, manufactured of improved plow steel with a minimum breaking strength of 23 tons.

The 2nd sentence of the 6th paragraph of Section 83-1.02E, "Cable Railing," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

Cable shall be galvanized in conformance with the requirements in Federal Specification RR-W-410.

7/14 6-58 PART 6/COUNTY The 5th paragraph of Section 83-1.02I, "Chain Link Railing," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

Where shown on the plans, cables used in the frame shall be 5/16 inch in diameter, wire rope, with a minimum breaking strength of 5,000 pounds and shall be galvanized in conformance with the requirements in Federal Specification RR-W-410.

The 14th paragraph of Section 83-1.02I, "Chain Link Railing," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

Chain link fabric shall be either 11-gage Type I zinc-coated fabric conforming to the requirements in AASHTO M 181 or 11-gage Type IV polyvinyl chloride (PVC) coated fabric conforming to the requirements in Federal Specification RR-F-191/1.

Item b of the first paragraph in Section 83-2.02D(2), "Materials," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

b. If the 3/8-inch maximum size aggregate grading is used to construct extruded or slip-formed concrete barriers, the cementitious material content of the minor concrete shall be not less than 675 pounds per cubic yard.

The third paragraph in Section 83-2.02D(2), "Materials," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The concrete paving between the tops of the 2 walls of concrete barrier (Types 50E, 60E, 60GE, and 60SE) and the optional concrete slab at the base between the 2 walls of concrete barrier (Types 50E, 60E, 60GE, and 60SE) shall be constructed of minor concrete conforming to the provisions of Section 90-10, "Minor Concrete," except that the minor concrete shall contain not less than 505 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard.

SECTION 85: PAVEMENT MARKERS

Issue Date: July 31, 2007

The sixth paragraph in Section 85-1.06, "Placement," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Pavement markers shall not be placed on new hot mix asphalt surfacing or seal coat until the surfacing or seal coat has been opened to public traffic for a period of not less than 7 days when hot melt bituminous adhesive is used, and not less than 14 days when epoxy adhesive is used.

The second sentence of the fourteenth paragraph in Section 85-1.06, "Placement," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

7/14 6-59 PART 6/COUNTY • Cleaning shall be done by blast cleaning on all surfaces regardless of age or type, except that blast cleaning of clean, new hot mix asphalt and clean, new seal coat surfaces will not be required when hot melt bituminous adhesive is used.

SECTION 86: SIGNALS, LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

Issue Date: July 31, 2007

The first sentence of the first paragraph of Section 86-2.02, "Removing and Replacing Improvements," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Improvements such as sidewalks, curbs, gutters, portland cement concrete and hot mix asphalt pavement, underlying material, lawns and plants and any other improvements removed, broken or damaged by the Contractor's operations, shall be replaced or reconstructed with the same kind of material as found on the work or with materials of equal quality.

The fourth paragraph in Section 86-2.03, "Foundations," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• After each post, standard, and pedestal on structures is in proper position, mortar shall be placed under the base plate as shown on the plans. The exposed portions shall be formed to present a neat appearance. Mortar shall conform to Section 51-1.135, "Mortar," except the mortar shall consist of one part by volume of cementitious material and 3 parts of clean sand and shall contain only sufficient moisture to permit packing. Mortar shall be cured by keeping it damp for 3 days.

Item D of the eighteenth paragraph in Section 86-2.05C, "Installation," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

D. The conduit shall be placed in the bottom of the trench, and the trench shall be backfilled with minor concrete conforming to the provisions in Section 90-10, "Minor Concrete." Minor concrete shall contain not less than 590 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard. Concrete backfill shall be placed to the pavement surface except, when the trench is in hot mix asphalt pavement and additional pavement is not being placed, the top 0.10 foot of the trench shall be backfilled with hot mix asphalt produced from commercial quality paving asphalt and aggregates.

Item E of the eighteenth paragraph in Section 86-2.05C, "Installation," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

E. Prior to spreading hot mix asphalt, tack coat shall be applied in conformance with the provisions in Section 39, "Hot Mix Asphalt." Spreading and compacting of hot mix asphalt shall be performed by any method which will produce a hot mix asphalt surfacing of uniform smoothness, texture and density.

7/14 6-60 PART 6/COUNTY Item C of the twenty-third paragraph in Section 86-2.05C, "Installation," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

C. Precast concrete conduit cradles shall conform to the dimensions shown on the plans and shall be constructed of minor concrete and commercial quality welded wire fabric. Minor concrete shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-10, "Minor Concrete," and shall contain not less than 590 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard. The cradles shall be moist cured for not less than 3 days.

Item G of the twenty-third paragraph in Section 86-2.05C, "Installation," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

G. The space around conduits through bridge abutment walls shall be filled with mortar conforming to the provisions in Section 51-1.135, "Mortar," except that the proportion of cementitious material to sand shall be one to 3.

The fifth paragraph in Section 86-2.07, "Traffic Pull Boxes," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Concrete placed around and under traffic pull boxes as shown on the plans shall be minor concrete conforming to the provisions in Section 90-10, "Minor Concrete."

The traffic signal controller cabinet requirement in the table in Section 86-2.08A, "Conductor Identification," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

Traffic Signal Ungrounded Circuit Conductor Blk None CON-1 6 Controller Cabinet Grounded Circuit Conductor Wht None CON-2 6

The first sentence of the first paragraph of Section 86-4.06, "Pedestrian Signal Faces," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Message symbols for pedestrian signal faces shall be white WALKING PERSON and Portland orange UPRAISED HAND conforming to the requirements in the Institute of Transportation Engineers Standards: "Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal Indications" and the "California MUTCD."

The second sentence of the tenth paragraph of Section 86-4.07, "Light Emitting Diode Pedestrian Signal Face 'Upraised Hand' Module," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The color of "UPRAISED HAND" shall be Portland orange conforming to the requirements of the Institute of Transportation Engineers Standards: "Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal Indications" and the "California MUTCD."

7/14 6-61 PART 6/COUNTY The second sentence of the first paragraph of subsection, "Elastomeric Sealant," of Section 86-5.01A(5), "Installation Details," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Sealant shall be suitable for use in both hot mix asphalt and portland cement concrete.

The first sentence of the first paragraph of subsection, "Asphatic Emulsion Sealant," of Section 86-5.01A(5), "Installation Details," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Asphaltic emulsion sealant shall conform to the requirements in State Specification 8040-41A-15 and shall be used only for filling slots in hot mix asphalt pavement.

The third sentence of the first paragraph of subsection, "Hot-Melt Rubberized Asphalt Sealant," of Section 86-5.01A(5), "Installation Details," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• Sealant shall be suitable for use in both hot mix asphalt and portland cement concrete.

The tenth paragraph of subsection, "Hot-Melt Rubberized Asphalt Sealant," of Section 86-5.01A(5), "Installation Details," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• If hot mix asphalt surfacing is to be placed, the loop conductors shall be installed prior to placing the uppermost layer of hot mix asphalt. The conductors shall be installed, as shown on the plans, in the compacted layer of hot mix asphalt immediately below the uppermost layer. Installation details shall be as shown on the plans, except the sealant shall fill the slot flush to the surface.

The first paragraph in Section 86-5.01D, "Removing or Abandoning Existing Pressure- Sensitive Detectors," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• When a foundation for a pressure-sensitive vehicle detector is to be removed, the hole left by removing the detector frame and foundation shall be filled with minor concrete, except the roadway surface shall be reconstructed with material to match existing surfacing. Minor concrete shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-10, "Minor Concrete," except that the concrete shall contain not less than 420 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard for hot mix asphalt surfaced roadways and not less than 590 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard for portland cement concrete surfaced roadways.

The first paragraph of Section 86-8.01, "Payment," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read: 7/14 6-62 PART 6/COUNTY

• The contract lump sum price or prices paid for signal, ramp metering, flashing beacon, lighting, sign illumination, traffic monitoring station, highway advisory radio systems, closed circuit television systems, or combinations thereof; for modifying or removing those systems; for temporary systems; or the lump sum or unit prices paid for various units of those systems; or the lump sum or per foot price paid for conduit of the various sizes, types and installation methods listed in the Engineer's Estimate shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and installing, modifying, or removing the systems, combinations or units thereof, as shown on the plans, as specified in these specifications and the special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, including any necessary pull boxes (except when the type required is shown as a separate contract item); excavation and backfill; concrete foundations (except when shown as a separate contract item); pedestrian barricades; furnishing and installing illuminated street name signs; installing sign panels on pedestrian barricades, on flashing beacon standards, and on traffic signal mast arms; restoring sidewalk, pavement and appurtenances damaged or destroyed during construction; salvaging existing materials; and making all required tests.

SECTION 90: PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE

Issue Date: January 5, 2007

Section 90, "Portland Cement Concrete," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

SECTION 90: PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 90-1 GENERAL 90-1.01 DESCRIPTION • Portland cement concrete shall be composed of cementitious material, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, admixtures if used, and water, proportioned and mixed as specified in these specifications. • The Contractor shall determine the mix proportions for concrete in conformance with these specifications. • Class 1 concrete shall contain not less than 675 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard. • Class 2 concrete shall contain not less than 590 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard. • Class 3 concrete shall contain not less than 505 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard. • Class 4 concrete shall contain not less than 420 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard. • Minor concrete shall contain not less than 550 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard unless otherwise specified in these specifications or the special provisions.

7/14 6-63 PART 6/COUNTY • Unless otherwise designated on the plans or specified in these specifications or the special provisions, the amount of cementitious material used per cubic yard of concrete in structures or portions of structures shall conform to the following:

Use Cementitious Material Content (Pounds/CY) Concrete designated by compressive strength: Deck slabs and slab spans of bridges 675 min., 800 max. Roof sections of exposed top box culverts 675 min., 800 max. Other portions of structures 590 min., 800 max. Concrete not designated by compressive strength: Deck slabs and slab spans of bridges 675 min. Roof sections of exposed top box culverts 675 min. Prestressed members 675 min. Seal courses 675 min. Other portions of structures 590 min. Concrete for precast members 590 min., 925 max.

• Whenever the 28-day compressive strength shown on the plans is greater than 3,600 pounds per square inch, the concrete shall be designated by compressive strength. If the plans show a 28-day compressive strength that is 4,000 pounds per square inch or greater, an additional 14 days will be allowed to obtain the specified strength. The 28-day compressive strengths shown on the plans that are 3,600 pounds per square inch or less are shown for design information only and are not a requirement for acceptance of the concrete. • Concrete designated by compressive strength shall be proportioned such that the concrete will attain the strength shown on the plans or specified in the special provisions. • Before using concrete for which the mix proportions have been determined by the Contractor, or in advance of revising those mix proportions, the Contractor shall submit in writing to the Engineer a copy of the mix design. • Compliance with cementitious material content requirements will be verified in conformance with procedures described in California Test 518 for cement content. For testing purposes, supplementary cementitious material shall be considered to be cement. Batch proportions shall be adjusted as necessary to produce concrete having the specified cementitious material content. • If any concrete has a cementitious material, portland cement, or supplementary cementitious material content that is less than the minimum required, the concrete shall be removed. However, if the Engineer determines that the concrete is structurally adequate, the concrete may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the State $0.25 for each pound of cementitious material, portland cement, or supplementary cementitious material that is less than the minimum required. The Department may deduct the amount from any moneys due, or that may become due, the Contractor under the contract. The deductions will not be made unless the difference between the contents required and those actually provided exceeds the batching tolerances permitted by Section 90-5, "Proportioning." No deductions will be made based on the results of California Test 518.

7/14 6-64 PART 6/COUNTY • The requirements of the preceding paragraph shall not apply to minor concrete or commercial quality concrete.

90-2 MATERIALS 90-2.01 CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS • Unless otherwise specified, cementitious material shall be either a combination of Type II or Type V portland cement and a supplementary cementitious material, or a blended cement. • Cementitious materials used in cast-in-place concrete for exposed surfaces of like elements of a structure shall be from the same sources and of the same proportions. • Cementitious materials shall be protected from moisture until used. Sacked cementitious materials shall be piled to permit access for tallying, inspecting, and identifying each shipment. • Facilities shall be provided to ensure that cementitious materials meeting this Section 90-2.01 are kept separate from other cementitious materials. Sampling cementitious materials shall be in conformance with California Test 125. • The Contractor shall furnish a Certificate of Compliance for cementious materials in conformance with the provisions in Section 6-1.07, "Certificates of Compliance." The Certificate of Compliance shall indicate the source by name and location (including country, state, and city). If cementitious material is delivered directly to the job site, the Certificate of Compliance shall be signed by the cementitious material supplier. If the cementitious material is used in ready-mixed concrete or in precast concrete products purchased as such by the Contractor, the Certificate of Compliance shall be signed by the manufacturer of the concrete or product.

90-2.01A CEMENT • Portland cement shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 150 except, using a 10-sample moving average, limestone shall not exceed 2.5 percent. The C3S content of Type II cement shall not exceed 65 percent. • Blended cement shall conform to the requirements for Portland Blast-Furnace Slag, Cement Type IS (MS) or Portland-Pozzolan Cement, Type IP (MS) in AASHTO Designation: M 240 and shall be comprised of an intimate and uniform blend of Type II or Type V cement and supplementary cementitious material in an amount conforming to the requirements in Section 90-2.01C, "Required Use of Supplementary Cementitious Materials." • In addition, blended cement, Type II portland cement, and Type V portland cement shall conform to the following requirements:

A. The cement shall not contain more than 0.60-percent by mass of alkalies, calculated as the percentage of Na2O plus 0.658 times the percentage of K2O, when determined by methods as required in AASHTO Designation: T 105; B. The autoclave expansion shall not exceed 0.50-percent; and C. Mortar, containing the cement to be used and Ottawa sand, when tested in conformance with California Test 527, shall not expand in water more than 0.010-percent and shall not

7/14 6-65 PART 6/COUNTY contract in air more than 0.048-percent, except that when cement is to be used for precast prestressed concrete piling, precast prestressed concrete members, or steam cured concrete products, the mortar shall not contract in air more than 0.053-percent.

• Type III portland cement shall be used only as specified in the special provisions or with the approval of the Engineer. Type III portland cement shall conform to the additional requirements listed above for Type II portland cement, except when tested in conformance with California Test 527, mortar containing Type III portland cement shall not contract in air more than 0.075-percent.

90-2.01B SUPPLEMENTARY CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS (SCM) • Fly ash shall conform to the requirements in AASHTO Designation: M 295, Class F, and the following:

A. Calcium oxide content shall not exceed 10 percent. B. The available alkali, as sodium oxide equivalent, shall not exceed 1.5 percent when determined in conformance with the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 311 or the total alkali, as sodium oxide equivalent, shall not exceed 5.0 percent when determined in conformance with the requirements in AASHTO Designation: T 105. C. Commingling of fly ash from different sources at uncontrolled ratios is permissible only if the following criteria are satisfied:

1. Sources of fly ash to be commingled shall be on the approved list of materials for use in concrete. 2. Testing of the commingled product is the responsibility of the fly ash supplier. 3. Each fly ash's running average of density shall not differ from any other by more than 0.01-pound per cubic inch at the time of commingling. 4. Each fly ash's running average of loss on ignition shall not differ from any other by more than one percent at the time of commingling. 5. The final product of commingled fly ash shall conform to the requirement in AASHTO Designation: M 295.

• Raw or calcined natural pozzolans shall conform to the requirements in AASHTO Designation: M 295, Class N and the following requirements:

• Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag (GGBFS) shall conform to the requirements in AASHTO Designation: M 302, Grade 100 or Grade 120. • Silica Fume shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO Designation: M 307, with reduction in mortar expansion of 80 percent, minimum, using the cement from the proposed mix design. 7/14 6-66 PART 6/COUNTY

90-2.01C REQUIRED USE OF SUPPLEMENTARY CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS • The amount of portland cement and SCM used in portland cement concrete shall conform to the minimum cementitious material content provisions in Section 90-1.01, "Description," or Section 90-4.05, "Optional Use of Chemical Admixtures," and the following:

A. If a blended cement conforming to the provisions in Section 90-2.01A, "Cement," is used, the minimum amount of SCM incorporated into the cement shall conform to the provisions in this Section 90-2.01C. B. Fly ash or natural pozzolan, silica fume, or GGBFS shall not be used with Type IP or Type IS cements.

• Use of SCMs shall conform to the following:

A. If fly ash or natural pozzolan is used:

1. The minimum amount of portland cement shall not be less than 75 percent by weight of the specified minimum cementitious material content. 2. The minimum amount of fly ash or natural pozzolan shall be: a. Fifteen percent by weight of the total amount of cementitious material if the calcium oxide content of fly ash or natural pozzolan is equal to or less than 2 percent by weight; b. Twenty-five percent by weight of the total amount of cementitious material if the calcium oxide content of fly ash or natural pozzolan is greater than 2 percent by weight.

3. The total amount of fly ash or natural pozzolan shall not exceed 35 percent by weight of the total amount of cementitious material to be used in the mix. If Section 90-1.01, "Description," specifies a maximum cementitious material content in pounds per cubic yard, the total weight of portland cement and fly ash or natural pozzolan per cubic yard shall not exceed the specified maximum cementitious material content.

B. If silica fume is used:

1. The amount of silica fume shall not be less than 10 percent by weight of the total amount of cementitious material. 2. The amount of portland cement shall not be less than 75 percent by weight of the specified minimum cementitious material content. 3. If Section 90-1.01, "Description," specifies a maximum cementitious material content in pounds per cubic yard, the total weight of portland cement and silica fume per cubic yard shall not exceed the specified maximum cementitious material content.

C. If GGBFS is used:

1. The minimum amount of GGBFS shall be either: 7/14 6-67 PART 6/COUNTY a. Forty percent of the total cementitious material to be used, if the aggregates used in the concrete are on the Department's list of "Approved Aggregates For Use in Concrete with Reduced Fly Ash." b. No less than 50 percent.

2. The amount of GGBFS shall not exceed 60 percent by weight of the total amount of cementitious materials to be used.

90-2.02 AGGREGATES • Aggregates shall be free from deleterious coatings, clay balls, roots, bark, sticks, rags, and other extraneous material. • The Contractor shall provide safe and suitable facilities, including necessary splitting devices for obtaining samples of aggregates, in conformance with California Test 125. • Aggregates shall be of such character that it will be possible to produce workable concrete within the limits of water content provided in Section 90-6.06, "Amount of Water and Penetration." • Aggregates shall have not more than 10 percent loss when tested for soundness in conformance with the requirements in California Test 214. The soundness requirement for fine aggregate will be waived, provided that the durability index, Df, of the fine aggregate is 60 or greater when tested for durability in conformance with California Test 229. • If the results of any one or more of the Cleanness Value, Sand Equivalent, or aggregate grading tests do not meet the requirements specified for "Operating Range" but all meet the "Contract Compliance" requirements, the placement of concrete shall be suspended at the completion of the current pour until tests or other information indicate that the next material to be used in the work will comply with the requirements specified for "Operating Range." • If the results of either or both the Cleanness Value and coarse aggregate grading tests do not meet the requirements specified for "Contract Compliance," the concrete that is represented by the tests shall be removed. However, if the Engineer determines that the concrete is structurally adequate, the concrete may remain in place, and the Contractor shall pay to the State $3.50 per cubic yard for paving concrete and $5.50 per cubic yard for all other concrete for the concrete represented by these tests and left in place. The Department may deduct the amount from any moneys due, or that may become due, the Contractor under the contract. • If the results of either or both the Sand Equivalent and fine aggregate grading tests do not meet the requirements specified for "Contract Compliance," the concrete which is represented by the tests shall be removed. However, if the Engineer determines that the concrete is structurally adequate, the concrete may remain in place, and the Contractor shall pay to the State $3.50 per cubic yard for paving concrete and $5.50 per cubic yard for all other concrete for the concrete represented by these tests and left in place. The Department may deduct the amount from any moneys due, or that may become due, the Contractor under the contract. • The 2 preceding paragraphs apply individually to the "Contract Compliance" requirements for coarse aggregate and fine aggregate. When both coarse aggregate 7/14 6-68 PART 6/COUNTY and fine aggregate do not conform to the "Contract Compliance" requirements, both paragraphs shall apply. The payments specified in those paragraphs are in addition to any payments made in conformance with the provisions in Section 90-1.01, "Description." • No single Cleanness Value, Sand Equivalent, or aggregate grading test shall represent more than 300 cubic yards of concrete or one day's pour, whichever is smaller. • When the source of an aggregate is changed, the Contractor shall adjust the mix proportions and submit in writing to the Engineer a copy of the mix design before using the aggregates.

90-2.02A COARSE AGGREGATE • Coarse aggregate shall consist of gravel, crushed gravel, crushed rock, reclaimed aggregate, crushed air-cooled iron blast furnace slag or combinations thereof. Crushed air-cooled blast furnace slag shall not be used in reinforced or prestressed concrete. • Reclaimed aggregate is aggregate that has been recovered from plastic concrete by washing away the cementitious material. Reclaimed aggregate shall conform to all aggregate requirements. • Coarse aggregate shall conform to the following quality requirements:

California Tests Test Requirements Loss in Los Angeles Rattler (after 500 211 45% max. revolutions) Cleanness Value Operating Range 227 75 min. Contract Compliance 227 71 min.

• In lieu of the above Cleanness Value requirements, a Cleanness Value "Operating Range" limit of 71, minimum, and a Cleanness Value "Contract Compliance" limit of 68, minimum, will be used to determine the acceptability of the coarse aggregate if the Contractor furnishes a Certificate of Compliance, as provided in Section 6-1.07, "Certificates of Compliance," certifying that:

A. Coarse aggregate sampled at the completion of processing at the aggregate production plant had a Cleanness Value of not less than 82 when tested in conformance with the requirements in California Test 227; and B. Prequalification tests performed in conformance with the requirements in California Test 549 indicated that the aggregate would develop a relative strength of not less than 95 percent and would have a relative shrinkage not greater than 105 percent, based on concrete.

90-2.02B FINE AGGREGATE • Fine aggregate shall consist of natural sand, manufactured sand produced from larger aggregate or a combination thereof. Manufactured sand shall be well graded.

7/14 6-69 PART 6/COUNTY • Fine aggregate shall conform to the following quality requirements:

California Test Test Requirements Organic Impurities 213 Satisfactorya Mortar Strengths Relative to Ottawa Sand 515 95%, min. Sand Equivalent: Operating Range 217 75, min. Contract Compliance 217 71, min. a Fine aggregate developing a color darker than the reference standard color solution may be accepted if it is determined by the Engineer, from mortar strength tests, that a darker color is acceptable.

• In lieu of the above Sand Equivalent requirements, a Sand Equivalent "Operating Range" limit of 71, minimum, and a Sand Equivalent "Contract Compliance" limit of 68, minimum, will be used to determine the acceptability of the fine aggregate if the Contractor furnishes a Certificate of Compliance, as provided in Section 6-1.07, "Certificates of Compliance," certifying that:

A. Fine aggregate sampled at the completion of processing at the aggregate production plant had a Sand Equivalent value of not less than 82 when tested by California Test 217; and B. Prequalification tests performed in conformance with California Test 549 indicated that the aggregate would develop a relative strength of not less than 95 percent and would have a relative shrinkage not greater than 105 percent, based on concrete.

90-2.03 WATER • In conventionally reinforced concrete work, the water for curing, for washing aggregates, and for mixing shall be free from oil and shall not contain more than 1,000 parts per million of chlorides as Cl, when tested in conformance with California Test 422, nor more than 1,300 parts per million of sulfates as SO4, when tested in conformance with California Test 417. In prestressed concrete work, the water for curing, for washing aggregates, and for mixing shall be free from oil and shall not contain more than 650 parts per million of chlorides as Cl, when tested in conformance with California Test 422, nor more than 1,300 parts per million of sulfates as SO4, when tested in conformance with California Test 417. In no case shall the water contain an amount of impurities that will cause either: 1) a change in the setting time of cement of more than 25 percent when tested in conformance with the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 191 or ASTM Designation: C 266 or 2) a reduction in the compressive strength of mortar at 14 days of more than 5 percent, when tested in conformance with the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 109, when compared to the results obtained with distilled water or deionized water, tested in conformance with the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 109. • In nonreinforced concrete work, the water for curing, for washing aggregates and for mixing shall be free from oil and shall not contain more than 2,000 parts per million of chlorides as Cl, when tested in conformance with California Test 422, or more than 1,500 parts per million of sulfates as SO4, when tested in conformance with California Test 417.

7/14 6-70 PART 6/COUNTY • In addition to the above provisions, water for curing concrete shall not contain impurities in a sufficient amount to cause discoloration of the concrete or produce etching of the surface. • Water reclaimed from mixer wash-out operations may be used in mixing concrete. The water shall not contain coloring agents or more than 300 parts per million of alkalis (Na2O + 0.658 K2O) as determined on the filtrate. The specific gravity of the water shall not exceed 1.03 and shall not vary more than ±0.010 during a day's operations.

90-2.04 ADMIXTURE MATERIALS • Admixture materials shall conform to the requirements in the following ASTM Designations:

A. Chemical Admixtures—ASTM Designation: C 494. B. Air-entraining Admixtures—ASTM Designation: C 260.

90-3 AGGREGATE GRADINGS 90-3.01 GENERAL • Before beginning concrete work, the Contractor shall submit in writing to the Engineer the gradation of the primary aggregate nominal sizes that the Contractor proposes to furnish. If a primary coarse aggregate or the fine aggregate is separated into 2 or more sizes, the proposed gradation shall consist of the gradation for each individual size, and the proposed proportions of each individual size, combined mathematically to indicate one proposed gradation. The proposed gradation shall meet the grading requirements shown in the table in this section, and shall show the percentage passing each of the sieve sizes used in determining the end result. • The Engineer may waive, in writing, the gradation requirements in this Section 90-3.01 and in Sections 90-3.02, "Coarse Aggregate Grading," 90-3.03, "Fine Aggregate Grading," and 90-3.04, "Combined Aggregate Gradings," if, in the Engineer's opinion, furnishing the gradation is not necessary for the type or amount of concrete work to be constructed. • Gradations proposed by the Contractor shall be within the following percentage passing limits:

Primary Aggregate Nominal Size Sieve Size Limits of Proposed Gradation 1 1/2" x 3/4" 1" 19 - 41 1" x No. 4 3/4" 52 - 85 1" x No. 4 3/8" 15 - 38 1/2" x No. 4 3/8" 40 - 78 3/8" x No. 8 3/8" 50 - 85 Fine Aggregate No. 16 55 - 75 Fine Aggregate No. 30 34 - 46 Fine Aggregate No. 50 16 - 29

7/14 6-71 PART 6/COUNTY • Should the Contractor change the source of supply, the Contractor shall submit in writing to the Engineer the new gradations before their intended use.

90-3.02 COARSE AGGREGATE GRADING • The grading requirements for coarse aggregates are shown in the following table for each size of coarse aggregate:

Percentage Passing Primary Aggregate Nominal Sizes 1 1/2" x 3/4" 1" x No. 4 1/2" x No. 4 3/8" x No. 8 Operating Contract Operating Contract Operating Contract Operating Contract Sieve Sizes Range Compliance Range Compliance Range Compliance Range Compliance 2" 100 100 — — — — — — 1 1/2" 88 - 100 85 - 100 100 100 — — — — 1" X ±18 X ±25 88 - 100 86 - 100 — — — — 3/4" 0 - 17 0 - 20 X ±15 X ±22 100 100 — — 1/2" — — — — 82 - 100 80 - 100 100 100 3/8" 0 - 7 0 - 9 X ±15 X ±22 X ±15 X ±22 X ±15 X ±20 No. 4 — — 0 - 16 0 - 18 0 - 15 0 - 18 0 - 25 0 - 28 No. 8 — — 0 - 6 0 - 7 0 - 6 0 - 7 0 - 6 0 - 7

• In the above table, the symbol X is the gradation that the Contractor proposes to furnish for the specific sieve size as provided in Section 90-3.01, "General." • Coarse aggregate for the 1 1/2 inch, maximum, combined aggregate grading as provided in Section 90-3.04, "Combined Aggregate Gradings," shall be furnished in 2 or more primary aggregate nominal sizes. Each primary aggregate nominal size may be separated into 2 sizes and stored separately, provided that the combined material conforms to the grading requirements for that particular primary aggregate nominal size. • When the one inch, maximum, combined aggregate grading as provided in Section 90-3.04, "Combined Aggregate Gradings," is to be used, the coarse aggregate may be separated into 2 sizes and stored separately, provided that the combined material shall conform to the grading requirements for the 1" x No. 4 primary aggregate nominal size.

90-3.03 FINE AGGREGATE GRADING • Fine aggregate shall be graded within the following limits:

Percentage Passing Sieve Sizes Operating Range Contract Compliance 3/8" 100 100 No. 4 95 - 100 93 - 100 No. 8 65 - 95 61 - 99 No. 16 X ±10 X ±13 No. 30 X ±9 X ±12 No. 50 X ±6 X ±9 No. 100 2 - 12 1 - 15 No. 200 0 - 8 0 - 10

7/14 6-72 PART 6/COUNTY • In the above table, the symbol X is the gradation that the Contractor proposes to furnish for the specific sieve size as provided in Section 90-3.01, "General." • In addition to the above required grading analysis, the distribution of the fine aggregate sizes shall be such that the difference between the total percentage passing the No. 16 sieve and the total percentage passing the No. 30 sieve shall be between 10 and 40, and the difference between the percentage passing the No. 30 and No. 50 sieves shall be between 10 and 40. • Fine aggregate may be separated into 2 or more sizes and stored separately, provided that the combined material conforms to the grading requirements specified in this Section 90-3.03.

90-3.04 COMBINED AGGREGATE GRADINGS • Combined aggregate grading limits shall be used only for the design of concrete mixes. Concrete mixes shall be designed so that aggregates are combined in proportions that shall produce a mixture within the grading limits for combined aggregates as specified herein. • The combined aggregate grading, except when otherwise specified in these specifications or the special provisions, shall be either the 1 1/2 inch, maximum grading, or the 1 inch, maximum grading, at the option of the Contractor.

Grading Limits of Combined Aggregates Percentage Passing Sieve Sizes 1 1/2" Max. 1" Max. 1/2" Max. 3/8" Max. 2" 100 — — — 1 1/2" 90 - 100 100 — — 1" 50 - 86 90 - 100 — — 3/4" 45 - 75 55 - 100 100 — 1/2" — — 90 - 100 100 3/8" 38 - 55 45 - 75 55 - 86 50 - 100 No. 4 30 - 45 35 - 60 45 - 63 45 - 63 No. 8 23 - 38 27 - 45 35 - 49 35 - 49 No. 16 17 - 33 20 - 35 25 - 37 25 - 37 No. 30 10 - 22 12 - 25 15 - 25 15 - 25 No. 50 4 - 10 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 15 No. 100 1 - 6 1 - 8 1 - 8 1 - 8 No. 200 0 - 3 0 - 4 0 - 4 0 - 4

• Changes from one grading to another shall not be made during the progress of the work unless permitted by the Engineer.

90-4 ADMIXTURES 90-4.01 GENERAL • Admixtures used in portland cement concrete shall conform to and be used in conformance with the provisions in this Section 90-4 and the special provisions. Admixtures shall be used when specified or ordered by the Engineer and may be used at the Contractor's option as provided herein.

7/14 6-73 PART 6/COUNTY • Chemical admixtures and air-entraining admixtures containing chlorides as Cl in excess of one percent by weight of admixture, as determined by California Test 415, shall not be used. • Admixtures shall be uniform in properties throughout their use in the work. Should it be found that an admixture as furnished is not uniform in properties, its use shall be discontinued. • If more than one admixture is used, the admixtures shall be compatible with each other so that the desirable effects of all admixtures used will be realized. • Chemical admixtures shall be used in conformance with the manufacturer's written recommendations.

90-4.02 MATERIALS • Admixture materials shall conform to the provisions in Section 90–2.04, "Admixture Materials."

90-4.03 ADMIXTURE APPROVAL • No admixture brand shall be used in the work unless it is on the Department's current list of approved brands for the type of admixture involved. • Admixture brands will be considered for addition to the approved list if the manufacturer of the admixture submits to the Transportation Laboratory a sample of the admixture accompanied by certified test results demonstrating that the admixture complies with the requirements in the appropriate ASTM Designation and these specifications. The sample shall be sufficient to permit performance of all required tests. Approval of admixture brands will be dependent upon a determination as to compliance with the requirements, based on the certified test results submitted, together with tests the Department may elect to perform. • If the Contractor proposes to use an admixture of a brand and type on the current list of approved admixture brands, the Contractor shall furnish a Certificate of Compliance from the manufacturer, as provided in Section 6-1.07, "Certificates of Compliance," certifying that the admixture furnished is the same as that previously approved. If a previously approved admixture is not accompanied by a Certificate of Compliance, the admixture shall not be used in the work until the Engineer has had sufficient time to make the appropriate tests and has approved the admixture for use. The Engineer may take samples for testing at any time, whether or not the admixture has been accompanied by a Certificate of Compliance.

90-4.04 REQUIRED USE OF CHEMICAL ADMIXTURES • If the use of a chemical admixture is specified, the admixture shall be used at the dosage specified, except that if no dosage is specified, the admixture shall be used at the dosage normally recommended by the manufacturer of the admixture.

90-4.05 OPTIONAL USE OF CHEMICAL ADMIXTURES • The Contractor may use Type A or F, water-reducing; Type B, retarding; or Type D or G, water-reducing and retarding admixtures as described in ASTM

7/14 6-74 PART 6/COUNTY Designation: C 494 to conserve cementitious material or to facilitate any concrete construction application subject to the following conditions:

A. If a water-reducing admixture or a water-reducing and retarding admixture is used, the cementitious material content specified or ordered may be reduced by a maximum of 5 percent by weight, except that the resultant cementitious material content shall be not less than 505 pounds per cubic yard; and B. When a reduction in cementitious material content is made, the dosage of admixture used shall be the dosage used in determining approval of the admixture.

• Unless otherwise specified, a Type C accelerating chemical admixture conforming to the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 494, may be used in portland cement concrete. Inclusion in the mix design submitted for approval will not be required provided that the admixture is added to counteract changing conditions that contribute to delayed setting of the portland cement concrete, and the use or change in dosage of the admixture is approved in writing by the Engineer.

90-4.06 REQUIRED USE OF AIR-ENTRAINING ADMIXTURES • When air-entrainment is specified or ordered by the Engineer, the air-entraining admixture shall be used in amounts to produce a concrete having the specified air content as determined by California Test 504.

90-4.07 OPTIONAL USE OF AIR-ENTRAINING ADMIXTURES • When air-entrainment has not been specified or ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor will be permitted to use an air-entraining admixture to facilitate the use of any construction procedure or equipment provided that the average air content, as determined by California Test 504, of 3 successive tests does not exceed 4 percent, and no single test value exceeds 5.5 percent. If the Contractor elects to use an air-entraining admixture in concrete for pavement, the Contractor shall so indicate at the time the Contractor designates the source of aggregate.

90-4.08 BLANK

90-4.09 BLANK

90-4.10 PROPORTIONING AND DISPENSING LIQUID ADMIXTURES • Chemical admixtures and air-entraining admixtures shall be dispensed in liquid form. Dispensers for liquid admixtures shall have sufficient capacity to measure at one time the prescribed quantity required for each batch of concrete. Each dispenser shall include a graduated measuring unit into which liquid admixtures are measured to within ±5 percent of the prescribed quantity for each batch. Dispensers shall be located and maintained so that the graduations can be accurately read from the point at which proportioning operations are controlled to permit a visual check of batching accuracy prior to discharge. Each measuring unit shall be clearly marked for the type and quantity of admixture. 7/14 6-75 PART 6/COUNTY • Each liquid admixture dispensing system shall be equipped with a sampling device consisting of a valve located in a safe and readily accessible position such that a sample of the admixture may be withdrawn slowly by the Engineer. • If more than one liquid admixture is used in the concrete mix, each liquid admixture shall have a separate measuring unit and shall be dispensed by injecting equipment located in such a manner that the admixtures are not mixed at high concentrations and do not interfere with the effectiveness of each other. When air-entraining admixtures are used in conjunction with other liquid admixtures, the air-entraining admixture shall be the first to be incorporated into the mix, unless it is demonstrated that a different sequence improves performance. • When automatic proportioning devices are required for concrete pavement, dispensers for liquid admixtures shall operate automatically with the batching control equipment. The dispensers shall be equipped with an automatic warning system in good operating condition that will provide a visible or audible signal at the point at which proportioning operations are controlled when the quantity of admixture measured for each batch of concrete varies from the preselected dosage by more than 5 percent, or when the entire contents of the measuring unit are not emptied from the dispenser into each batch of concrete. • Unless liquid admixtures are added to premeasured water for the batch, their discharge into the batch shall be arranged to flow into the stream of water so that the admixtures are well dispersed throughout the batch, except that air-entraining admixtures may be dispensed directly into moist sand in the batching bins provided that adequate control of the air content of the concrete can be maintained. • Liquid admixtures requiring dosages greater than one-half gallon per cubic yard shall be considered to be water when determining the total amount of free water as specified in Section 90-6.06, "Amount of Water and Penetration."

90-4.11 BLANK

90-5 PROPORTIONING 90-5.01 STORAGE OF AGGREGATES • Aggregates shall be stored or stockpiled in such a manner that separation of coarse and fine particles of each size shall be avoided and the various sizes shall not become intermixed before proportioning. • Aggregates shall be stored or stockpiled and handled in a manner that prevent contamination by foreign materials. In addition, storage of aggregates at batching or mixing facilities that are erected subsequent to the award of the contract and that furnish concrete to the project shall conform to the following:

A. Intermingling of the different sizes of aggregates shall be positively prevented. The Contractor shall take the necessary measures to prevent intermingling. The preventive measures may include, but are not necessarily limited to, physical separation of stockpiles or construction of bulkheads of adequate length and height; and B. Contamination of aggregates by contact with the ground shall be positively prevented. The Contractor shall take the necessary measures to prevent contamination. The

7/14 6-76 PART 6/COUNTY preventive measures shall include, but are not necessarily limited to, placing aggregates on wooden platforms or on hardened surfaces consisting of portland cement concrete, asphalt concrete, or cement treated material.

• In placing aggregates in storage or in moving the aggregates from storage to the weigh hopper of the batching plant, any method that may cause segregation, degradation, or the combining of materials of different gradings that will result in any size of aggregate at the weigh hopper failing to meet the grading requirements, shall be discontinued. Any method of handling aggregates that results in excessive breakage of particles shall be discontinued. The use of suitable devices to reduce impact of falling aggregates may be required by the Engineer.

90-5.02 PROPORTIONING DEVICES • Weighing, measuring, or metering devices used for proportioning materials shall conform to the requirements in Section 9-1.01, "Measurement of Quantities," and this Section 90-5.02. In addition, automatic weighing systems shall comply with the requirements for automatic proportioning devices in Section 90-5.03A, "Proportioning for Pavement." Automatic devices shall be automatic to the extent that the only manual operation required for proportioning the aggregates, cement, and supplementary cementitious material for one batch of concrete is a single operation of a switch or starter. • Proportioning devices shall be tested as frequently as the Engineer may deem necessary to ensure their accuracy. • Weighing equipment shall be insulated against vibration or movement of other operating equipment in the plant. When the plant is in operation, the weight of each batch of material shall not vary from the weight designated by the Engineer by more than the tolerances specified herein. • Equipment for cumulative weighing of aggregate shall have a zero tolerance of ±0.5 percent of the designated total batch weight of the aggregate. For systems with individual weigh hoppers for the various sizes of aggregate, the zero tolerance shall be ±0.5 percent of the individual batch weight designated for each size of aggregate. Equipment for cumulative weighing of cement and supplementary cementitious material shall have a zero tolerance of ±0.5 percent of the designated total batch weight of the cement and supplementary cementitious material. Equipment for weighing cement or supplementary cementitious material separately shall have a zero tolerance of ±0.5 percent of their designated individual batch weights. Equipment for measuring water shall have a zero tolerance of ±0.5 percent of its designated weight or volume. • The weight indicated for any batch of material shall not vary from the preselected scale setting by more than the following:

A. Aggregate weighed cumulatively shall be within 1.0 percent of the designated total batch weight of the aggregate. Aggregates weighed individually shall be within 1.5 percent of their respective designated batch weights; and B. Cement shall be 99 to 102 percent of its designated batch weight. When weighed individually, supplementary cementitious material shall be 99 to 102 percent of its designated batch weight. When supplementary cementitious material and cement are 7/14 6-77 PART 6/COUNTY permitted to be weighed cumulatively, cement shall be weighed first to 99 to 102 percent of its designated batch weight, and the total for cement and supplementary cementitious material shall be 99 to 102 percent of the sum of their designated batch weights; and C. Water shall be within 1.5 percent of its designated weight or volume.

• Each scale graduation shall be approximately 0.001 of the total capacity of the scale. The capacity of scales for weighing cement, supplementary cementitious material, or cement plus supplementary cementitious material and aggregates shall not exceed that of commercially available scales having single graduations indicating a weight not exceeding the maximum permissible weight variation above, except that no scale shall be required having a capacity of less than 1,000 pounds, with one pound graduations.

90-5.03 PROPORTIONING • Proportioning shall consist of dividing the aggregates into the specified sizes, each stored in a separate bin, and combining them with cementitious material and water as provided in these specifications. Aggregates shall be proportioned by weight. • At the time of batching, aggregates shall have been dried or drained sufficiently to result in a stable moisture content such that no visible separation of water from aggregate will take place during transportation from the proportioning plant to the point of mixing. In no event shall the free moisture content of the fine aggregate at the time of batching exceed 8 percent of its saturated, surface-dry weight. • Should separate supplies of aggregate material of the same size group, but of different moisture content or specific gravity or surface characteristics affecting workability, be available at the proportioning plant, withdrawals shall be made from one supply exclusively and the materials therein completely exhausted before starting upon another. • Bulk Type IP (MS) cement shall be weighed in an individual hopper and shall be kept separate from the aggregates until the ingredients are released for discharge into the mixer. • Bulk cement and supplementary cementitious material may be weighed in separate, individual weigh hoppers or may be weighed in the same weigh hopper and shall be kept separate from the aggregates until the ingredients are released for discharge into the mixer. If the cement and supplementary cementitious material are weighed cumulatively, the cement shall be weighed first. • If cement and supplementary cementitious material are weighed in separate weigh hoppers, the weigh systems for the proportioning of the aggregate, the cement, and the supplementary cementitious material shall be individual and distinct from all other weigh systems. Each weigh system shall be equipped with a hopper, a lever system, and an indicator to constitute an individual and independent material-weighing device. The cement and the supplementary cementitious material shall be discharged into the mixer simultaneously with the aggregate. • The scales and weigh hoppers for bulk weighing cement, supplementary cementitious material, or cement plus supplementary cementitious material shall be separate and distinct from the aggregate weighing equipment.

7/14 6-78 PART 6/COUNTY • For batches of one cubic yard or more, the batching equipment shall conform to one of the following combinations:

A. Separate boxes and separate scale and indicator for weighing each size of aggregate. B. Single box and scale indicator for all aggregates. C. Single box or separate boxes and automatic weighing mechanism for all aggregates.

• In order to check the accuracy of batch weights, the gross weight and tare weight of batch trucks, truck mixers, truck agitators, and non-agitating hauling equipment shall be determined when ordered by the Engineer. The equipment shall be weighed on scales designated by the Engineer.

90-5.03A PROPORTIONING FOR PAVEMENT • Aggregates and bulk supplementary cementitious material for use in pavement shall be proportioned by weight by means of automatic proportioning devices of approved type conforming to these specifications. • The Contractor shall install and maintain in operating condition an electronically actuated moisture meter that will indicate, on a readily visible scale, changes in the moisture content of the fine aggregate as it is batched within a sensitivity of 0.5 percent by weight of the fine aggregate. • The batching of cement, supplementary cementitious material, or cement plus supplementary cementitious material and aggregate shall be interlocked so that a new batch cannot be started until all weigh hoppers are empty, the proportioning devices are within zero tolerance, and the discharge gates are closed. The interlock shall permit no part of the batch to be discharged until all aggregate hoppers and the cement and supplementary cementitious material hoppers or the cement plus supplementary cementitious material hopper are charged with weights that are within the tolerances specified in Section 90-5.02, "Proportioning Devices." • If interlocks are required for cement and supplementary cementitious material charging mechanisms and cement and supplementary cementitious material are weighed cumulatively, their charging mechanisms shall be interlocked to prevent the introduction of mineral admixture until the weight of cement in the cement weigh hopper is within the tolerances specified in Section 90-5.02, "Proportioning Devices." • If concrete is completely mixed in stationary paving mixers, the supplementary cementitious materials shall be weighed in a separate weigh hopper and the supplementary cementitious material and cement shall be introduced simultaneously into the mixer proportionately with the aggregate. If the Contractor provides certification that the stationary mixer is capable of mixing the cement, supplementary cementitious material, aggregates, and water uniformly before discharge, weighing the supplementary cementitious material cumulatively with the cement is permitted. Certification shall contain the following:

A. Test results for 2 compressive strength test cylinders of concrete taken within the first one-third and 2 compressive strength test cylinders of concrete taken within the last one-third of the concrete discharged from a single batch from the stationary paving

7/14 6-79 PART 6/COUNTY mixer. Strength tests and cylinder preparation will be in conformance with the provisions of Section 90-9, "Compressive Strength"; B. Calculations demonstrating that the difference in the averages of 2 compressive strengths taken in the first one-third is no greater than 7.5 percent different than the averages of 2 compressive strengths taken in the last one-third of the concrete discharged from a single batch from the stationary paving mixer. Strength tests and cylinder preparation will be in conformance with the provisions of Section 90-9, "Compressive Strength;" and C. The mixer rotation speed and time of mixing before discharge that are required to produce a mix that meets the requirements above.

• The discharge gate on the cement and supplementary cementitious material hoppers or the cement plus supplementary cementitious material hopper shall be designed to permit regulating the flow of cement, supplementary cementitious material, or cement plus supplementary cementitious material into the aggregate as directed by the Engineer. • If separate weigh boxes are used for each size of aggregate, the discharge gates shall permit regulating the flow of each size of aggregate as directed by the Engineer. • Material discharged from the several bins shall be controlled by gates or by mechanical conveyors. The means of withdrawal from the several bins, and of discharge from the weigh box, shall be interlocked so that not more than one bin can discharge at a time, and so that the weigh box cannot be tripped until the required quantity from each of the several bins has been deposited therein. Should a separate weigh box be used for each size of aggregate, all may be operated and discharged simultaneously. • If the discharge from the several bins is controlled by gates, each gate shall be actuated automatically so that the required mass is discharged into the weigh box, after which the gate shall automatically close and lock. • The automatic weighing system shall be designed so that all proportions required may be set on the weighing controller at the same time.

90-6 MIXING AND TRANSPORTING 90-6.01 GENERAL • Concrete shall be mixed in mechanically operated mixers, except that when permitted by the Engineer, batches not exceeding 1/3 cubic yard may be mixed by hand methods in conformance with the provisions in Section 90-6.05, "Hand-Mixing." • Equipment having components made of aluminum or magnesium alloys that would have contact with plastic concrete during mixing, transporting, or pumping of portland cement concrete shall not be used. • Concrete shall be homogeneous and thoroughly mixed, and there shall be no lumps or evidence of undispersed cementitious material. • Uniformity of concrete mixtures will be determined by differences in penetration as determined by California Test 533, or slump as determined by ASTM Designation: C 143, and by variations in the proportion of coarse aggregate as determined by California Test 529.

7/14 6-80 PART 6/COUNTY • When the mix design specifies a penetration value, the difference in penetration, determined by comparing penetration tests on 2 samples of mixed concrete from the same batch or truck mixer load, shall not exceed 1/2-inch. When the mix design specifies a slump value, the difference in slump, determined by comparing slump tests on 2 samples of mixed concrete from the same batch or truck mixer load, shall not exceed the values given in the table below. Variation in the proportion of coarse aggregate will be determined by comparing the results of tests of 2 samples of mixed concrete from the same batch or truck mixer load and the difference between the 2 results shall not exceed 170 pounds per cubic yard of concrete.

Average Slump Maximum Permissible Difference Less than 4" 1" 4" to 6" 1 1/2" Greater than 6" to 9" 2"

• The Contractor shall furnish samples of the freshly mixed concrete and provide satisfactory facilities for obtaining the samples.

90-6.02 MACHINE MIXING • Concrete mixers may be of the revolving drum or the revolving blade type, and the mixing drum or blades shall be operated uniformly at the mixing speed recommended by the manufacturer. Mixers and agitators that have an accumulation of hard concrete or mortar shall not be used. • The temperature of mixed concrete, immediately before placing, shall be not less than 50° F or more than 90° F. Aggregates and water shall be heated or cooled as necessary to produce concrete within these temperature limits. Neither aggregates nor mixing water shall be heated to exceed 150° F. If ice is used to cool the concrete, discharge of the mixer will not be permitted until all ice is melted. • The batch shall be so charged into the mixer that some water will enter in advance of cementitious materials and aggregates. All water shall be in the drum by the end of the first one-fourth of the specified mixing time. • Cementitious materials shall be batched and charged into the mixer by means that will not result either in loss of cementitious materials due to the effect of wind, in accumulation of cementitious materials on surfaces of conveyors or hoppers, or in other conditions that reduce or vary the required quantity of cementitious material in the concrete mixture. • Paving and stationary mixers shall be operated with an automatic timing device. The timing device and discharge mechanism shall be interlocked so that during normal operation no part of the batch will be discharged until the specified mixing time has elapsed. • The total elapsed time between the intermingling of damp aggregates and all cementitious materials and the start of mixing shall not exceed 30 minutes. • The size of batch shall not exceed the manufacturer's guaranteed capacity. • When producing concrete for pavement or base, suitable batch counters shall be installed and maintained in good operating condition at job site batching plants and

7/14 6-81 PART 6/COUNTY stationary mixers. The batch counters shall indicate the exact number of batches proportioned and mixed. • Concrete shall be mixed and delivered to the job site by means of one of the following combinations of operations:

A. Mixed completely in a stationary mixer and the mixed concrete transported to the point of delivery in truck agitators or in nonagitating hauling equipment (central-mixed concrete). B. Mixed partially in a stationary mixer, and the mixing completed in a truck mixer (shrink-mixed concrete). C. Mixed completely in a truck mixer (transit-mixed concrete). D. Mixed completely in a paving mixer.

• Agitators may be truck mixers operating at agitating speed or truck agitators. Each mixer and agitator shall have attached thereto in a prominent place a metal plate or plates on which is plainly marked the various uses for which the equipment is designed, the manufacturer's guaranteed capacity of the drum or container in terms of the volume of mixed concrete and the speed of rotation of the mixing drum or blades. • Truck mixers shall be equipped with electrically or mechanically actuated revolution counters by which the number of revolutions of the drum or blades may readily be verified. • When shrink-mixed concrete is furnished, concrete that has been partially mixed at a central plant shall be transferred to a truck mixer and all requirements for transit-mixed concrete shall apply. No credit in the number of revolutions at mixing speed will be allowed for partial mixing in a central plant.

90-6.03 TRANSPORTING MIXED CONCRETE • Mixed concrete may be transported to the delivery point in truck agitators or truck mixers operating at the speed designated by the manufacturer of the equipment as agitating speed, or in non-agitating hauling equipment, provided the consistency and workability of the mixed concrete upon discharge at the delivery point is suitable for adequate placement and consolidation in place, and provided the mixed concrete after hauling to the delivery point conforms to the provisions in Section 90-6.01, "General." • Truck agitators shall be loaded not to exceed the manufacturer's guaranteed capacity and shall maintain the mixed concrete in a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass during hauling. • Bodies of nonagitating hauling equipment shall be constructed so that leakage of the concrete mix, or any part thereof, will not occur at any time. • Concrete hauled in open-top vehicles shall be protected during hauling against rain or against exposure to the sun for more than 20 minutes when the ambient temperature exceeds 75° F. • No additional mixing water shall be incorporated into the concrete during hauling or after arrival at the delivery point, unless authorized by the Engineer. If the Engineer authorizes additional water to be incorporated into the concrete, the drum shall be revolved not less than 30 revolutions at mixing speed after the water is added and before discharge is commenced.

7/14 6-82 PART 6/COUNTY • The rate of discharge of mixed concrete from truck mixer-agitators shall be controlled by the speed of rotation of the drum in the discharge direction with the discharge gate fully open. • If a truck mixer or agitator is used for transporting concrete to the delivery point, discharge shall be completed within 1.5 hours or before 250 revolutions of the drum or blades, whichever occurs first, after the introduction of the cement to the aggregates. Under conditions contributing to quick stiffening of the concrete, or if the temperature of the concrete is 85° F or above, the time allowed may be less than 1.5 hours. If an admixture is used to retard the set time, the temperature of the concrete shall not exceed 85° F, the time limit shall be 2 hours, and the revolution limitation shall be 300. • If nonagitating hauling equipment is used for transporting concrete to the delivery point, discharge shall be completed within one hour after the addition of the cement to the aggregates. Under conditions contributing to quick stiffening of the concrete, or when the temperature of the concrete is 85° F or above, the time between the introduction of cement to the aggregates and discharge shall not exceed 45 minutes. • Each load of concrete delivered at the job site shall be accompanied by a weighmaster certificate showing the mix identification number, nonrepeating load number, date and time at which the materials were batched, the total amount of water added to the load, and for transit-mixed concrete, the reading of the revolution counter at the time the truck mixer is charged with cement. This weighmaster certificate shall also show the actual scale weights (pounds) for the ingredients batched. Theoretical or target batch weights shall not be used as a substitute for actual scale weights. • Weighmaster certificates shall be provided in printed form, or if approved by the Engineer, the data may be submitted in electronic media. Electronic media shall be presented in a tab-delimited format on a 3 1/2-inch diskette with a capacity of at least 1.4 megabytes. Captured data, for the ingredients represented by each batch shall be "line feed, carriage return" (LFCR) and "one line, separate record" with allowances for sufficient fields to satisfy the amount of data required by these specifications. • The Contractor may furnish a weighmaster certificate accompanied by a separate certificate that lists the actual batch weights or measurements for a load of concrete provided that both certificates are imprinted with the same nonrepeating load number that is unique to the contract and delivered to the jobsite with the load. • Weighmaster certificates furnished by the Contractor shall conform to the provisions in Section 9-1.01, "Measurement of Quantities."

90-6.04 TIME OR AMOUNT OF MIXING • Mixing of concrete in paving or stationary mixers shall continue for the required mixing time after all ingredients, except water and admixture, if added with the water, are in the mixing compartment of the mixer before any part of the batch is released. Transfer time in multiple drum mixers shall not be counted as part of the required mixing time. • The required mixing time, in paving or stationary mixers, of concrete used for concrete structures, except minor structures, shall be not less than 90 seconds or more than 5 minutes, except that when directed by the Engineer in writing, the requirements of the following paragraph shall apply.

7/14 6-83 PART 6/COUNTY • The required mixing time, in paving or stationary mixers, except as provided in the preceding paragraph, shall be not less than 50 seconds or more than 5 minutes. • The minimum required revolutions at the mixing speed for transit-mixed concrete shall not be less than that recommended by the mixer manufacturer, but in no case shall the number of revolutions be less than that required to consistently produce concrete conforming to the provisions for uniformity in Section 90-6.01, "General." • When a high range water-reducing admixture is added to the concrete at the job site, the total number of revolutions shall not exceed 300.

90-6.05 HAND-MIXING • Hand-mixed concrete shall be made in batches of not more than 1/3 cubic yard and shall be mixed on a watertight, level platform. The proper amount of coarse aggregate shall be measured in measuring boxes and spread on the platform and the fine aggregate shall be spread on this layer, the 2 layers being not more than one foot in total depth. On this mixture shall be spread the dry cementitious materials and the whole mass turned no fewer than 2 times dry; then sufficient clean water shall be added, evenly distributed, and the whole mass again turned no fewer than 3 times, not including placing in the carriers or forms.

90-6.06 AMOUNT OF WATER AND PENETRATION • The amount of water used in concrete mixes shall be regulated so that the penetration of the concrete as determined by California Test 533 or the slump of the concrete as determined by ASTM Designation: C 143 is within the nominal values shown in the following table. When the penetration or slump of the concrete is found to exceed the nominal values listed, the mixture of subsequent batches shall be adjusted to reduce the penetration or slump to a value within the nominal range shown. Batches of concrete with a penetration or slump exceeding the maximum values listed shall not be used in the work. If Type F or Type G chemical admixtures are added to the mix, the penetration requirements shall not apply and the slump shall not exceed 9 inches after the chemical admixtures are added.

Type of Work Nominal Maximum Penetration Slump Penetration Slump (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) Concrete Pavement 0 - 1 — 1 1/2 — Non-reinforced concrete facilities 0 - 1 1/2 — 2 — Reinforced concrete structures Sections over 12 inches thick 0 - 1 1/2 — 2 1/2 — Sections 12 inches thick or less 0 - 2 — 3 — Concrete placed under water — 6 - 8 — 9 Cast-in-place concrete piles 2 1/2 - 3 1/2 5 - 7 4 8

• The amount of free water used in concrete shall not exceed 310 pounds per cubic yard, plus 20 pounds for each required 100 pounds of cementitious material in excess of 550 pounds per cubic yard. • The term free water is defined as the total water in the mixture minus the water absorbed by the aggregates in reaching a saturated surface-dry condition. 7/14 6-84 PART 6/COUNTY • If there are adverse or difficult conditions that affect the placing of concrete, the above specified penetration and free water content limitations may be exceeded providing the Contractor is granted permission by the Engineer in writing to increase the cementitious material content per cubic yard of concrete. The increase in water and cementitious material shall be at a ratio not to exceed 30 pounds of water per added 100 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard. Full compensation for additional cementitious material and water added under these conditions shall be considered as included in the contract price paid for the concrete work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. • The equipment for supplying water to the mixer shall be constructed and arranged so that the amount of water added can be measured accurately. Any method of discharging water into the mixer for a batch shall be accurate within 1.5 percent of the quantity of water required to be added to the mix for any position of the mixer. Tanks used to measure water shall be designed so that water cannot enter while water is being discharged into the mixer and discharge into the mixer shall be made rapidly in one operation without dribbling. All equipment shall be arranged so as to permit checking the amount of water delivered by discharging into measured containers.

90-7 CURING CONCRETE 90-7.01 METHODS OF CURING • Newly placed concrete shall be cured by the methods specified in this Section 90-7.01 and the special provisions.

90-7.01A WATER METHOD • The concrete shall be kept continuously wet by the application of water for a minimum curing period of 7 days after the concrete has been placed. • Cotton mats, rugs, carpets, or earth or sand blankets may be used as a curing medium to retain the moisture during the curing period. • If a curing medium consisting of cotton mats, rugs, carpets, polyethylene sheeting, polyethylene sheeting on burlap, or earth or sand blankets is to be used to retain the moisture, the entire surface of the concrete shall be kept damp by applying water with a nozzle that so atomizes the flow that a mist and not a spray is formed, until the surface of the concrete is covered with the curing medium. The moisture from the nozzle shall not be applied under pressure directly upon the concrete and shall not be allowed to accumulate on the concrete in a quantity sufficient to cause a flow or wash the surface. At the expiration of the curing period, the concrete surfaces shall be cleared of all curing media. • At the option of the Contractor, a curing medium consisting of white opaque polyethylene sheeting extruded onto burlap may be used to cure concrete structures. The polyethylene sheeting shall have a minimum thickness of 4-mil, and shall be extruded onto 10-ounce burlap. • At the option of the Contractor, a curing medium consisting of polyethylene sheeting may be used to cure concrete columns. The polyethylene sheeting shall have a minimum thickness of 10-mil achieved in a single layer of material.

7/14 6-85 PART 6/COUNTY • If the Contractor chooses to use polyethylene sheeting or polyethylene sheeting on burlap as a curing medium, these media and any joints therein shall be secured as necessary to provide moisture retention and shall be within 3 inches of the concrete at all points along the surface being cured. When these media are used, the temperature of the concrete shall be monitored during curing. If the temperature of the concrete cannot be maintained below 140° F, use of these curing media shall be disallowed. • When concrete bridge decks and flat slabs are to be cured without the use of a curing medium, the entire surface of the bridge deck or slab shall be kept damp by the application of water with an atomizing nozzle as specified above, until the concrete has set, after which the entire surface of the concrete shall be sprinkled continuously with water for a period of not less than 7 days.

90-7.01B CURING COMPOUND METHOD • Surfaces of the concrete that are exposed to the air shall be sprayed uniformly with a curing compound.

• Curing compounds to be used shall be as follows: 1. Pigmented curing compound conforming to the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 309, Type 2, Class B, except the resin type shall be poly-alpha-methylstyrene. 2. Pigmented curing compound conforming to the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 309, Type 2, Class B. 3. Pigmented curing compound conforming to the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 309, Type 2, Class A. 4. Nonpigmented curing compound conforming to the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 309, Type 1, Class B. 5. Nonpigmented curing compound conforming to the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 309, Type 1, Class A. 6. Nonpigmented curing compound with fugitive dye conforming to the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 309, Type 1-D, Class A.

• The infrared scan for the dried vehicle from curing compound (1) shall match the infrared scan on file at the Transportation Laboratory. • The loss of water for each type of curing compound, when tested in conformance with the requirements in California Test 534, shall not be more than 0.28-pounds per square yard in 24 hours. • The curing compound to be used will be specified elsewhere in these specifications or in the special provisions. • If the use of curing compound is required or permitted elsewhere in these specifications or in the special provisions and no specific kind is specified, any of the curing compounds listed above may be used. • Curing compound shall be applied at a nominal rate of one gallon per 150 square feet, unless otherwise specified. • At any point, the application rate shall be within ±50 square feet per gallon of the nominal rate specified, and the average application rate shall be within ±25 square feet per gallon of the nominal rate specified when tested in conformance with the

7/14 6-86 PART 6/COUNTY requirements in California Test 535. Runs, sags, thin areas, skips, or holidays in the applied curing compound shall be evidence that the application is not satisfactory. • Curing compounds shall be applied using power operated spray equipment. The power operated spraying equipment shall be equipped with an operational pressure gage and a means of controlling the pressure. Hand spraying of small and irregular areas that are not reasonably accessible to mechanical spraying equipment, in the opinion of the Engineer, may be permitted. • The curing compound shall be applied to the concrete following the surface finishing operation, immediately before the moisture sheen disappears from the surface, but before any drying shrinkage or craze cracks begin to appear. In the event of any drying or cracking of the surface, application of water with an atomizing nozzle as specified in Section 90-7.01A, "Water Method," shall be started immediately and shall be continued until application of the compound is resumed or started; however, the compound shall not be applied over any resulting freestanding water. Should the film of compound be damaged from any cause before the expiration of 7 days after the concrete is placed in the case of structures and 72 hours in the case of pavement, the damaged portion shall be repaired immediately with additional compound. • At the time of use, compounds containing pigments shall be in a thoroughly mixed condition with the pigment uniformly dispersed throughout the vehicle. A paddle shall be used to loosen all settled pigment from the bottom of the container, and a power driven agitator shall be used to disperse the pigment uniformly throughout the vehicle. • Agitation shall not introduce air or other foreign substance into the curing compound. • The manufacturer shall include in the curing compound the necessary additives for control of sagging, pigment settling, leveling, de-emulsification, or other requisite qualities of a satisfactory working material. Pigmented curing compounds shall be manufactured so that the pigment does not settle badly, does not cake or thicken in the container, and does not become granular or curdled. Settlement of pigment shall be a thoroughly wetted, soft, mushy mass permitting the complete and easy vertical penetration of a paddle. Settled pigment shall be easily redispersed, with minimum resistance to the sideways manual motion of the paddle across the bottom of the container, to form a smooth uniform product of the proper consistency. • Curing compounds shall remain sprayable at temperatures above 40° F and shall not be diluted or altered after manufacture. • The curing compound shall be packaged in clean 274-gallon totes, 55-gallon barrels or 5-gallon pails shall be supplied from a suitable storage tank located at the jobsite. The containers shall comply with "Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Hazardous Materials Regulations." The 274-gallon totes and the 55-gallon barrels shall have removable lids and airtight fasteners. The 5-gallon pails shall be round and have standard full open head and bail. Lids with bungholes will not be permitted. Settling or separation of solids in containers, except tanks, must be completely redispersed with low speed mixing prior to use, in conformance with these specifications and the manufacturer's recommendations. Mixing shall be accomplished either manually by use of a paddle or by use of a mixing blade driven by a drill motor, at low speed. Mixing blades shall be the type used for mixing paint. On-site storage tanks shall be kept clean 7/14 6-87 PART 6/COUNTY and free of contaminants. Each tank shall have a permanent system designed to completely redisperse settled material without introducing air or other foreign substances. • Steel containers and lids shall be lined with a coating that will prevent destructive action by the compound or chemical agents in the air space above the compound. The coating shall not come off the container or lid as skins. Containers shall be filled in a manner that will prevent skinning. Plastic containers shall not react with the compound. • Each container shall be labeled with the manufacturer's name, kind of curing compound, batch number, volume, date of manufacture, and volatile organic compound (VOC) content. The label shall also warn that the curing compound containing pigment shall be well stirred before use. Precautions concerning the handling and the application of curing compound shall be shown on the label of the curing compound containers in conformance with the Construction Safety Orders and General Industry Safety Orders of the State. • Containers of curing compound shall be labeled to indicate that the contents fully comply with the rules and regulations concerning air pollution control in the State. • When the curing compound is shipped in tanks or tank trucks, a shipping invoice shall accompany each load. The invoice shall contain the same information as that required herein for container labels. • Curing compound will be sampled by the Engineer at the source of supply, at the job site, or at both locations. • Curing compound shall be formulated so as to maintain the specified properties for a minimum of one year. The Engineer may require additional testing before use to determine compliance with these specifications if the compound has not been used within one year or whenever the Engineer has reason to believe the compound is no longer satisfactory. • Tests will be conducted in conformance with the latest ASTM test methods and methods in use by the Transportation Laboratory.

90-7.01C WATERPROOF MEMBRANE METHOD • The exposed finished surfaces of concrete shall be sprayed with water, using a nozzle that so atomizes the flow that a mist and not a spray is formed, until the concrete has set, after which the curing membrane, shall be placed. The curing membrane shall remain in place for a period of not less than 72 hours. • Sheeting material for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements in AASHTO Designation: M 171 for white reflective materials. • The sheeting material shall be fabricated into sheets of such width as to provide a complete cover for the entire concrete surface. Joints in the sheets shall be securely cemented together in such a manner as to provide a waterproof joint. The joint seams shall have a minimum lap of 0.33-foot. • The sheets shall be securely weighted down by placing a bank of earth on the edges of the sheets or by other means satisfactory to the Engineer. • Should any portion of the sheets be broken or damaged before the expiration of 72 hours after being placed, the broken or damaged portions shall be immediately repaired with new sheets properly cemented into place.

7/14 6-88 PART 6/COUNTY • Sections of membrane that have lost their waterproof qualities or have been damaged to such an extent as to render them unfit for curing the concrete shall not be used.

90-7.01D FORMS-IN-PLACE METHOD • Formed surfaces of concrete may be cured by retaining the forms in place. The forms shall remain in place for a minimum period of 7 days after the concrete has been placed, except that for members over 20 inches in least dimension the forms shall remain in place for a minimum period of 5 days. • Joints in the forms and the joints between the end of forms and concrete shall be kept moisture tight during the curing period. Cracks in the forms and cracks between the forms and the concrete shall be resealed by methods subject to the approval of the Engineer.

90-7.02 CURING PAVEMENT • The entire exposed area of the pavement, including edges, shall be cured by the waterproof membrane method, or curing compound method using curing compound (1) or (2) as the Contractor may elect. Should the side forms be removed before the expiration of 72 hours following the start of curing, the exposed pavement edges shall also be cured. If the pavement is cured by means of the curing compound method, the sawcut and all portions of the curing compound that have been disturbed by sawing operations shall be restored by spraying with additional curing compound. • Curing shall commence as soon as the finishing process provided in Section 40-1.10, "Final Finishing," has been completed. The method selected shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-7.01, "Methods of Curing." • When the curing compound method is used, the compound shall be applied to the entire pavement surface by mechanical sprayers. Spraying equipment shall be of the fully atomizing type equipped with a tank agitator that provides for continual agitation of the curing compound during the time of application. The spray shall be adequately protected against wind, and the nozzles shall be so oriented or moved mechanically transversely as to result in the minimum specified rate of coverage being applied uniformly on exposed faces. Hand spraying of small and irregular areas, and areas inaccessible to mechanical spraying equipment, in the opinion of the Engineer, will be permitted. When the ambient air temperature is above 60° F, the Contractor shall fog the surface of the concrete with a fine spray of water as specified in Section 90-7.01A, "Water Method." The surface of the pavement shall be kept moist between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. on the day the concrete is placed. However, the fogging done after the curing compound has been applied shall not begin until the compound has set sufficiently to prevent displacement. Fogging shall be discontinued if ordered in writing by the Engineer.

90-7.03 CURING STRUCTURES • Newly placed concrete for cast-in-place structures, other than highway bridge decks, shall be cured by the water method, the forms-in-place method, or, as permitted

7/14 6-89 PART 6/COUNTY herein, by the curing compound method, in conformance with the provisions in Section 90-7.01, "Methods of Curing." • The curing compound method using a pigmented curing compound may be used on concrete surfaces of construction joints, surfaces that are to be buried underground, and surfaces where only ordinary surface finish is to be applied and on which a uniform color is not required and that will not be visible from a public traveled way. If the Contractor elects to use the curing compound method on the bottom slab of box girder spans, the curing compound shall be curing compound (1). • The top surface of highway bridge decks shall be cured by both the curing compound method and the water method. The curing compound shall be curing compound (1). • Concrete surfaces of minor structures, as defined in Section 51-1.02, "Minor Structures," shall be cured by the water method, the forms-in-place method or the curing compound method. • When deemed necessary by the Engineer during periods of hot weather, water shall be applied to concrete surfaces being cured by the curing compound method or by the forms-in-place method, until the Engineer determines that a cooling effect is no longer required. Application of water for this purpose will be paid for as extra work as provided in Section 4-1.03D, "Extra Work."

90-7.04 CURING PRECAST CONCRETE MEMBERS • Precast concrete members shall be cured in conformance with any of the methods specified in Section 90-7.01, "Methods of Curing." Curing shall be provided for the minimum time specified for each method or until the concrete reaches its design strength, whichever is less. Steam curing may also be used for precast members and shall conform to the following provisions:

A. After placement of the concrete, members shall be held for a minimum 4-hour presteaming period. If the ambient air temperature is below 50° F, steam shall be applied during the presteaming period to hold the air surrounding the member at a temperature between 50° F and 90° F. B. To prevent moisture loss on exposed surfaces during the presteaming period, members shall be covered as soon as possible after casting or the exposed surfaces shall be kept wet by fog spray or wet blankets. C. Enclosures for steam curing shall allow free circulation of steam about the member and shall be constructed to contain the live steam with a minimum moisture loss. The use of tarpaulins or similar flexible covers will be permitted, provided they are kept in good repair and secured in such a manner as to prevent the loss of steam and moisture. D. Steam at the jets shall be at low pressure and in a saturated condition. Steam jets shall not impinge directly on the concrete, test cylinders, or forms. During application of the steam, the temperature rise within the enclosure shall not exceed 40° F per hour. The curing temperature throughout the enclosure shall not exceed 150° F and shall be maintained at a constant level for a sufficient time necessary to develop the required transfer strength. Control cylinders shall be covered to prevent moisture loss and shall be placed in a location where temperature is representative of the average temperature of the enclosure. 7/14 6-90 PART 6/COUNTY E. Temperature recording devices that will provide an accurate, continuous, permanent record of the curing temperature shall be provided. A minimum of one temperature recording device per 200 feet of continuous bed length will be required for checking temperature. F. Members in pretension beds shall be detensioned immediately after the termination of steam curing while the concrete and forms are still warm, or the temperature under the enclosure shall be maintained above 60° F until the stress is transferred to the concrete. G. Curing of precast concrete will be considered completed after termination of the steam curing cycle.

90-7.05 CURING PRECAST PRESTRESSED CONCRETE PILES • Newly placed concrete for precast prestressed concrete piles shall be cured in conformance with the provisions in Section 90-7.04, "Curing Precast Concrete Members," except that piles in a corrosive environment shall be cured as follows:

A. Piles shall be either steam cured or water cured. If water curing is used, the piles shall be kept continuously wet by the application of water in conformance with the provisions in Section 90-7.01A, "Water Method." B. If steam curing is used, the steam curing provisions in Section 90-7.04, "Curing Precast Concrete Members," shall apply except that the piles shall be kept continuously wet for their entire length for a period of not less than 3 days, including the holding and steam curing periods.

90-7.06 CURING SLOPE PROTECTION • Concrete slope protection shall be cured in conformance with any of the methods specified in Section 90-7.01, "Methods of Curing." • Concreted-rock slope protection shall be cured in conformance with any of the methods specified in Section 90-7.01, "Methods of Curing," with a blanket of earth kept wet for 72 hours, or by sprinkling with a fine spray of water every 2 hours during the daytime for a period of 3 days.

90-7.07 CURING MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE WORK • Exposed surfaces of curbs shall be cured by pigmented curing compounds as specified in Section 90-7.01B, "Curing Compound Method." • Concrete sidewalks, gutter depressions, island paving, curb ramps, driveways, and other miscellaneous concrete areas shall be cured in conformance with any of the methods specified in Section 90-7.01, "Methods of Curing." • Shotcrete shall be cured for at least 72 hours by spraying with water, by a moist earth blanket, or by any of the methods provided in Section 90-7.01, "Methods of Curing." • Mortar and grout shall be cured by keeping the surface damp for 3 days. • After placing, the exposed surfaces of sign structure foundations, including pedestal portions, if constructed, shall be cured for at least 72 hours by spraying with water, by a moist earth blanket, or by any of the methods provided in Section 90-7.01, "Methods of Curing."

7/14 6-91 PART 6/COUNTY

90-8 PROTECTING CONCRETE 90-8.01 GENERAL • In addition to the provisions in Section 7-1.16, "Contractor's Responsibility for the Work and Materials," the Contractor shall protect concrete as provided in this Section 90-8. If required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit a written outline of the proposed methods for protecting the concrete. • The Contractor shall protect concrete from damage from any cause, which shall include, but not be limited to: rain, heat, cold, wind, Contractor's actions, and actions of others. • Concrete shall not be placed on frozen or ice-coated ground or subgrade nor on ice-coated forms, reinforcing steel, structural steel, conduits, precast members, or construction joints. • Under rainy conditions, placing of concrete shall be stopped before the quantity of surface water is sufficient to damage surface mortar or cause a flow or wash of the concrete surface, unless the Contractor provides adequate protection against damage. • Concrete that has been frozen or damaged by other causes, as determined by the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense.

90-8.02 PROTECTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES • Structure concrete and shotcrete used as structure concrete shall be maintained at a temperature of not less than 45° F for 72 hours after placing and at not less than 40° F for an additional 4 days.

90-8.03 PROTECTING CONCRETE PAVEMENT • Pavement concrete shall be maintained at a temperature of not less than 40° F for 72 hours. • Except as provided in Section 7-1.08, "Public Convenience," the Contractor shall protect concrete pavement against construction and other activities that abrade, scar, discolor, reduce texture depth, lower coefficient of friction, or otherwise damage the surface. Stockpiling, drifting, or excessive spillage of soil, gravel, petroleum products, and concrete or asphalt mixes on the surface of concrete pavement is prohibited unless otherwise specified in these specifications, the special provisions or permitted by the Engineer. • If ordered by the Engineer or shown on the plans or specified in the special provisions, pavement crossings shall be constructed for the convenience of public traffic. The material and work necessary for the construction of the crossings, and their subsequent removal and disposal, will be paid for at the contract unit prices for the items of work involved and if there are no contract items for the work involved, payment for pavement crossings will be made by extra work as provided in Section 4-1.03D, "Extra Work.". Where public traffic will be required to cross over the new pavement, Type III portland cement may be used in concrete, if permitted in writing by the Engineer. The pavement may be opened to traffic as soon as the concrete has

7/14 6-92 PART 6/COUNTY developed a modulus of rupture of 550 pounds per square inch. The modulus of rupture will be determined by California Test 523. • No traffic or Contractor's equipment, except as hereinafter provided, will be permitted on the pavement before a period of 10 days has elapsed after the concrete has been placed, nor before the concrete has developed a modulus of rupture of at least 550 pounds per square inch. Concrete that fails to attain a modulus of rupture of 550 pounds per square inch within 10 days shall not be opened to traffic until directed by the Engineer. • Equipment for sawing weakened plane joints will be permitted on the pavement as specified in Section 40-1.08B, "Weakened Plane Joints." • When requested in writing by the Contractor, the tracks on one side of paving equipment will be permitted on the pavement after a modulus of rupture of 350 pounds per square inch has been attained, provided that:

A. Unit pressure exerted on the pavement by the paver shall not exceed 20 pounds per square inch; B. Tracks with cleats, grousers, or similar protuberances shall be modified or shall travel on planks or equivalent protective material, so that the pavement is not damaged; and C. No part of the track shall be closer than one foot from the edge of pavement.

• In case of visible cracking of, or other damage to the pavement, operation of the paving equipment on the pavement shall be immediately discontinued. • Damage to the pavement resulting from early use of pavement by the Contractor's equipment as provided above shall be repaired by the Contractor. • The State will furnish the molds and machines for testing the concrete for modulus of rupture, and the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, shall furnish the material and whatever labor the Engineer may require.

90-9 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH 90-9.01 GENERAL • Concrete compressive strength requirements consist of a minimum strength that shall be attained before various loads or stresses are applied to the concrete and, for concrete designated by strength, a minimum strength at the age of 28 days or at the age otherwise allowed in Section 90-1.01, "Description." The various strengths required are specified in these specifications or the special provisions or are shown on the plans. • The compressive strength of concrete will be determined from test cylinders that have been fabricated from concrete sampled in conformance with the requirements of California Test 539. Test cylinders will be molded and initially field cured in conformance with California Test 540. Test cylinders will be cured and tested after receipt at the testing laboratory in conformance with the requirements of California Test 521. A strength test shall consist of the average strength of 2 cylinders fabricated from material taken from a single load of concrete, except that, if any cylinder should show evidence of improper sampling, molding, or testing, that cylinder shall be discarded and the strength test shall consist of the strength of the remaining cylinder.

7/14 6-93 PART 6/COUNTY • When concrete compressive strength is specified as a prerequisite to applying loads or stresses to a concrete structure or member, test cylinders for other than steam cured concrete will be cured in conformance with Method 1 of California Test 540. The compressive strength of concrete determined for these purposes will be evaluated on the basis of individual tests. • When concrete is designated by 28-day compressive strength rather than by cementitious material content, the concrete strength to be used as a basis for acceptance of other than steam cured concrete will be determined from cylinders cured in conformance with Method 1 of California Test 540. If the result of a single compressive strength test at the maximum age specified or allowed is below the specified strength but is 95 percent or more of the specified strength, the Contractor shall make corrective changes, subject to approval of the Engineer, in the mix proportions or in the concrete fabrication procedures, before placing additional concrete, and shall pay to the State $10 for each in-place cubic yard of concrete represented by the deficient test. If the result of a single compressive strength test at the maximum age specified or allowed is below 95 percent of the specified strength, but is 85 percent or more of the specified strength, the Contractor shall make the corrective changes specified above, and shall pay to the State $15 for each in-place cubic yard of concrete represented by the deficient test. In addition, such corrective changes shall be made when the compressive strength of concrete tested at 7 days indicates, in the judgment of the Engineer, that the concrete will not attain the required compressive strength at the maximum age specified or allowed. Concrete represented by a single test that indicates a compressive strength of less than 85 percent of the specified 28-day compressive strength will be rejected in conformance with the provisions in Section 6-1.04, "Defective Materials." • If the test result indicates that the compressive strength at the maximum curing age specified or allowed is below the specified strength, but is 85 percent or more of the specified strength, payments to the State as required above shall be made, unless the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, obtains and submits evidence acceptable to the Engineer that the strength of the concrete placed in the work meets or exceeds the specified 28-day compressive strength. If the test result indicates a compressive strength at the maximum curing age specified or allowed below 85 percent, the concrete represented by that test will be rejected, unless the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, obtains and submits evidence acceptable to the Engineer that the strength and quality of the concrete placed in the work are acceptable. If the evidence consists of tests made on cores taken from the work, the cores shall be obtained and tested in conformance with the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 42. • No single compressive strength test shall represent more than 320 cubic yards. • If a precast concrete member is steam cured, the compressive strength of the concrete will be determined from test cylinders that have been handled and stored in conformance with Method 3 of California Test 540. The compressive strength of steam cured concrete will be evaluated on the basis of individual tests representing specific portions of production. If the concrete is designated by 28-day compressive strength rather than by cementitious material content, the concrete shall be considered to be acceptable whenever its compressive strength reaches the specified 28-day

7/14 6-94 PART 6/COUNTY compressive strength provided that strength is reached in not more than the maximum number of days specified or allowed after the member is cast. • When concrete is specified by compressive strength, prequalification of materials, mix proportions, mixing equipment, and procedures proposed for use will be required prior to placement of the concrete. Prequalification shall be accomplished by the submission of acceptable certified test data or trial batch reports by the Contractor. Prequalification data shall be based on the use of materials, mix proportions, mixing equipment, procedures, and size of batch proposed for use in the work. • Certified test data, in order to be acceptable, shall indicate that not less than 90 percent of at least 20 consecutive tests exceed the specified strength at the maximum number of cure days specified or allowed, and none of those tests are less than 95 percent of specified strength. Strength tests included in the data shall be the most recent tests made on concrete of the proposed mix design and all shall have been made within one year of the proposed use of the concrete. • Trial batch test reports, in order to be acceptable, shall indicate that the average compressive strength of 5 consecutive concrete cylinders, taken from a single batch, at not more than 28 days (or the maximum age allowed) after molding shall be at least 580 pounds per square inch greater than the specified 28-day compressive strength, and no individual cylinder shall have a strength less than the specified strength at the maximum age specified or allowed. Data contained in the report shall be from trial batches that were produced within one year of the proposed use of specified strength concrete in the project. Whenever air-entrainment is required, the air content of trial batches shall be equal to or greater than the air content specified for the concrete without reduction due to tolerances. • Tests shall be performed in conformance with either the appropriate California Test methods or the comparable ASTM test methods. Equipment employed in testing shall be in good condition and shall be properly calibrated. If the tests are performed during the life of the contract, the Engineer shall be notified sufficiently in advance of performing the tests in order to witness the test procedures.

• The certified test data and trial batch test reports shall include the following information: A. Date of mixing. B. Mixing equipment and procedures used. C. The size of batch in cubic yards and the weight, type, and source of all ingredients used. D. Penetration or slump (if the concrete will be placed under water or placed in cast-in-place concrete piles) of the concrete. E. The air content of the concrete if an air-entraining admixture is used. F. The age at time of testing and strength of all concrete cylinders tested.

• Certified test data and trial batch test reports shall be signed by an official of the firm that performed the tests. • When approved by the Engineer, concrete from trial batches may be used in the work at locations where concrete of a lower quality is required and the concrete will be paid for as the type or class of concrete required at that location.

7/14 6-95 PART 6/COUNTY • After materials, mix proportions, mixing equipment, and procedures for concrete have been prequalified for use, additional prequalification by testing of trial batches will be required prior to making changes that, in the judgment of the Engineer, could result in a strength of concrete below that specified. • The Contractor's attention is directed to the time required to test trial batches and the Contractor shall be responsible for production of trial batches at a sufficiently early date so that the progress of the work is not delayed. • When precast concrete members are manufactured at the plant of an established manufacturer of precast concrete members, the mix proportions of the concrete shall be determined by the Contractor, and a trial batch and prequalification of the materials, mix proportions, mixing equipment, and procedures will not be required.

90-10 MINOR CONCRETE 90-10.01 GENERAL • Concrete for minor structures, slope paving, curbs, sidewalks and other concrete work, when designated as minor concrete on the plans, in the specifications, or in the contract item, shall conform to the provisions specified herein. • The Engineer, at the Engineer's discretion, will inspect and test the facilities, materials and methods for producing the concrete to ensure that minor concrete of the quality suitable for use in the work is obtained.

90-10.02 MATERIALS • Minor concrete shall conform to the following requirements:

90-10.02A CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL • Cementitious material shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-1.01, "Description."

90-10.02B AGGREGATE • Aggregate shall be clean and free from deleterious coatings, clay balls, roots, and other extraneous materials. • Use of crushed concrete or reclaimed aggregate is acceptable only if the aggregate satisfies all aggregate requirements. • The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval, a grading of the combined aggregate proposed for use in the minor concrete. After acceptance of the grading, aggregate furnished for minor concrete shall conform to that grading, unless a change is authorized in writing by the Engineer. • The Engineer may require the Contractor to furnish periodic test reports of the aggregate grading furnished. The maximum size of aggregate used shall be at the option of the Contractor, but in no case shall the maximum size be larger than 1 1/2-inch or smaller than 3/4-inch. • The Engineer may waive, in writing, the gradation requirements in this Section 90-10.02B, if, in the Engineer's opinion, the furnishing of the gradation is not necessary for the type or amount of concrete work to be constructed.

7/14 6-96 PART 6/COUNTY 90-10.02C WATER • Water used for washing, mixing, and curing shall be free from oil, salts, and other impurities that would discolor or etch the surface or have an adverse affect on the quality of the concrete.

90-10.02D ADMIXTURES • The use of admixtures shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-4, "Admixtures."

90-10.03 PRODUCTION • Cementitious material, water, aggregate, and admixtures shall be stored, proportioned, mixed, transported, and discharged in conformance with recognized standards of good practice that will result in concrete that is thoroughly and uniformly mixed, that is suitable for the use intended, and that conforms to requirements specified herein. Recognized standards of good practice are outlined in various industry publications such as are issued by American Concrete Institute, AASHTO, or the Department. • The cementitious material content of minor concrete shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-1.01, "Description." • The amount of water used shall result in a consistency of concrete conforming to the provisions in Section 90-6.06, "Amount of Water and Penetration." Additional mixing water shall not be incorporated into the concrete during hauling or after arrival at the delivery point, unless authorized by the Engineer. • Discharge of ready-mixed concrete from the transporting vehicle shall be made while the concrete is still plastic and before stiffening occurs. An elapsed time of 1.5 hours (one hour in non-agitating hauling equipment), or more than 250 revolutions of the drum or blades, after the introduction of the cementitious material to the aggregates, or a temperature of concrete of more than 90° F will be considered conditions contributing to the quick stiffening of concrete. The Contractor shall take whatever action is necessary to eliminate quick stiffening, except that the addition of water will not be permitted. • The required mixing time in stationary mixers shall be not less than 50 seconds or more than 5 minutes. • The minimum required revolutions at mixing speed for transit-mixed concrete shall be not less than that recommended by the mixer manufacturer, and shall be increased, if necessary, to produce thoroughly and uniformly mixed concrete. • When a high range water-reducing admixture is added to the concrete at the job site, the total number of revolutions shall not exceed 300. • Each load of ready-mixed concrete shall be accompanied by a weighmaster certificate that shall be delivered to the Engineer at the discharge location of the concrete, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The weighmaster certificate shall be clearly marked with the date and time of day when the load left the batching plant and, if hauled in truck mixers or agitators, the time the mixing cycle started. • A Certificate of Compliance conforming to the provisions in Section 6–1.07, "Certificates of Compliance," shall be furnished to the Engineer, prior to placing minor

7/14 6-97 PART 6/COUNTY concrete from a source not previously used on the contract, stating that minor concrete to be furnished meets contract requirements, including minimum cementitious material content specified.

90-10.04 CURING MINOR CONCRETE • Curing minor concrete shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-7, "Curing Concrete."

90-10.05 PROTECTING MINOR CONCRETE • Protecting minor concrete shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-8, "Protecting Concrete," except the concrete shall be maintained at a temperature of not less than 40° F for 72 hours after placing.

90-10.06 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT • Minor concrete will be measured and paid for in conformance with the provisions specified in the various sections of these specifications covering concrete construction when minor concrete is specified in the specifications, shown on the plans, or indicated by contract item in the Engineer's Estimate.

90-11 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 90-11.01 MEASUREMENT • Portland cement concrete will be measured in conformance with the provisions specified in the various sections of these specifications covering construction requiring concrete. • For concrete measured at the mixer, the volume in cubic feet shall be computed as the total weight of the batch in pounds divided by the density of the concrete in pounds per cubic foot. The total weight of the batch shall be calculated as the sum of all materials, including water, entering the batch. The density of the concrete will be determined in conformance with the requirements in California Test 518.

90-11.02 PAYMENT • Portland cement concrete will be paid for in conformance with the provisions specified in the various sections of these specifications covering construction requiring concrete. • Full compensation for furnishing and incorporating admixtures required by these specifications or the special provisions will be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the concrete involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. • Should the Engineer order the Contractor to incorporate any admixtures in the concrete when their use is not required by these specifications or the special provisions, furnishing the admixtures and adding them to the concrete will be paid for as extra work as provided in Section 4-1.03D, "Extra Work." • Should the Contractor use admixtures in conformance with the provisions in Section 90-4.05, "Optional Use of Chemical Admixtures," or Section 90-4.07, "Optional Use of Air-entraining Admixtures," or should the Contractor request and obtain 7/14 6-98 PART 6/COUNTY permission to use other admixtures for the Contractor's benefit, the Contractor shall furnish those admixtures and incorporate them into the concrete at the Contractor's expense and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

SECTION 91: PAINT

Issue Date: May 1, 2006

Section 91-3, "Paints for Timber," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

91-3 PAINTS FOR TIMBER 91-3.01 WOOD PRIMER, LATEX-BASE Classification: • This specification covers a ready-mixed priming paint for use on unpainted wood or exterior woodwork. It shall conform with the requirements in the Detailed Performance Standards of the Master Painters Institute (MPI) for exterior wood primers, and be listed on the Exterior Latex Wood Primer MPI List Number 6.

91-3.02 PAINT; LATEX-BASE FOR EXTERIOR WOOD, WHITE AND TINTS Classification: • This specification covers a ready-mixed paint for use on wood surfaces subject to outside exposures. This paint shall conform to the requirements in the Detailed Performance Standards of the Master Painters Institute (MPI) for Paint, Latex, Exterior, and shall be listed on the following MPI Approved Products List:

A. Exterior Latex, Flat MPI Gloss Level 1, MPI List Number 10. B. Exterior Latex, Semi-Gloss, MPI Gloss Level 5, MPI List Number 11. C. Exterior Latex, Gloss, MPI Gloss Level 6, MPI List Number 119.

• Unpainted wood shall first be primed with wood primer conforming to the provisions in Section 91-3.01, "Wood Primer, Latex-Base."

Section 91-4, "Miscellaneous Paints," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

91-4 MISCELLANEOUS PAINTS 91-4.01 THROUGH 91-4.04 (BLANK) 91-4.05 PAINT; ACRYLIC EMULSION, EXTERIOR WHITE AND LIGHT AND MEDIUM TINTS Classification: • This specification covers an acrylic emulsion paint designed for use on exterior masonry. This paint shall conform to the requirements in the Detailed Performance Standards of the Master Painters Institute (MPI) for Paint, Latex, Exterior, and shall be listed on the following MPI Approved Products Lists: 7/14 6-99 PART 6/COUNTY

A. Exterior Latex, Flat MPI Gloss Level 1, MPI List Number 10. B. Exterior Latex, Semi-Gloss, MPI Gloss Level 5, MPI List Number 11. C. Exterior Latex, Gloss, MPI Gloss Level 6, MPI List Number 119.

• This paint may be tinted by using "universal" or "all purpose" concentrates.

SECTION 92: ASPHALTS

Issue Date: March 21, 2008

Section 92, "Asphalts," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

92-1.01 DESCRIPTION • Asphalt is refined petroleum or a mixture of refined liquid asphalt and refined solid asphalt that are prepared from crude petroleum. Asphalt is:

1. Free from residues caused by the artificial distillation of coal, coal tar, or paraffin 2. Free from water 3. Homogeneous

92-1.02 MATERIALS GENERAL • Furnish asphalt under the Department's "Certification Program for Suppliers of Asphalt." The Department maintains the program requirements, procedures, and a list of approved suppliers at:

http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/esc/Translab/fpm/fpmcoc.htm

• Transport, store, use, and dispose of asphalt safely. • Prevent the formation of carbonized particles caused by overheating asphalt during manufacturing or construction.

GRADES • Performance graded (PG) asphalt binder is:

7/14 6-100 PART 6/COUNTY Performance Graded Asphalt Binder Specification

Grade Property AASHTO Test PG PG PG PG PG Method 58-22 a 64-10 64-16 64-28 70-10 Original Binder Flash Point, Minimum °C T 48 230 230 230 230 230 Solubility, Minimum % b T 44 99 99 99 99 99 Viscosity at 135°C, c T 316 Maximum, Pa·s 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Dynamic Shear, T 315 Test Temp. at 10 rad/s, °C 58 64 64 64 70 Minimum G*/sin(delta), kPa 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 RTFO Test, e T 240 Mass Loss, Maximum, % 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 RTFO Test Aged Binder Dynamic Shear, T 315 Test Temp. at 10 rad/s, °C 58 64 64 64 70 Minimum G*/sin(delta), kPa 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20 Ductility at 25°C T 51 Minimum, cm 75 75 75 75 75 PAV f Aging, R 28 Temperature, °C 100 100 100 100 110 RTFO Test and PAV Aged Binder Dynamic Shear, T 315 Test Temp. at 10 rad/s, °C 22 d 31 d 28 d 22 d 34 d Maximum G*sin(delta), kPa 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 Creep Stiffness, T 313 Test Temperature, °C -12 0 -6 -18 0 Maximum S-value, Mpa 300 300 300 300 300 Minimum M-value 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300 Notes: a. Use as asphalt rubber base stock for high mountain and high desert area. b. The Engineer waives this specification if the supplier is a Quality Supplier as defined by the Department's "Certification Program for Suppliers of Asphalt." c. The Engineer waives this specification if the supplier certifies the asphalt binder can be adequately pumped and mixed at temperatures meeting applicable safety standards. d. Test the sample at 3°C higher if it fails at the specified test temperature. G*sin(delta) remains 5000 kPa maximum. e. "RTFO Test" means the asphaltic residue obtained using the Rolling Thin Film Oven Test, AASHTO Test Method T 240 or ASTM Designation: D 2872. The residue from mass change determination may be used for other tests. f. "PAV" means Pressurized Aging Vessel.

• Performance graded polymer modified asphalt binder (PG Polymer Modified) is:

7/14 6-101 PART 6/COUNTY Performance Graded Polymer Modified Asphalt Binder a Specification Grade Property AASHTO Test Method PG PG PG 58-34 PM 64-28 PM 76-22 PM Original Binder Flash Point, Minimum °C T 48 230 230 230 Solubility, Minimum % b T 44c 98.5 98.5 98.5 Viscosity at 135°C, d T 316 Maximum, Pa·s 3.0 3.0 3.0 Dynamic Shear, T 315 Test Temp. at 10 rad/s, °C 58 64 76 Minimum G*/sin(delta), kPa 1.00 1.00 1.00 RTFO Test , T 240 Mass Loss, Maximum, % 1.00 1.00 1.00 RTFO Test Aged Binder Dynamic Shear, T 315 Test Temp. at 10 rad/s, °C 58 64 76 Minimum G*/sin(delta), kPa 2.20 2.20 2.20 Dynamic Shear, T 315 Test Temp. at 10 rad/s, °C Note e Note e Note e Maximum (delta), % 80 80 80 Elastic Recoveryf, T 301 Test Temp., °C 25 25 25 Minimum recovery, % 75 75 65 PAVg Aging, R 28 Temperature, °C 100 100 110 RTFO Test and PAV Aged Binder Dynamic Shear, T 315 Test Temp. at 10 rad/s, °C 16 22 31 Maximum G*sin(delta), kPa 5000 5000 5000 Creep Stiffness, T 313 Test Temperature, °C -24 -18 -12 Maximum S-value, MPa 300 300 300 Minimum M-value 0.300 0.300 0.300 Notes: a. Do not modify PG Polymer Modified using acid modification. b. The Engineer waives this specification if the supplier is a Quality Supplier as defined by the Department's "Certification Program for Suppliers of Asphalt." c. The Department allows ASTM D 5546 instead of AASHTO T 44 d. The Engineer waives this specification if the supplier certifies the asphalt binder can be adequately pumped and mixed at temperatures meeting applicable safety standards. e. Test temperature is the temperature at which G*/sin(delta) is 2.2 kPa. A graph of log G*/sin(delta) plotted against temperature may be used to determine the test temperature when G*/sin(delta) is 2.2 kPa. A graph of (delta) versus temperature may be used to determine delta at the temperature when G*/sin(delta) is 2.2 kPa. The Engineer also accepts direct measurement of (delta) at the temperature when G*/sin(delta) is 2.2 kPa. f. Tests without a force ductility clamp may be performed. g. "PAV" means Pressurized Aging Vessel.

7/14 6-102 PART 6/COUNTY SAMPLING • Provide a sampling device in the asphalt feed line connecting the plant storage tanks to the asphalt weighing system or spray bar. Make the sampling device accessible between 24 and 30 inches above the platform. Provide a receptacle for flushing the sampling device. • Include with the sampling device a valve:

1. Between 1/2 and 3/4 inch in diameter 2. Manufactured in a manner that a one-quart sample may be taken slowly at any time during plant operations 3. Maintained in good condition

• Replace failed valves. • In the Engineer's presence, take 2 one-quart samples per operating day. Provide round, friction top, one-quart containers for storing samples.

92-1.03 EXECUTION • If asphalt is applied, you must comply with the heating and application specifications for liquid asphalt in Section 93, "Liquid Asphalts."

92-1.04 MEASUREMENT • If the contract work item for asphalt is paid by weight, the Department measures asphalt tons by complying with the specifications for weight determination of liquid asphalt in Section 93, "Liquid Asphalts." • The Engineer determines the asphalt weight from volumetric measurements if you:

1. Use a partial asphalt load 2. Use asphalt at a location other than a mixing plant and no scales within 20 miles are available and suitable 3. Deliver asphalt in either of the following:

3.1. A calibrated truck with each tank accompanied by its measuring stick and calibration card 3.2. A truck equipped with a calibrated thermometer that determines the asphalt temperature at the delivery time and with a vehicle tank meter complying with the specifications for weighing, measuring, and metering devices in Section 9-1.01, "Measurement of Quantities"

• If you furnish hot mix asphalt from a mixing plant producing material for only one project, the Engineer determines the asphalt quantity by measuring the volume in the tank at the project's start and end provided the tank is calibrated and equipped with its measuring stick and calibration card. • The Engineer determines pay quantities from volumetric measurements as follows:

7/14 6-103 PART 6/COUNTY

1. Before converting the volume to weight, the Engineer reduces the measured volume to that which the asphalt would occupy at 60 °F. 2. The Engineer uses 235 gallons per ton and 8.51 pounds per gallon for the average weight and volume for PG and PG Polymer Modified asphalt grades at 60 °F. 3. The Engineer uses the Conversion Table in Section 93, "Liquid Asphalts."

SECTION 93: LIQUID ASPHALTS

Issue Date: November 3, 2006

The ninth paragraph of Section 93-1.04, "Measurement," of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

• The following Legend and Conversion Table is to be used for converting volumes of liquid asphalt products, Grades 70 to 3000, inclusive, and paving asphalt Grades PG 58-22, PG 64-10, PG 64-16, PG 64-28, and PG 70-10, and Grades PG 58-34 PM, PG 64-28 PM, and PG 76-22 PM.

END OF AMENDMENTS

7/14 6-104 PART 6/COUNTY

PART VII

SPECIAL PROVISIONS - MODIFICATIONS TO

SECTIONS 1 THROUGH 9 AND SECTION 12

OF THE

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND TO AMENDMENTS TO

SECTIONS 1 THROUGH 9 AND SECTION 12

OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

7/14 7-1 PART 7/COUNTY Sections 1 through 9 and Section 12 of the Standard Specifications, dated May 2006, State of California, Department of Transportation and the Amendments to Sections 1 through 9 and Section 12 of said Standard Specifications, contained in Part VI of these Contract Documents, are modified below. A modification to an amended subsection of Sections 1 through 9 or Section 12 shall take precedence over and be used in lieu of that modification to the unamended subsection.

SECTION 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMS

1-1.031 Attorney General. Wherever used in the Standard Specifications shall refer to County Counsel.

1-1.071 Board of Supervisors or Board of Directors. Also Board: Refers to the governing body created by law and the awarding authority for the Owner, acting either directly or through its duly appointed officials.

1-1.081 California Standard Specifications. The Standard Specifications dated May 2006, State of California, Department of Transportation.

1-1.082 Chief Engineer. Wherever used in the Standard Specifications, shall refer to the County Engineer.

1-1.101 County. County of San Diego, a political subdivision of the State of California, as created by law.

1-1.102 County Engineer. The Director, Department of Public Works, and the appointed official of the County of San Diego authorized to administer the contract.

1-1.13 Department. Also Department of Transportation: Wherever used in the Standard Specifications, refers to the Board, except when used in reference to test methods of, or to denote publications or designate the mailing address of an agency of the State of California.

1-1.15 Director. Also Director of Transportation: Means, wherever used in the Standard Specifications, the Board.

1-1.17 Division of Measurement Standards. Wherever used in the Standard Specifications, shall refer to the Department of Agriculture-Weights and Measures of the County of San Diego.

1-1.18 Engineer. The County Engineer, acting either directly or through properly authorized agents, such agents acting within the scope of the particular duties delegated to them.

1-1.25 Laboratory. The established laboratory authorized by the County Engineer to test materials used in the work.

1-1.26 Liquidated Damages. The amount prescribed in the specifications to be paid to the Owner or to be deducted from any payment due or to become due the Contractor for each day's delay in completing the whole or any specified portion of the work beyond the time allowed in the specifications.

1-1.276 Owner. The political subdivision of the State of California, as created by law, designated in the Notice to Contractors Inviting Bids.

7/14 7-2 PART 7/COUNTY 1-1.29 Plans. At “The Standard Plans issued by the Department of Transportation.”, delete the period and add: “and the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings.”

1-1.39 State. Also, State of California: As used in these specifications relative to the contract administration, refers to the political subdivision indicated as the Owner in the Notice to Contractors Inviting Bids.

1-1.40 State Contract Act. Chapter 1, Part 2, Division 2 of the Public Contract Code. The provisions of the State Contract Act are not applicable to this contract except specific provisions as may be referenced in the Contract Documents.

SECTION 2. PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS

2-1.03 Examination of Plans, Specifications, Contract and Site of Work. The first sentence of the fifth paragraph is modified to read:

“Inspection of the records of investigations and project records may be made at the office of the County Engineer.”

2-1.05 Proposal Forms. In the second paragraph delete the first sentence and substitute the following:

"The proposal form is on the Department of Purchasing & Contracting BuyNet website together with the notice to contractors, special provisions, and contract."

Delete the fourth and fifth paragraphs and substitute the following:

"Contract Documents, including Plans, Specifications, and Proposal Forms are available to be downloaded, free of charge, from the Department of Purchasing & Contracting BuyNet website at: https://buynet.sdcounty.ca.gov"

2-1.054 Required Listing of Proposed Subcontractors. In the first paragraph delete the first sentence and substitute the following:

"Each proposal shall have listed therein the business name and address, the portion of work to be subcontracted, and license number of each subcontractor to whom the bidder proposes to subcontract portions of the work in an amount in excess of 1/2 of one percent of the total bid or, in the case of bids for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in an amount in excess of 1/2 of one percent of the total bid or $10,000, whichever is greater, in accordance with the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act, commencing with Section 4100 of the Public Contract Code."

Delete the second paragraph and substitute the following:

"A sheet for listing the subcontractors, as required herein, is included in the proposal."

2-1.07 Proposal Guaranty. In the first paragraph delete the statement following the colon and substitute the following:

"Cash, a cashier's check, a certified check, or a bidder's bond executed by a corporation duly authorized to issue bonds in the State of California, made payable to the Owner designated in the Notice to Contractors Inviting Bids.”

7/14 7-3 PART 7/COUNTY

Delete the last paragraph in its entirety and substitute the following:

"A bidder's bond will not be accepted unless it conforms to the bond form included in the Contract Documents for the project and is properly filled out and executed. The bidder's bond form included in the Contract Documents may be used. Upon request 'Bidder's Bond' forms may be obtained from the County Engineer."

2-1.08 Withdrawal of Proposals. In the first sentence, delete the word “Department” and replace with “Department of Purchasing and Contracting.”

2-1.095 Relief of Bidders. In the fourth line, change the word "Department" to "Engineer.”

2-1.105 Previous Disqualification, Removal or Other Prevention of Bidding. Delete this section in its entirety.

2-1.108 Compliance with Orders of the National Labor Relations Board. Delete this section in its entirety.

2-1.11 Ineligibility to Contract. Delete this section in its entirety.

SECTION 3. AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT

3-1.01 Award of Contract. Delete the second paragraph and substitute the following:

"The award of the contract, if it be awarded, will be to the lowest responsible bidder whose proposal complies with all the requirements prescribed. Such award, if made, will be made to the lowest responsible bidder within the time specified in the Proposal to the Board. The periods of time specified within which the award of contract may be made shall be subject to extension for such further period as may be agreed upon in writing between the Owner and the bidder concerned."

3-1.02 Contract Bonds. Delete the first paragraph and substitute the following:

"The successful bidder shall furnish a surety bond as security for the faithful performance of the contract, and shall furnish a separate surety bond as security for the payment of all persons performing labor and furnishing materials in connection with the contract as specified by Chapter 5 (commencing at Section 3225) and Chapter 7 (commencing at Section 3247), Title 15, Part 4, Division 3, of the California Civil Code. The aforesaid bonds shall be in amounts as stated in the Notice to Contractors Inviting Bids and shall conform to the bond forms included in the Contract Documents for the project."

In the second paragraph delete the words "at least one-half of".

3-1.025 Insurance Policies. Delete this section in its entirety.

3-1.03 Execution of Contract. Delete the first paragraph in its entirety and substitute the following:

7/14 7-4 PART 7/COUNTY "The contract shall be signed by the successful bidder and returned together with the contract bonds within 10 days, not including Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays, of receiving notice that the contract has been awarded."

SECTION 4. SCOPE OF WORK

No Modifications.

SECTION 5. CONTROL OF WORK

5-1.04 Contract Components. In the second paragraph delete Items 1 through 5 in their entirety and substitute the following:

“1. The governing ranking of contract parts in descending order is:

1.1. Special Provisions-Technical Provisions 1.2. Special Provisions-Special Conditions 1.3 Project Plans 1.4.1 Modifications to Amendments to Section 1 through 9 and Section 12 of the Standard Specifications 1.4.2 Modifications to Sections 1 through 9 and Section 12 of the Standard Specifications 1.5 Amendments to the Standard Specifications 1.6 Standard Specifications 1.7 San Diego County Design Standards contained in the contract documents 1.8 San Diego Regional Standard Drawings 1.9 Revised Caltrans Standard Plans 1.10 Caltrans Standard Plans 1.11 Supplemental Project Information

SECTION 6. CONTROL OF MATERIALS

6-3.01 General. In the table following the third paragraph, in the first line under the headings, delete "216 or 231" and substitute "216F".

SECTION 7. LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY

7-1.01A(2) Prevailing Wage. In the fourth paragraph delete the first sentence and substitute the following:

"The general prevailing wage rates are a part of the contract and these wage rates and any applicable changes to these wage rates are on file and are available at the Department of Purchasing and Contracting of the County of San Diego."

7-1.01A(6) (Blank). Delete this section in its entirety and substitute the following:

“7-1.01A(6) Workers’ Compensation

7/14 7-5 PART 7/COUNTY

“Pursuant to the requirements in Section 1860 of the Labor Code, the Contractor will be required to secure the payment of workers’ compensation to the Contractor’s employees in conformance with the requirements in Section 3700 of the Labor Code.

“Prior to the commencement of work, the Contractor shall sign and file with the Engineer a certification in the following form:

“I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract.”

“This certification is included in the contract, and signature and return of the contract as provided in Section 3-1.03, “Execution of Contract,” shall constitute signing and filing of the certificate.”

7-1.01C Contractor's Licensing Laws. Delete the third paragraph in its entirety and substitute the following:

"Attention is also directed to the provisions of Public Contract Code Section 20103.5. In all projects where Federal funds are involved, the Contractor shall be properly licensed at the time the contract is awarded."

7-1.01F Air Pollution Control. Add the following:

"The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the San Diego County Air Pollution Control District. A copy of the San Diego County Air Pollution Control District regulations is on file with the County Engineer and the Board of Supervisors."

7-1.12 Indemnification and Insurance. Delete the title of this Section, the first paragraph in its entirety, Section 7-1.12A in its entirety and Section 7-1.12B in its entirety, and substitute the following:

"7-1.12 Indemnification, Insurance and Bonds. The Contractor's obligation regarding indemnification of the County of San Diego and the requirements for insurance and bonds shall conform to the provisions in Sections 7-1.12A, "Contractor's Indemnity," 7- 1.12B, "Contractor's Insurance," 7-1.12C, "Contractor's Bonds,” and 7-1.12D, “Miscellaneous.”

"7-1.12A Contractor's Indemnity. "The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner named in the Notice to Contractors Inviting Bids and all officers and employees thereof connected with the work, including but not limited to the Board and the Engineer, from all claims, suits or actions of every name, kind and description, brought forth, or on account of, injuries to or death of any person including but not limited to workers and the public, or damage to property resulting from the performance of a contract, excepting only such injury or harm as may be caused solely and exclusively by the fault or negligence of said Owner, and except as otherwise provided by statute. The duty of the Contractor to indemnify and save harmless includes the duties to defend as set forth in Section 2778 of the Civil Code. This clause shall survive the termination of this Contract.

7/14 7-6 PART 7/COUNTY

"7-1.12B Contractor’s Insurance. Without limiting Contractor’s indemnification obligations to County, Contractor shall provide at its sole expense and maintain for the duration of this Contract, or as may be further required herein, insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder and the results of the work by the Contractor, his agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors.

1. Minimum Scope of Insurance Coverage shall be at least as broad as:

A. Commercial General Liability, Occurrence form, Insurance Services Office form CG0001.

B. Automobile Liability covering all owned, non owned and hired auto, Insurance Services Office form CA0001.

C. Workers’ Compensation, as required by State of California and Employer’s Liability Insurance.

D. Professional Liability required if Contractor provides or engages any type of professional services including but not limited to engineers and architects.

2. Minimum Limits of Insurance Contractor shall maintain limits no less than:

A. Commercial General Liability including Premises, Operations, Products and Completed Operations, Contractual Liability, and Independent Contractors Liability: $1,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage. The General Aggregate limit shall be $2,000,000.

B. Automobile Liability: $1,000,000 each accident for bodily injury and property damage.

C. Employer’s Liability: $1,000,000 each accident for bodily injury or disease. Coverage shall include a waiver of subrogation endorsement in favor of County of San Diego.

D. Professional Liability: $1,000,000 per claim with an aggregate limit of not less than $2,000,000. Any self retained limit shall not be greater than $50,000 per occurrence/event without County Risk Management approval. Coverage shall include contractual liability coverage. If policy contains one or more aggregate limits, a minimum of 50% of any such aggregate limit must remain available at all times; if over 50% of any such aggregate limit has been paid or reserved, County will require additional coverage to be purchased by Contractor to restore the required limits. This coverage shall be maintained for a minimum of two years following termination or completion of Contractor’s work pursuant to the Contract.

3. Deductibles and Self-Insured Retentions Any deductible or self-insured retention must be declared to, and approved by County Risk Management if over $50,000. At the option of the County, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retentions as respects the County,

7/14 7-7 PART 7/COUNTY the members of the Board of Supervisors of the County and the officers, agents, employees and volunteers; or the Contractor shall provide a financial guarantee satisfactory to the County, guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations, claim administration and defense expenses.

4. Other Insurance Provisions The general liability and automobile liability are to contain, or be endorsed to contain the following provisions:

A. Additional Insured endorsement Any general liability policy provided by Contractor shall contain an additional insured endorsement applying coverage to the County of San Diego, the members of the Board of Supervisors of the County and the officers, agents, employees and volunteers of the County, individually and collectively.

B. Primary Insurance endorsement For any claims related to this project, the Contractor’s insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the County, the members of the Board of Supervisors of the County and the officers, agents, employees and volunteers of the County, individually and collectively. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the County, its officers, employees, or volunteers shall be excess of the Contractor’s insurance and shall not contribute with it.

C. Notice of Cancellation Notice of Cancellation shall be provided in accordance with the policy provisions.

D. Severability of Interest clause Coverage applies separately to each insured, except with respect to the limits of liability, and that an act or omission by one of the named insureds shall not reduce or avoid coverage to the other named insureds.

General Provisions

5. Qualifying Insurers All required policies of insurance shall be issued by companies which have been approved to do business in the State of California by the State Department of Insurance, and which hold a current policy holder’s alphabetic and financial size category rating of not less than A-, VII according to the current Best’s Key Rating guide, or a company of equal financial stability that is approved by County Risk Management.

6. Evidence of Insurance Prior to commencement of this Contract, but in no event later than the effective date of the Contract, Contractor shall furnish the County with certificate of insurance and amendatory endorsements effecting coverage required by this clause. Renewal certificates and amendatory endorsements shall be furnished to County within thirty days of the expiration of the term of any required policy. Contractor shall permit County at all reasonable times to inspect any required policies of insurance.

7. Failure to Obtain or Maintain Insurance; County’s Remedies Contractor’s failure to provide insurance specified or failure to furnish certificates of insurance and amendatory endorsements, or failure to make premium payments

7/14 7-8 PART 7/COUNTY required by such insurance, shall constitute a material breach of the Contract, and County may, at its option, terminate the Contract for any such default by Contractor.

8. No Limitation of Obligations The foregoing insurance requirements as to the types and limits of insurance coverage to be maintained by Contractor, and any approval of said insurance by the County are not intended to and shall not in any manner limit or qualify the liabilities and obligations otherwise assumed by Contractor pursuant to the Contract, including, but not limited to, the provisions concerning indemnification.

9. Review of Coverage County retains the right at any time to review the coverage, form and amount of insurance required herein and may require Contractor to obtain insurance reasonably sufficient in coverage, form and amount to provide adequate protection against the kind and extent of risk which exists at the time a change in insurance is required.

10. Self-Insurance Contractor may, with the prior written consent of County Risk Management, fulfill some or all of the insurance requirements contained in the Contract under a plan of self- insurance. Contractor shall only be permitted to utilize such self-insurance if in the opinion of County Risk Management, Contractor’s (i) net worth, and (ii) reserves for payment of claims of liability against Contractor, are sufficient to adequately compensate for the lack of other insurance coverage required by this Contract. Contractor’s utilization of self-insurance shall not in any way limit liabilities assumed by Contractor under the Contract.

11. Claims Made Coverage If coverage is written on a “claims made” basis, the Certificate of Insurance shall clearly so state. In addition to the coverage requirements specified above, such policy shall provide that:

A. The policy retroactive date coincides with or precedes Contractor’s commencement of work under the Contract (including subsequent policies purchased as renewals or replacements).

B. Contractor will make every effort to maintain similar insurance during the required extended period of coverage following expiration of the Contract, including the requirement of adding all additional insureds.

C. If insurance is terminated for any reason, Contractor shall purchase an extended reporting provision of at least two years to report claims arising in connection with the Contract.

D. The policy allows for reporting of circumstances or incidents that might give rise to future claims.

12. Subcontractors’ Insurance Contractor shall require that any and all subcontractors hired by Contractor are insured in accordance with this Contract. If any subcontractor’s coverage does not comply with the foregoing provisions, Contractor shall defend and indemnify the County from any damage, loss, cost, or expense, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by County as a result

7/14 7-9 PART 7/COUNTY of subcontractors failure to maintain required coverage.

13. Waiver of Subrogation Contractor and County release each other, and their respective authorized representatives from any Claims (as defined in the Article entitled “indemnity” of the Contract), but only to the extent that the proceeds received from any policy of insurance carried by County or Contractor, other than any self-insurance, covers any such Claim or damage included in any policy or policies of insurance provided by Contractor hereunder shall be a standard waiver of rights of Subrogation against County by the insurance company issuing said policy or policies.

7-1.12C Contractor’s Bonds. Prior to execution of the Contract, Contractor shall file with the County on the approved forms, the two surety bonds in the amounts and for the purposes noted below, duly executed by a reputable surety company satisfactory to County, and Contractor shall pay all premiums and costs thereof and incidental thereto, as security for payment of persons named in California Civil Code Section 3181 or amounts due under Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to Work or Labor performed by any such claimant. All alterations, time extensions, extra and additional work, and other changes authorized by the Specifications, or any part of the Contract, may be made without securing consent of the surety or sureties on the contract bonds. Each bond shall be signed by both Contractor and the sureties.

A. The Payment Bond for public works shall be in an amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price, as determined from the prices in the bid form, and shall insure to the benefit of persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection with the work of the proposed Contract. This bond shall be maintained in full force and effect until all work under the Contract is completed and accepted by the County, and until all claims for materials and labor have been paid.

B. The Performance Bond shall be in an amount of one percent (100%) of the Contract price as determined from the prices in the bid form, and shall insure the faithful performance by the Contractor of all work under the Contract. It shall also insure the replacing of, or making acceptable, any defective materials or faulty workmanship.

C. Qualification of Sureties. Should any surety or sureties be deemed unsatisfactory at any time by the County, notice will be given Contractor to that effect, and Contractor shall substitute a new surety or sureties satisfactory to the County. No further payment shall be deemed due or will be made under the contract until the sureties qualify and are accepted by the County.

"7-1.12D Miscellaneous. Nothing contained in the Contract is intended to make the public or any member thereof a third party beneficiary of the Insurance, Indemnity or Bonding provisions of these Standard Specifications, nor is any term, condition or other provision of the Contract intended to establish a standard of care owed to the public or any member thereof."

7-1.19 Rights in Land and Improvements. Delete the second paragraph and substitute the following;

7/14 7-10 PART 7/COUNTY "The Contractor shall not occupy State-owned property outside the right of way as shown on the plans or maps available in the County Engineer's office, unless he enters into a rental agreement with the Department. The agreement will be based on the fair rental values."

SECTION 8. PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS

8-1.01 Subcontracting. In the third paragraph delete the last two sentences and substitute the following:

"When either an entire item or a portion of an item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be that portion of the bid item price which represents the payment to the subcontractor, determined from information submitted by the Contractor, subject to approval of the Engineer."

Delete the fifth paragraph and substitute the following:

"Subcontracting shall be in accordance with the provisions of the 'Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act' (California Public Contract Code Section 4100-4113)."

8-1.03 Beginning of Work. In the second paragraph delete the second sentence and substitute the following:

"The notice shall be delivered to the office of the County Engineer, Attention: Construction Engineer, and shall specify the date the Contractor intends to start."

8-1.08 Termination of Control. Delete this section in its entirety and substitute the following:

"If the Engineer deems that a Contractor has failed to supply an adequate working force, supply material as described in the Contract or of proper quality, pay subcontractors, maintain the insurance coverage required by the Contract, include required subcontract provision in a federal-aid project, or has failed in any other respect to prosecute the work with the diligence and force specified by the contract, the Director of Purchasing and Contracting may:

1. After written notice of at least five (5) days to the Contractor, specifying the defaults to be remedied, provide any such labor or materials and deduct the cost from any money due or to become due to the Contractor under the contract; or

2. If it considers that the failure is sufficient ground for such action, the Director of Purchasing and Contracting may give written notice of at least five (5) days to the Contractor and the Contractor's sureties, that if the defaults are not remedied the Contractor's control over the work will be terminated.

"If the defaults are not remedied within the time specified in the notice, the Contractor's control shall terminate as of the expiration of that time.

In the event of such termination, the County shall immediately serve written notice thereof upon surety and Contractor. Surety shall have the rights and obligations set forth in the performance bond. Subject to the surety's rights under the performance bond (which rights are waived upon a default under the performance bond), the County may, at its sole option, take over the Work and prosecute it to completion by contract or by

7/14 7-11 PART 7/COUNTY any other methods it may deem advisable, or require the surety to prosecute the Work to completion. The County may take possession of and use all or any part of the Contractor’s materials, tools, equipment, and appliances upon the premises to complete the contract. The County may effectuate the provisions of this paragraph through any necessary written agreement with the Surety, Contractor, or other contractors.

"If the Contractor's control of the work is terminated or the Contractor abandons the work and the contract work is completed in conformance with the provisions of this subsection, any dispute concerning the amount to be paid by the Owner to the Contractor or its Surety or to be paid to the Owner by the Contractor or its Surety shall be subject to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Section 9-1.10, "Arbitration”, of the Standard Specifications. The Surety shall be bound by the arbitration award and is entitled to participate in such arbitration proceedings."

SECTION 9. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

9-1.01 Measurement of Quantities. In the seventh paragraph - "A County Sealer of Weights and Measures,” shall read: "The County Sealer of Weights and Measures.”

9-1.06 Partial Payments. The third paragraph is amended to read:

“For non-Federal-aid or CDBG funded projects, the County retains 5 percent of the estimated value of the work done and 5 percent of the value of materials estimated to have been furnished and delivered and unused or furnished and stored as part security for the fulfillment of the contract by the Contractor. The retentions specified in this paragraph are those defined in Public Contract Code § 9203(a).”

9-1.065 Release of Retained Funds. Delete paragraphs two, three, four, five and six in their entirety and substitute the following:

"At the request and expense of the Contractor, securities equivalent to the amount withheld shall be deposited with the public agency, or with a state or federally chartered bank in California as the escrow agent, who shall then pay such moneys to the Contractor. Upon satisfactory completion of the contract, the securities shall be returned to the Contractor.

"Alternatively, the Contractor may request and the owner shall make payment of retentions earned directly to the escrow agent at the expense of the Contractor. At the expense of the Contractor, the Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into securities and the Contractor shall receive the interest earned on the investments upon the same terms provided for in this section for securities deposited by the Contractor. Upon satisfactory completion of the contract, the Contractor shall receive from the escrow agent all securities, interest, and payments received by the escrow agent from the owner, pursuant to the terms of this section. The Contractor shall pay to each subcontractor, not later than 20 days of receipt of the payment, the respective amount of interest earned, net of costs attributed to retention withheld from each subcontractor, on the amount of retention withheld to insure the performance of the Contractor.

7/14 7-12 PART 7/COUNTY "Securities eligible for investment under this section shall include those listed in Section 16430 of the Government Code, bank or savings and loan certificates of deposit, interest bearing demand deposit accounts, standby letters of credit, or any other security mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the public agency.

"The Contractor shall be the beneficial owner of any securities substituted for monies withheld and shall receive any interest thereon.

"The escrow agreement used hereunder shall be null, void and unenforceable unless it is substantially similar to the 'Escrow Agreement For Security Deposits In Lieu of Retention' in Section 22300 of the Public Contract Code, deemed as incorporated herein by reference."

9-1.10 Arbitration. Add the following at the end of the first paragraph:

"However, any unresolved claims shall be resolved by first submitting such claims to mediation prior to their being taken to formal arbitration or litigation by any party, pursuant to the Special Condition entitled either "Claims" or "Dispute and Claims Resolution" in the Contract Documents for the project."

Change the capital "C" in "Claims" to a small "c" and add the following at the beginning of the second paragraph:

"Any mediated, yet still unresolved"

Delete the last sentence of the last paragraph, and substitute the following:

"A Complaint in Arbitration by the Contractor shall be made not later than 60 days after completion or termination of mediation on the claim."

SECTION 12. CONSTRUCTION AREA TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES

12-2.02 Flagging Costs. In the first sentence delete "will be borne equally by the State and the Contractor" and substitute "will be borne totally by the Contractor.”

Delete the last sentence of the first paragraph.

12-4.01 Measurement and Payment. Delete the second paragraph and substitute the following:

"No separate payment will be made for construction area traffic control devices which are used to fulfill the Contractor's responsibility to provide for the safety of traffic and the public during construction in accordance with the requirements of Section 7-1.09, "Public Safety."

Delete the first sentence of the seventh paragraph.

7/14 7-13 PART 7/COUNTY

PART VIII

STANDARD DRAWINGS, STANDARD PLANS AND PROJECT PLANS

7/14 8-1 PART 8/COUNTY

PART VIII. STANDARD DRAWINGS, STANDARD PLANS AND PROJECT PLANS

Notice of Exemption ...... 8-3

Supplemental Forms County of San Diego - Application for Traffic Control Permit ...... 8-4 State of California - Statement of Compliance CEM-2503 Modified (2 pages) ...... 8-5 County of San Diego - Project Wage Rate Sheet ...... 8-6 State of California - Final Report - Utilization of DVBE CEM-2402S (2 pages) ...... 8-7

Supplemental Drawings Project Identification Sign ...... 8-8

State of California, Department of Transportation, Standard Plans (May 2006) A10A Acronyms and Abbreviations (Sheet 1 of 2) ...... 8-9 A10B Abbreviations (Sheet 2 of 2) ...... 8-10 A10C Symbols (Sheet 1 of 2) ...... 8-11 A10D Symbols (Sheet 2 of 2) ...... 8-12 A20A Pavement Markers and Traffic Lines Typical Details ...... 8-13 A20B Pavement Markers and Traffic Lines Typical Details ...... 8-14 A20D Pavement Markers and Traffic Lines Typical Details ...... 8-15 A24D Pavement Markings Words ...... 8-16

State of California, Department of Transportation, Revised Standard Plans (2006) A24A Pavement Markings Arrows ...... 8-17 A24E Pavement Markings Words, Limit and Yield Lines ...... 8-18

San Diego Regional Standard Drawings (September 2012) C-5 Dikes – Asphalt Concrete ...... 8-19

San Diego County Design Standard (October 2012) DS-13D Street Name Sign for Signalized Intersections ...... 8-20 DS-13E Street Name Sign Notes for Signalized Intersections ...... 8-21 DS-13F Sign Mounting Detail for Signalized Intersections ...... 8-22 DS-13G Abbreviations for Street Name Signs ...... 8-23 DS-21C Curb Ramp – Type C (Existing Sidewalk) ...... 8-24 DS-21D Curb Ramp – Type D (Alley Streets & Driveways) ...... 8-25 DS-21E General Notes for Curb Ramps ...... 8-26 DS-21F Curb Ramp Details ...... 8-27

Project Plans Sheet 1 Title Sheet Sheet 2 Notes and Sections Sheet 3 Detail – Curb Ramps Sheet 4 Traffic Signal Plan Sheet 5 Signing and Striping Plan Sheet 6 Water Pollution Control Plan Sheet 7 Traffic Control Plan

7/14 8-2 PART 8 /COUNTY 8-3 PART 8/COUNTY 8-3 a PART 8/COUNTY 8-3 b PART 8/COUNTY

County of San Diego DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS TRAFFIC ENGINEERING SECTION

APPLICATION FOR TRAFFIC CONTROL PERMIT -- (type of traffic control: flag, shift, etc.) County of San Diego DPW/Traffic Engineering Section telephone/voice mail: (858) 694-3863 Traffic Control Permits, Mailstop O334 secretary: (858) 694-3850 5510 Overland Av, Suite #410, Rm 470 fax: (858) 694-3928 San Diego, CA 92123-1159 [email protected]

ENCROACHMENT/EXCAVATION/CONSTRUCTION PERMIT #

Applicant Information Company:

Agent/Applicant:

Agent Phone Number: Agent Fax Number:

Agent Mailing Address:

City State Zip Code

Reason for Traffic Control:

Start Date: Start Time: a.m. / p.m. Finish Date: End Time: a.m. / p.m.

It is requested that a permit be granted for traffic control on the following street/streets: From STREET 1 Street To From STREET 2 Street To

COMMUNITY Thomas Bros. Map Page and Grid #

______(Agent’s or Applicant’s Signature) (Date)

See Attached Plan (s) and Traffic Control Notes

This request is / is not approved.

Director, Department of Public Works

By ______(For Road Commissioner)

CC: Construction Inspection Ref: Sec 72.75. County Code of Regulatory Ordinances

8- 4 PART 8/COUNTY STATE OF CALIFORNIA. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE cEM-2s03(Modified by County of San Diego DPW 08/2010)

CONTRACTOR/SU BCONTRACTOR CONTRACT NUMBER

FIRST DAY AND DATE OF PAY PERIOD LAST DAY AND DATE OF PAY PERIOD

I do hereby certif, under penalty of perjury:

(l) Thatlpayorsupervisepaymenttoemployeesoftheabove-referencedcontractorontheabove-referencedcontract. All persons employed on said project for the above-referenced time period have been paid their full weekly wages eamed, that no rebates have been or will be made either directly or indirectly to or on behalf of said contractor from the full weekly wages eamed by any person and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages eamed by any person other than permissible deductions.

(2) That any payrolls otherwise under this control required to be submitted for the above period are correct and complete; that the wage rates for laborers or mechanics contained therein are not less that the applicable wages rates: (a) ! Specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract; (b) ! Oetermined by the Director of Industrial Relations for the county or counties in which the work is performed; that the classification set forth therein for each laborer or mechanic conform with the work he or she performed. (3) ThatanyapprenticesemployedintheaboveperiodaredulyregisteredinabonafideapprenticeshipprogramregisteredwithaStateapprenticeshipagency recognized by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, United States Department ofLabor, or if no such recognized agency exists in a State, are registered with the Bureau ofApprenticeship and Training, United States Deparþnent ofLabor (4) That fringe benef,rts as listed in the contract:

(a) f Uave been or will be paid to the approved plan(s), fund(s), or program(s) for the beneht of listed employee(s), except as noted below. (b) n Have been paid directly to the listed employee(s), except as noted below.

RE[/ARKS:

NAME (PLEASE PRINT ) TITLE

SIGNATURE DATE

On federally-funded projects, permissible deductions are defined in title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, part 3, issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act, (40 U. S. C. 276c).

Also, the willful falsification of any of the above statements may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution (See section 1001 oftitle l8 and section 3729 ofTttle 31 ofthe United States Code).

ADA Notice ca¡r (e16) 6s4-6410 53l i#äo"ii:*:H.ffi:"L.'.Ê:,'J'Ji";',iilfl?iTlili'n.3T1'å:'i'J:,3:'3T.1",''ïÏ:3À;uï,I'o',""''on "' 'oo :ï:]..

8- 5 PART 8/COUNTY STATE OF CALIFORNIA. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE CEM-2503 (Modified by County of San Diego DPW 08/20 t0) InsÍuctions

This statement of compliance meets needs of the state and federal payroll requirements to pay fringe benefits in addition to payment of the minimum rates. The contractor's obligation to pay fringe benefits may be met by payment of the fringes to the various preapproved plans, funds, or programs or by making these payments directly to the employees as part of their weekly wage payments.

The contractor must show on the face of his or her payroll all monies paid to the employees whether as basic rates or total hourly wage amount in lieu of fringes. The contractor shall report in the statement of compliance that he or she is paying to others fringes required by the contract and not paid directly to the employees in lieu of fringes.

Detailed instructions follow:

Contractors required to pay Federal Wage Rates:

Such a contractor shall check paragraph 2(a) of the statement to indicate that the wage rates for laborers or mechanics contained in the payroll are not less than the applicable wage rates specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract.

Contractors required to pay the State Prevailing Wage Rates as determined by the Director of lndustrial Relations:

Such a contractor shall check paragraph 2(b) of the statement to indicate that the wage rates for laborers or mechanics contained in the payroll are not less than the applicable wage rates determined by the Director of lndustrial Relations for the county or counties in which the work is preformed.

Gontractor who pay all required fringe benefits:

A contractor who pays fringe benefits to approved plans, funds, or programs in amounts not less than were determined in the applicable wage decisions shall continue to show on the face of his or her payroll the basic hourly rate and overtime rate paid to his or her employees, just as he or she has always done. Such a contractor shall check paragraph 4(a) of the statement to indicate that he or she is also paying approved plans, funds, or programs within the times required for the receipt of those sums, not less than the amount predetermined as fringe benefits for each craft. Any exception shall be noted in Section 4(c).

Contractors who pay no fringe benefits:

A contractor who does not pay fringe benefits to an approved plan shall pay a like amount to the employee. This payment cari be reported by inserting in the straight time hourly rate column of his or her payroll an amount not less than the predetermined rate for each classification plus the amount of fringe benefits determined for each classification in the applicable wage decision. lnasmuch as it is not necessary to pay time and a half on wages paid in lieu of fringes, the overtime rate shall be not less than one and one-half the basic predetermined rate, plus the required cash in lieu of fringes at the straight time rate. To simplify computation of overtime, it is suggested that the straight time basic rate and payment in lieu of fringes be separately stated in the hourly rate column. ln addition, the contractor shall check paragraph 4(b) of the statement to indicate that he or she is paying fringe benefits directly to his or her employees. Any exceptions shall be noted in Section 4(c).

Use of Section 4(c), Exceptions:

Any contractor who is making payment to approved plans, funds, or programs in amounts less than the wage determination required is obligated to pay the deficiency directly to the employees as wages in lieu of fringes. Any exceptions to Section 4(a) and 4(b), whichever the contractor may check, shall be entered in Section 4(c). Enter in the Exception column the craft, and enter in the Explanation column the hourly amount paid the employees as wages in lieu of fringes, and the hourly amount paid to plans, funds, or programs as fringes.

8- 5 a PART 8/COUNTY

COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO ▪ Department of Public Works Page of PROJECT WAGE RATE SHEET

Federally Funded (Yes or No): Federal Davis Bacon Modification Number (if applicable):

Instructions: Prior to starting work, complete this form and submit the County Resident Engineer. Include all the information as is listed in the example. This form must be updated and resubmitted to County as new classifications/groups are utilized or wage determination changes. Provide wages for all applicable groups that will be utilized under this contract. Contracts with federal funding must pay the higher of State or Federal wage rates2.

CA STATE PREVAILING WAGE DETERMINATION FEDERAL DAVIS BACON Wage Determination Straight Time Overtime @ 1.5X Overtime @ 2X Classification Straight Time Overtime

Overtime Overtime Is this Hourly Rate: Hourly Rate: subject to 1.5 X basic 2 X basic hrly Total change? Total Total hrly rate plus rate plus Hrly Rate Prevailing Wage (Insert date Basic Hourly Employer Hourly Basic Hourly employer Basic Hourly employer Davis Bacon Work plus Overtime Overtime Class & Group Determination if Yes)** Rate Payments1 Rate Rate (1.5 X) payments Rate (2 X) payments Classification Hourly Rates Fringes Fringe Base plus Fringe EXAMPLE Heavy Hwy Laborer Group 2 Laborer Group 2 SD-23-102-3-2009- LABO 0089-004 (Heavy Highway) 1 $26.57 $13.33 39.90 39.86 53.19 53.14 66.47 07/01/2008 $26.35 $12.50 $38.85 $39.53 $52.03

**Determinations marked with ** are subject to change and have a CA state wage rate expiration which must be listed. (1) California law prohibits the use of credits for Employer Payments to reduce the obligation to pay the hourly straight time or overtime wages specified as the Basic Hourly Rate in the general prevailing wage determination. (Labor Code 1773.1(c) and 8 Cal. Code of Regs. X 16200(1)(3)(1). (2) Not less than the State general prevailing rate of per diem wages and the State general prevailing rate for holiday and overtime work as determined by the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations or the Federal minimum wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor, whichever is higher, shall be paid by the Contractor and Subcontractors to all laborers and mechanics employed on the project.

Contractor will be allowed fifteen (15) days to protest the correctness of the statement; otherwise, the statement shall be deemed to have been accepted by the Contractor as correct.

RESIDENT ENGINEER SIGNATURE: DATE Distribution: Original - Contractor, Copies - Contract File, Construction Office Engineer, Resident Engineer

8- 6 PART 8/COUNTY STATE OF CALIFORNIA. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION ADA Notice FINAL REPORT - UTILIZATION OF DTSABLED VETERAN BUSTNESS ENTERPRTSES (DVBE) For individuals with sensory disabilit¡es, th¡s document is available in alternate formats For information, call (916) 445-1233,TTY 711, or write to Records STATE FUNDED PROJECTS ONLY and Forms lVìanagement, 1 120 N Street, MS-89, Sacramento, CA 95814 cEM-2402S (REV 9/2014)

CONTRACT NUMBER COUNTY ROUTE POST MILES ESTIMATED CONTRACT AMOUNT CONTRACT COIV]PLETION DATE

PRIIVIE CONTRACTOR BUSINESS ADDRESS

DESCRIPTION OF WORK DVBE CERT NO. OR CONTRACT PAYI\¡ENTS CONTRACT PERFORMED SMALL BUSINESS BUSINESS NAME ITEM NO OR CERT NO. FOR AND ADDRESS PAYMENT DATE WORK DATE OF FINAL IVIATERIALS PROVIDED SUBSTITUTIONS COIVMENTS AMOUNT COMPLETED PAYIVIENT

ORIGINAL DVBE COMMITMENT: TOTAL

Small Business, provide the Oepartment of General Services approval number and the date it was approved in the comments section.

I CERTIFY THAT THE ABOVE INFORÍIíIAÏON IS COII|PLETE AND CORRECT CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE'S SIGNATU RE USINESS PHONE NUIV]BER TE

TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE, THE ABOVE INFORMATION IS COMPLETE AND CORRECT RESIDENT BUSINESS PHONE NUMBER TE

ext

GOPY DISTRIBUTION: Orig¡nal - District Contract File Copy - Contractor Copy - Res¡dent Engineer Gopy - OBEO - email business,[email protected],gov

8- 7 PART 8/COUNTY STATE OF CALIFORNIA. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FTNAL REPORT - UT|L|ZAT|ON OF DTSABLED VETERAN BUSTNESS ENTERPRISES (DVBE) STATE FUNDED PROJECTS cEM-2402S (REV 9/2014)

The intent of this form is for the prime contractor to certify payments made to Disabled Veteran Business Enterprises (DVBE) participating in execution of the contract. The contractor must include information on all DVBEs performing work or supplying materials even if the DVBE firms were not listed at bid time.

The form has columns for entering specific contract items, descriptions of the services provided, the DVBE business information and certification number, the dollar value of the work performed by the DVBE, when the work of the DVBE was completed, the date of the final payment to the DVBE, and the original DVBE commitment amount. The comments section of the form is for providing Caltrans with any additional information related to the DVBE payments or substitutions.

lf the original listed DVBE was substituted with a Small Business Firm, include in the comments section the date of the Department of General Services approval and the approval number.

Contractors must complete all columns for acceptance of the form. The contractor and the resident engineer sign and date the form indicating the information provided is complete and correct.

8- 7 a PART 8/COUNTY 8-8 PART 8/COUNTY 8-9 PART 8/COUNTY 8-10 PART 8/COUNTY 8-11 PART 8/COUNTY 8-12 PART 8/COUNTY 8-13 PART 8/COUNTY 8-14 PART 8/COUNTY 8-15 PART 8/COUNTY 8-16 PART 8/COUNTY 8-17 PART 8/COUNTY 8-18 PART 8/COUNTY 8-19 PART 8/COUNTY 8-20 PART 8/COUNTY 8-21 PART 8/COUNTY 8-22 PART 8/COUNTY 8-23 PART 8/COUNTY 8-24 PART 8/COUNTY 8-25 PART 8/COUNTY 8-26 PART 8/COUNTY 8-27 PART 8/COUNTY